Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout2010-073THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON BY-LAW 2010-073 Being a By-law to authorize a contract between the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington and Trustco Construction Ltd, Markham„ Ontario, to enter into an agreement for the Change Room and Seating Renovations for the Garnet B. Rickard Recreation Complex. THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON HEREBY ENACTS AS FOLLOWS: 1. THAT the Mayor and Clerk are hereby authorized to execute, on behalf of the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington and seal with the Corporation Seal, a contract between, Trustco Construction Ltd, Markham„ Ontario, and said Corporation; and 2. THAT the contract attached hereto as Schedule "A" form part of this By-law. By-law read a first and second time this 14th day of June, 2010. By-law read a third time and finally passed this 14`h day of June, 2010. MUNICIPALITY QF CLARINGTON GARNET B RICKARI? CQMPLEX CHANGE: RQOM ANI) SEATING ALTERATIONS. PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS J. R. Freethy Architect eenueri~cac~.e.`v~u-~~- These contract documents have been prepared by: ARCHITECTURAL ~;tr.°1 ~ ~~~~~ ~~`.. OF: J.R. FREETHY ARCHITECT - 5Silver Street Bowmanville, Ontario ~'~ L1 C 3C2 Tel. (905) 623 - 7476 C Fax. (905) 623 - 8989 STRUCTURAL Engineering Link Inc. 156 Front Street West, 5t6 Floor Toranto, Ontario M5J 2L6 Tel.: (416) 363-8123 Fax: (416)363-0341 MECHANICAL TAF 7181 Woodbine Avenue #229 Markham,_Ontario L3R tA3 4 '• ""_t ~~ E 0 .: ~~ Tel.: (905) 946-4260 Fax: (905) 946-0901 ELECTRICAL MANUEL JORDAO & ASSOCIATES LTD. 556 Edward Avenue, Unit 82 Richmond Hill, Ontario L4C 9Y5 Tel.: (905) 780-8590 Fax: (905} 780-8591 Prepared for MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON 40 TEMPERANCE STREET BOWMANVILLE, ONTARIO L1C 3A6 Tender No. CL2010-13 LIST OF DOCUMENTS 00010.1 INDEX TO SPECIFICATIONS CHANGE ROOM AND SEATING RENOVATIONS TO GARNET E. RICKARD RECREATIONAL COMPLEX Eowmanville, Ontario Tender CL 2010-13 PART 1: THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS MANUAL VOLUME 1 -DIVISIONS 00 - 16 DIVISION 00: CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS Section No. Section Title No. of Pages 00010 List of Documents 3 00050 Bidding and Contract Documents 1 00100 Instructions to Bidders 3 Schedule 'A' 28 00300 Tender Form q 00400 Supplemental Tender Form 2 00510 Agreement (Stipulated Price) CCDC2-2008 g 00600 Bonds and Certificates 1 00700 Definitions and General Conditions 2g 00800 Supplementary Conditions g 00860 Bound-in Architectural Schedules 4 00900 Amendments ~ DIVISION 01: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section No. Section Title 01010 Summary of Work 5 01021 Allowances 1 01150 Measurement and Payment 1 01300 Submittals 4 01600 Generallnstructions g 01610 Products 1 01640 Cleaning 1 01700 Contract Closeout 3 01740 Warranties 2 DIVISION 02: SITEWORK Section No. Section Title 02010 Selective Demolition 4 02200 Earthwork 6 02513 Asphaltic Concrete Paving 4 DIVISION 03: CONCRETE 03345 Concrete Finishes 03350 Concrete Curbs and Sidewalks 1 3 ' Tender No. CL2010-13 LIST OF DOCUMENTS 00010.2 DIVISION 04: MASONRY Section No. Section Title 04050 Masonry Procedures 3 04100 Mortar and Grcut for Masonry 2 04150 Masonry Accessories 3 04220 Unit Masonry 4 DIVISION O5: METALS 05120 Structural Steel 2 05500 Metal Fabrications 3 05510 Steel Stairs and Railings 3 DIVISION 06: WOODS AND PLASTIC Section No. Section Title 06101 Rough Carpentry 2 06200 Finish Carpentry 2 06400 Architectural Woodwork 3 DIVISION 07: THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section No. Section Title 07190 Thermal Insulation and Vapour Barrier 5 07270 Fire Stopping and Smoke Seals 2 07510 Modified Bituminous Roofing 5 07620 Prefinished Metal Flashing 1 07900 Sealants 3 DIVISION O8: DOORS AND WINDOWS Section No. Section Title 08111 Steel Doors and Frames 4 08710 Finish Hardware 10 08800 Glazing 3 DIVISION 09: FINISHES Section No. Section Title 09250 Gypsum Board 3 09310 Porcelain Tiles /Ceramic Tiles 3 09660 Athletic Flooring 3 09900 Painting 5 DIVISION 10: SPECIALITIES Section No. Section Title 10120 Tack Boards and Marker Boards 3 10800 Washroom Accessories 2 DIVISION 12: 012630 Arena Seating 4 Tender No. CL2010-13 LIST OF DOCUMENTS 00010.3 PART 2: THE DRAWINGS ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS Dwg No. Drawing Title A001 Title Page A101 Site Plan A201 Selective Demolition Floor Plan & Key Plan A202 New Construction Floor Plan A301 Enlarged Reflected Ceiling, Roof and Bearing Wall Plans A401 Selective Demolition and New Construction Elevations A501 Selective Demolition and New Construction Building Sections A502 Wall Sections, Wall Details and Plan Details A601 Enlarged Plans and Interior Elevations A701 Door and Frame Elevations, Frame Details, Millwork Details A801 Alternate Seating Plans and Section & Corridor Elevations STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS Dwg No. Drawing Title Date of Drawings Revision #3, dated April 06, 2010 Revision #3, dated April 06, 2010 Revision #3, dated April 06, 2010 Revision #3, dated April 06, 2010 Revision #3, dated April 06, 2010 Revision #3, dated April 06, 2010 Revision #3, dated April 06, 2010 Revision #3, dated April 06, 2010 Revision #3, dated April 06, 2010 Revision #3, dated April O6, 2010 Revision #3, dated April 06, 2010 Date of Drawings S701 General Notes Revision #2, dated Apri106, 2010 5102 Typical Details Revision #2, dated April 06, 2010 S201 Area A Part Foundation Plan and Roof Framing Plan Revision #2, dated Apri106, 2010 S202 Area B and C Part Framing Plans Revision #2, dated April 06, 2010 S401 Sections and Details Revision #2; dated April O6, 2010 MECHANICAL DRAWINGS Dwg No. Drawing Title M1 Plumbing Plan M2 Drainage Plan M3 Sprinklers Plan In Change Rooms M4 Sprinklers Plan On East Side of Rink M5 Mechanical HVAC Floor Plan M6 HVAC Roof Plan M7 Mechanical Load Calculation and Details MS Mechanical Specifications ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS Dwg No. Drawing Title E101 Specification, Legend and Details E201 Power Demolition Plan E202 Lighting Demolition Plan E302 Lighting Plan New Layout E303 Power and System Plan New Layout Revision #2, dated April 15, 2010 Revision #2, dated April 15, 2010 Revision #2, dated April 15, 2010 Revision #2, dated April 15, 2010 Revision #2, dated April 15, 2010 Revision #2, dated April 15, 2010 Revision #2, dated April 15, 2010 Revision #2, dated April 15, 2010 Revision #1, dated April 15, 2010 Revision #1, dated April 15, 2010 Revision #1, dated April 15, 2010 Revision #1, dated April 15, 2010 Revision #1, dated April 15, 2010 Tender No CL2010-13 INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 00100.1 PART1 TENDERS 1.1 Sealed stipulated sum tenders shall be submitted on the tender form in 4he sealed envelope provided, clearly marked "TENDER CL 2010-93, (aarne4 R. Rickard Recreational Complex -Change Room and Seating Renovations, addressed to Municipality of Clarington. The envelope shall further be clearly marked with the Invited General Contractor bidders company name and address. 1.2 Tenders shall be submitted in accordance with the Instruction to Bidders, Section 00100 and the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington purchasing office Schedule `A" bound herein. 1.3 There is a mandatory general contractor site meeting on Apri122, 201010:OOam local time to be held at Garnet B. Rickard Recreational Complex, 2440 Hwy. #2, Bowmanville, Ontario. L1 C 1 K5. 1.4 Tenders will be received at: Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Office of the Clerk 40 Temperance Street Bowmanville, Ontario until the specified closing date and 4ime of 2:00:00 pm local time Thursday May 06, 2010. 1.5 Tenders received from other than the General Contractor bidders whom attended the mandatory site meeting will be rejected and returned unopened. 1.6 The Owner does not undertake to accept the lowest or any Tender. PART 2 AGREEMENT TO BOND 2.1 An Agreement to Bond fora 100°/a Performance Bond and 100% Labour and Material Payment bond issued by a Surety Company licensed to issue surety bonds in the province of Ontario, shall accompany the tender submission. The listing of licensed Surety companies can be found on The Financial Services Commission of Ontario (FSCO) website http://www.fsco.gov.on. ca/englis h/I icensing/licensedinsurers.asp. PART 3 QUALIFICATIONS 3.1 This is an open public general contractor 4ender. 3.2 The Supplementary Tender Form, section 00400 shall be submitted to J. R. FreethyArchitect by the 3 low bidders within 24 hours of tender closing on the form provided in section 0400 "Supplementary Tender Form". This farm may be faxed to 905-623-8989. PART 4 CONTRACT 4.1 The successful bidder shall be required to sign Canadian Standard Construction Document CCDC2, 2008 Stipulated Price Contract within ten (10) days after written notification of acceptance of his /her Tender. 4.2 The Construction Lien Act, RS01997, Chapter C.30 (and R.R.O 1990, Reg.175) latest revision applies to the supply of services or materials to any improvement on any land, as defined in the Act. The 10% hold back which the Owner must retain on all payments will be released upon the expiry of lien rights which normally occurs at the conclusion of the forty-five day period after substantial performance of the Contract (as defined in the Act). When this has been certified by a consultant or (in the absence of such a payment certifier) declared jointly by the Owner and the Contractor it must then be published by the Contractor in a construction trade newspaper. Tender No. CL2010-13 INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 00100.2 ~ 14 should be noted that, since lien rights expire at the conclusion of the forty-five day period after ' the publication date of the certificate or of the declaration of substantial performance, the Act clearly states that..."A Certificate or declaration of the substantial performance of a contract H&S NO EFFECT until a copy is published". Where there is no certification or declaration of substantial performance of a contract, or where ' the required publication has not occurred, lien rights expire at the conclusion of the forty-five day period following the date the contract is completed, as signified by the payment of the final progress claim. , PART 5 TENDER DOCUMENTS DEPOSIT 5.1 Anon refundable money order or certified cheque deposit of $100.00 made payable to the , Municipality of Clarington is required. One set of the project drawings and specifications will be issued to the pre-qualified general contract bidder. PART 6 EXAMINATION , 6.1 Before submitting Tender, bidders shall carefully examine the drawings, specifications and the site, fully inform themselves of all existing conditions and limitations and shall include in tender, sums to cover cost of all items included in the Contract Documents. , The Contractor shall accept sole responsibility for any error or neglect on his /her part in this respect. 6.2 Bidders will be granted access Yo 4he existing building on April 26, 27, 28'"~ 2010 between ' 10:OOam - 2:OOpm PART 7 DISCREPANCIES, OMISSIONS ' 7.1 Bidders finding discrepancies or omissions on the drawings, specifications or other documents or having any doubt as to the intent of any part thereof , shall at once notify the Consultant, who ' will send written instructions or explanations to all bidders. Neither 4he Owner nor Consultant will be responsible for oral instructions. 7.2 All questions must be submitted at least six (6) working days in advance of the closing date. No claims for extra work or changes will qe authorized to the Contractor for failing to obtain clarification of drawings and specifications before submitting Tender. PARTS AMENDMENTS , 8.1 Amendments may be issued during the Tender period. All Amendments become part of the Contract Documents. Include costs in the Tender Price. Amendments will be issued at least 4wo (2) working days prior to closing date. ' PART 9 DIRECTIONS 9.1 Completely fill in all blank spaces in the Tender Form including the tender breakdown and state ' numbers in words as well as figures where applicable. 9.2 Stipulated sum shall be in Canadian Dollars. The stipulated sum shall not include the Goods and Services Tax surcharge or HST. Bidders shall factor into their price and any other prices ' submitted as part of the bid, the transition to the Harmonized Sales Tax on July 01, 2010, including the removal of the Provincial Sales Tax (PST) on those line items of cost for which PST will cease to be payable after June 30, 2010. , The contractor in submitting this bid understands and agrees the contract is already based on the HST coming into effect on July 1~', 2010 and that the introduction of HST will not be considered a change in taxes far the purposes of calculation an extra or credit of construction costs. ' 9.3 Tender shall be signed in longhand by Bidder and witnessed, in case of Corporation, by its proper officers and with Corporate Seal affixed. Tender No. CL2010-13 INSTRUCTLON_TO BIDDERS 00100.3 ' 9.4 The bid must be legible, written in ink or typewritten. Anyform of erasure, strikeout, or overwriting must be initialled by the Bidder's authorized signing officer. Tenders which are late or which otherwise fail to comply with requirements of the Tender Documents shall be considered informal and subject to rejection. 9.5 The Owner reserves 4he right to acceptor reject any or all of the tenders received. 9.6 The Owner reserves the right to award the total contract or individual alteration areas or combination thereof at the Owner's discretion. 9.7 In the event that all bids submitted exceed the Owners budget for the project, the Owner may negotiate changes in the scope of work as described by the Contract documents with the Bidder ' submitting the lowest compliant bid. When the negotiations result in a Contract Price acceptable to both parties, no re-bidding of the project is necessary and the Contract shall be awarded at the negotiated price. If the negotiations fail to produce a Bid Price acceptable to both parties, or if in the first instance, the changes contemplated result in a value in excess of 15% of the Bid Price and the Owner wishes competitive prices thereon, the Bid Documents and the Contract Documents will be ' amended and the Owner will re-issue the invitation to submit Bids to the Bidders that submitted the three (3) apparent low Bids on the original invitation to Bid. the Sub Contractors invited to re- bidshall likewise be restricted to those who submitted acceptable prices in each Bidder's original Bid. ' PART 10 PROJECT SCHEDULING 10.1 As noted on the Tender Form the Work of 4his contract must be completed as follows: ' a) Commencing June 07, 2010 the contractor will be granted access to alteration area 'A'. Alteration area `A' must be completed not later than September 15, 2010. b) Commencing June 07, 2010 the contractor will be granted access to alteration areas'B' and 'C'. the seating renovations must be completed not later than August 24, 2010. c) It shall be clearly understood that the contractor shall limit their operations to the designated 1 alteration areas and storage compound. Pad 'B' and the Community Hall components will remain in full operation throughout the duration of construction. d) It shall be clearly understood that the alteration areas B and C will be re-occupied by the ' Owner on Augus4 25, 2010. e) Total Performance shall be achieved by October 15, 2010. PART 11 TERMS AND CONDITIONS 11.1 The terms and conditions as set forth in the Municipality of Clarington's Schedule `A','B', `C', G', 'H' and 'I' shall apply to this contract and tender submission process. END OF SECTION 00100 V...~ ~ ~..I J,~r?pry 1 ~;;,,~,?I'r~~ 11 J - I earlir+g the Way <-i' THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON PURCHASING OFFICE TENDER CL2010~13 GARNET S. RICICARD RECREATION COMPLEX -CHANGE ROOM AND SEATING RENOVATIONS SCHEDULE `A' CONTENTS: SCHEDULE (A) GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS PAGE 2 - 8 SCHEDULE (B) STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS PAGE 9 - 17 SCHEDULE (C) CONTRACTOR'S SAFETY -POLICY PAGE 18 - 25 PROCEDURES, HEALTH & SAFETY PRACTICE FORM SCHEDULE (G) INFORMATION SHEETS PAGE 26 SCHEDULE (H) QUESTIONS FOR CLARIFICATION PAGE 27 SCHEDULE (I) ADDRESS LABEL PAGE 28 NOTICE TO PREOUALIFIED BIDDERS - LATE BIDS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED, BUT RETURNED UNOPENED TO THE RESPECTIVE BIDDER - BIDS NOT SIGNED WILL BE REJECTED - BIDS MUST BE TYPED OR IN INK - ERASURES OR NOTICEABLE CHANGES MUST BE INITIALLED BY THE BIDDER - BIDDERS MUST NOT INCLUDE RESTRICTIVE OR CONDITIONAL STATEMENTS TO ALTER THE FORMAT OR INTENT OF THE TENDER - THE LOWEST OR ANY TENDER NOT NECESSARILY ACCEPTED TENDER OPENING MEETING IS SCHEDULED TO TAKE PLACE AT 2:15:00 PM AFTER THE CLOSING TIME AND DATE, IN MEETING ROOM #1A, MAIN FLOOR, 40 TEMPERANCE STREET, BOWMANVILLE, ONTARIO, AND INTERESTED BIDDERS ARE INVITED TO ATTEND. TENDERS MUST BE RETURNED ON THE FORMS PROVIDED AND IN THE ENVELOPE SHOWING THE FIRM NAME, TENDER NUMBER AND TENDER NAME OR BY USING THE ADDRESS LABEL ATTACHED TO THIS TENDER. ISSUED BY: JERRY BARBER, C.P.P.O. PURCHASING MANAGER TELEPHONE: 905-623-3379, EXT. 402 THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON PURCHASING DIVISION GARNET B. RICICAR® RECREATION COMPLEX RENOVATIONS -CHANGE ROOM AN® SEATING RENOVATIONS Page 2 of 28 CL2010-t3 SCHEDULE (A) GENERAL TERMS ANO CONDITIONS 1.0 SCOPE The work includes construction services for Garnet Rickard Recreational Complex -Change Room and Seating Renovations. Construction drawings and specifications have been prepared by J.R. Freethy Architect. The work must be completed no later than September 16, 2010. Please provide your best competitive price to supply all necessary labour, materials and equipment to complete the work requirements outlined in the 4ender documents. The award for this project will be based on pricing submitted, satisfactory check of references supplied, past performance, if applicable, and the vendors ability to satisfy the Municipality of its understanding of the scope of the work. 2.0 TENDER DELIVERY & OPENING Tenders made on the forms provided must be submitted in the envelope provided or in an envelope with the label clearly affixed to the front of the envelope. Bids will be received at: Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Office of the Clerk 40 Temperance Street Bowmanville, Ontario until the specified closing time and date of: 2:00:00 pm Local Time Thursday May 06, 2010 Any Tender received after 4he deadline for submission will be considered as non-compliant and will be returned unopened. The use of the mail or courier services for delivery of a Tender will be at the risk of the Bidder. The Tender must come into the possession of the above-mentioned representative of the Municipality before the deadline for submission or the Tender will be returned to the Bidder unopened. In the event that the Tender is hand delivered and is received past the deadline for submission, the Tender envelope will be time stamped and returned unopened to the deliverer immediately. In the event that the Tender is received by a means other than 'in person' and is received past the submission deadline, it will be time stamped and returned unopened by courier. Note: Since Tenders must be submitted in a sealed envelope, submissions by facsimile or electronic delivery, secured or otherwise, are no4 acceptable. The onus unequivocally remains with the Bidder to ensure that Tenders are delivered to the Municipal Clerk, Clerks Office, 2"d Floor, before the deadline for submission, in accordance with the submission instructions. Misdirected Tenders received after the deadline for submission will not be accepted and will be returned unopened. Requests for adjustments to submitted Tenders by telephone /fax or electronically will not be considered. THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON ' I PURCHASING DIVISION GARNET B. RIC6CARD RECREATION COMPLEX RENOVATIONS -CHANGE ROOM AND SEAMING RENOVATIONS ' I Page 3 of 28 ' CL2010-13 SCHEDULE (A) GENERAL TERMS AND,CONDITIONS (continued) The Municipality shall not be liable for any cost of preparation or presentation of Tenders, and all Tenders and' accompanying documents submitted by the Bidder become the property of the Municipality and will not be returned. ' There will be no payment to Bidders for work related to and materials supplied in the preparation, presentation and evaluation of any Tender, nor for the Contract negotiations whether they are successful or unsuccessful. 3.0 COMMUNICATION ' 3.1 All inquiries and other communications with the Municipality of Clarington about this Tender throughout the bid period are to be directed to the Consultant J.R. Freethy Architect. ' 3.2 Non-compliance with this condition during the bid period may (for that reason alone) result in disqualification of the bidder's offer. 3.3 Contractors are expected to complete 4heir own inspection of the Garnet B. Rickard Recreational Complex in order to determine the bid price. 4.0 INQUIRIES Any inquiries with respect to this Tender should be submitted, in writing, to the individual in Section 3.7. The Municipality of Clarington will circulate to all bidders who received this Tender any information with respect to significant inquiries received and the replies to such inquiries to the extent that such inquiries are applicable to all bidders. Any material changes resulting from inquiries will be documented in writing to the bidders prior to the closing date and time. Written inquiries shall be submitted using the Fax Cover Sheet provided as Schedule (H). Bidders are requested to make all inquiries prior to the six working days preceding the closing date. Person to contact: Consultant: Mr. Reg Freethy, J. R. Freethy Architect 5 Silver Street Bowmanville, Ontario L1 C 3C2 Telephone: (905) 623-7476 Fax: (905) 623-8989 Emai I:j rfreethyC~I rogers. com THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON PURCHASING DIVISION ' GARNET iB. RICKARD RECREATION COMPLEX RENOVATIONS - CHANGE ROOM AND SEATING RENOVATIONS SC6IEDULE (A) GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS (continued) 5.0 BID/QUOTE DEPOSIT Page 4 of 28 CL2010-13 All bid submissions shall be accompanied by a Bid Deposit in the form of a certified cheque, bank draft, money order or cash, payable to the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington in the amount specified in the table below: TOTAL AMOUNT OF BID MINIMUM DEPOSIT REQUIRED $20,000.00 or less $1,000.00 $20,000.01 to $50,000.00 $2,000,00 $50,000.01 to $100,000.00 $5,000.00 $100,000.01 to $250,000.00 $10,000.00 $250,000.01 to $500,000.00 $25,000.00 $500,000.01 to $1,000,000.00 $50,000.00 $1,000,000.01 to $2,000,000.00 $100,000.00 $2,000,000.01 and over $200,000.00 NOTE: Bid bonds issued by a surety approved by and in a form containing terms satisfactory to the Municipality's Treasurer will be accepted for Tender valued over $20,000.00. Bid deposit must be enclosed in the envelope with your Tender 6.0 All Tender bid deposits will be returned to the respective bidders within ten (10) days after the Tenders have been opened except those of the two (2) low bidders, which shall be retained by the Municipality of Clarington until the successful bidder has executed the Contract. PERFORMANCE SURETY The successful Contractor is required to provide a Performance Bond, and a Labour and Material Payment Bond, each in the amount of 100 percent of the Total Tender Amouni, to guarantee his faithful performance of this Contract and fulfilment of all obligations in respect of the maintenance and payment for labour and material used on this work. Each Bond shall be with a'satisfactory Guarantee Surety Company, resident in Canada or authorized to carry on business in Canada. An Agreement to Bond shall be submitted with the tender bid. Bonding company standard "Agreement to Bond" forms are acceptable. 7.0 WARRANTY At completion of the work requirements, the Contractor is to provide a written warranty that all work shall remain free from defects for a period of one (1) year following the date of total completion. The warranty shall include all work related as specified in the tender document and drawings. During the warranty period, repair any defects that become apparent when advised by the Owner, at no additional cost to the Owner. Where the contract documents stipulate an extended warranty, provide the extended warranty(ies) as set forth in the contract documents. THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON PURCHASING DIVISION GARNET B. RICKARD RECREATION COMPLEX RENOVATIONS - CftANGE ROOM AND SEATING RENOVATIONS Page 5 of 28 CL2010-13 SCHEDULE (A) GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS (continued) 8.0 SAFETY The Contractor shall obey all Federal, Provincial and Municipal Laws, Acts, Ordinances, Regulations, Orders-in- Council and By-Laws, which could in any way pertain to the work outlined in the Contract or to the Employees of the Contractor. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Contractor shall satisfy all statutory requirements imposed by the Occupational Health and Safety Act. and Regulations made there under, on a contractor, a Constructor and/or Employer with respect to or arising out of the performance of the Contractor's obligations under this Contract. 9.0 PUBLIC LIABILITY The successful contractor will indemnify and save harmless the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington from all loss or the payment of the sums of money by reason of all accidents, injuries or damages to persons or property that may occur in connection therewith. A certificate of liability insurance (third party) must be provided to the Municipality of Clarington, in the amount of $5,000,000.00 (five million dollars) naming the Municipality of Clarington as additional insured. Any damages to any or all properties as a result of the work performed by the contractor will be repaired at the expense of the contractorto the satisfaction of the Director of Operations or his delegate. The Company shall maintain and pay for Automobile Liability insurance in respect of licensed vehicles and shall have limits of not less than $2,000,000.00 inclusive per occurrence covering all licensed vehicles owned or leased by the Company. 10.0 WSIB-WORKPLACE SAFETY INSURANCE BOARD The contractor shall maintain coverage and pay all assessments under applicable Workplace Safety and Insurance Board (WSIB) legislation and regulations. A Certificate of Clearance to be submitted prior to commencement of contract and may be requested at any time during the contract. See Schedule (B), Standard Terms and Conditions, Section 22 for details. 11.0 PREPARATION OF BIDS All Bids must be submitted on the supplied Tender Form in specification section 00300. The Bid must be signed by a designated signing officer of the Bidder. Completion of the Tender Form as supplied is mandatory. Failure to comply will result in the disqualification of the submitted Bid. The Bidder, by submitting a signed Bid, acknowledges that the Bidder has read, understands and accepts the terms and conditions and instructions of this Tender in full. 12.0 INCOMPLETE WORK ^ The Municipality reserves the right to have the work completed by others in the event that the Contractor fails to ' complete the specified work within the time stated in the form of Tender. 13.0 SUB-CONTRACTING Sub-contractors will be permitted. The contractor must provide a list of the subcontractors for the project requirements in accordance with the Instruction to Biodders, Section 00100.3. 1 THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON PURCHASING DIVISION GARNET B. RICKAR® RECREATION COMPLEX -CHANGE ROOM AN® SEATING RENOVATIONS Page 6 of 28 CL2070-13 ' SCHEDULE (A) GENERAL TERMS AN® CONDITIONS (continued) 14.0 ADDITIONS OR DELETIONS Without invalidating the contract, the Municipality of Clarington may add or subtract to the contract in an amount not exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) to adjus4 to the actual work to be performed. Adjustments will be based on the unit prices bid. If a unit price is not provided for the added work described, said unit price will be negotiated between the successful contractor and the Purchasing Manager and will be based on similar prices contained in the bid, the nature and the scope of work, material required and hourly rate. The Municipality shall have the right, which maybe exercised from time to time to cancel an uncompleted or unperformed portion of the work or part thereof. 15.0 TAXES It is a requirement of the Tender that the Goods and Services Tax be shown as a separate item in the Tender. Applicable PST is to be included in the pricing submitted and noY shown as a separate item. 16.0 CHARACTER OF WORKERS 16.1 The reference to "workers" refers to workers of the Contractor and includes Corporate Officers. 16.2 The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly, competent, and skilful workers. Whenever the Municipality informs the Contractor in writing that any worker is, in its opinion, incompetent, unfaithful or disorderly, the Contractor will ensure that the worker in question is removed from the work and shall not be further employed on the Contract without the Municipality's written consent. 17.0 SUBCONTRACTOR INFORMATION We recognize that the list of subcontractors shall be considered in the selection of the successful bidder. 18.0 PROPERTY DAMAGE Any damage to private or municipal property resulting from the required work will be remediated by the contractor at their cost. Such remediation will include, but is not limited to importation and spreading of clean fill for any pits, holes or ruts sufficient to leave the property in a clean, level and graded condition. 19.0 WORKMANSHIP In the event of a disagreement between the Director of Community Services or Project Designee and the contractor as to required work or level of work to be performed, the Director of Community /Project Designee decision is final. 20.0 AWARD OF CONTRACT The Municipality of Clarington reserves the right to award the Tender in part or in whole, by item, or groups of items to one Bidder or several Bidders. The Municipality is not bound to accept the lowest of any tender. THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON ,_ ' PURCHASING DIVISION GARNET B. RICKARD RECREATION COMPLEX RENOVATIONS -CHANGE ROOM AND SEATING RENOVATIONS ' Page 7 of 28' CL2010-13 SCHEDULE (A) GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS (con4inued) ' 21.0 MANDATORY SITE MEETING All general contractor bidders must visit the Garnet B. Rickard Recreational Complex to take measurements, , inspect all existing conditions and ascertain the amount of work involved. The mandatory site meeting will be held on Thursday April 22, 2010 a4 10:OOam (local 4ime) a4 Garnet B. ' Rickard Recrea4ion Complex, 2440 Highway 2, Bowmanville, Ontario, L1C 1 Kb. No claim for extra payment will be allowed for work or difficulties encountered due 4o conditions of the sites which were visible or reasonably inferable prior to date of submission of bids. 22.0 ACCEPTANCE OF TENDER Tenders will be open for acceptance for a period of ninety (90) days after the closing date. After this time , elapses, the Tender may only be accepted with the consent of the successful bidder. 23.0 BUDGET APPROVAL ' Award of this Tender is subject to Council approval and funds being available within the Capital and/or Operating budgets. ' 24.0 CONTRACTOR EXPERIENCE Bidders are requested to complete and include with their bid submission, the Bidders Experience Form (listing ' current references). The Municipality of Clarington reserves the right to contact any / or all references. 25.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS ' No contract shall be awarded to any person or corporation or any affiliate, subsidiary or related person thereto who, or which, has a claim or has instituted a legal proceeding against the Municipality of Clarington or against , whom the Municipality of Clarington has a claim or has instituted a legal proceeding with respect to any previous contract. 1 I 1 I THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON PURCHASING DIVISION ' faARNET E. RICtCAR® RECREATI®N C®MPLEX - CIiANGE R®OM AN® SEATING REN®VATI®N5 ' Page 8 of 28 CL2010-13 ' SCFIEDULE (A) GENERAL TERMS AND CON®ITIONS (continued) 26.0 DECLARATIONS a) IIWe declare that no person, firm or corporation other than the one whose signature or the signature of whose proper officers is or are attached to this Request for Tender (RFT), has any interest in this Terider or in the Contract. b) I/We further declare that this Tender is made without any connection, knowledge, comparison of figures or arrangement with any other contractor, firm or person making a similar Tender and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. c) IANe further declare that no Municipality of Clarington employee, or member of Council (or their families) is, or will become interested directly or indirectly as a contracting party or otherwise in or in the performance of the Contract or in the supplies, work or business to which it relates or in any portion of the profits of it, or of any such supplies to be used Yherein or any of the monies to be derived from it. d) INVe further declare that the statements contained in the Tender are in all respects true. e) IANe further declare that 1/We have examined the locality and site(s) of the proposed Equipment, as well as all the specifications relating to them, prepared, submitted and rendered available on behalf of the Municipality of Clarington and are hereby acknowledged to be an integral part of the Contract. IIWe hereby propose and offer to enter into the Contract on the terms and conditions and under the provisions set forth in the Tender, and to accept in full payment for it the sums calculated in accordance with the actual measured quantities and unit prices attached to 4his Tender. THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON PURCHASING DIVISION GARNET B. RICKARD RECREATION COMPLEX -CHANGE ROOM AND SEATING RENOVATIONS ' ' Page 9 of 28 ' C12010-13 SCHEDULE (B) STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS 1. DEFINITIONS 2. Munlcipali4y -The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington, its successors and assigns. ' Bidder -The person, firm or corporation submitting a bid to the Municipality. Company -The person, contractor, firm or corporation to whom the Municipality has awarded the contract, it ' successors and assigns. Con4rac4 -The purchase order authorizing the company to perform the work, purchase order alterations, the , document and addenda, the bid, and surety. Subcon4rac4or - A person, firm or corporation having a contract with the company for, or any part of, the work. ' Documen4 -The document(s) issued by the Municipality in response to which bids are invited to perform the work in accordance with the specifications contained in the document. Bid - An offer by a Bidder in response to the document issued by the Municipality Work -All labour, materials, products, articles, fixtures, services, supplies, and acts required to be done, furnished or performed by the company, which are subject to the Contract. SUBMISSION OF BID This is a prequalrfied general contractor bid. Bid invitation shall be in accordance with the Municipality of Clarington Purchasing By-law #2006-127 and will apply for the calling, receiving, and opening of bids. The Municipality will be responsible for evaluating bids, awarding and administering the contract in accordance with the Purchasing By-law. The bid must be submitted on the form(s) and in the envelope supplied by the Municipality unless otherwise provided herein. The envelope must not be covered by any outside wrappings, i.e. courier envelopes or other coverings. The bid must be signed by a designated signing officer of the Prequalified general contractor Bidder. The bid must be legible, written in ink, or typewritten. Any form of erasure, strikeout or over-writing must be initialled by the Bidder's authorized signing officer. The bid must not be restricted by a covering letter, a statement added, or by alterations to the document unless otherwise provided herein. Failure to return the document or invitation may result in the removal of the Bidder from the Municipality's bidder's list. A bid received after the closing date and time will not be considered and will be returned, unopened. Should a dispute arise from the terms and conditions of any part of the contract, regarding meaning, intent or ambiguity, the decision of the Municipality shall be final. THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON PURCHASING DIVISION ' GARNET e. RIC6fARD RECREATION COMPLE3(RENOVATIONS -CHANGE ROOM AND SEATING RENOVATIONS Page 10 of 28 CL2010-13 SCHEDULE (B) STANDARD TERPAS AND CONDITIONS (continued) 3. CONTRACT ' The contract consists of the documents aforementioned as defined in Specification Section 00010, List of Documents. The contract and portions thereof flake precedence in the order in which they are named above, notwithstanding the chronological order in which they are issued or executed. The intent of the contract is that the Company shall supply work which is fit and suitable for the Municipalit~s intended use and complete for a particular purpose. None of the conditions contained in the Bidder's standard or general conditions of sale shall be of any effect unless explicitly agreed to by the Municipality and specifically referred to in the purchase order. The contractor will be required 4o sign CCDC2, 2008. 4. CLARIFICATION OF THE DOCUMENT ' Any clarification of the document required by the Bidder prior to submission of its bid shall be requested through the Municipality's contact identified in the document. Any such clarification so given shall not in any way alter the ' document and in no case shall oral arrangements be considered. Every notice, advice or other communication pertaining thereto will be in the form of a written addendum. No officer, agent or employee of the Municipality is authorized to alter orally any portion of the document. 5. PROOF OF ABILITY ' The prequalified bidder may be required to show, in terms of experience and facilities, evidence of its ability, as well as that of any proposed subcontractor, to perform the work by the specified delivery date. 6. DELIVERY Unless otherwise stated, the work specified in the bid shall be delivered or completely performed by the Company as soon as possible and in any event within the period set out herein as the guaranteed period of delivery or completion after receipt of a purchase ordertherefore. A detailed delivery ticket or piece tally, showing the exact quantity of goods, materials, articles or equipment, shall accompany each delivery thereof. Receiving by a foreperson, storekeeper or other such receiver shall not bind the Municipality to accept the work covered thereby, or the particulars of the delivery ticket or piece tally thereof. Work shall be subject to further inspection and approval by the Municipality. The Company shalt be responsible for arranging the work so that completion shall be as specified in the contract. Time shall 6e of the essence of the contract. THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON ' PURCHASING DIVISION GARNET B. RICKARD RECREATION COMPLEX -CHANGE ROOM AND SEATING RENOVATIONS 1 SCHEDULE (B) STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS (continued) 7. PRICING Prices shall be in Canadian Funds, quoted separately for each item stipulated, F.O.B. destination. Page 11 of 28 ' CL2010-13 Prices shall be firm for the duration of the contract. Prices bid must include all incidental costs and the Company shall be deemed to be satisfied as to the full requirements of the bid. No claims for extra work will be entertained and any additional work must be authorized in writing prior to commencement. Should the Company require more information or clarification on any point, it must be obtained prior to the submission of the bid. Payment shall be full compensation for all costs related to the work, including operating and overhead costs to provide work to the satisfaction of the Municipality. All prices quoted shall include applicable customs duty, excise tax, freight, insurance, and all other charges of every kind attributable to the work. Goods and Services Tax and Provincial Sales Tax shall be extra and not shown, unless otherwise specified herein. If the Bidder intends to manufacture or fabricate any part of the work outside of Canada, it shall arrange its shipping procedures so that its agent or representative in Canada is the importer of record foe customs purposes. Should any additional tax, duty or any variation in any tax or duty be imposed by the Government of Canada or the Province of Ontario become directly applicable to work specified in this document subsequent to its submission by the Bidder and before the delivery of the work covered thereby pursuant to a purchase order issued by the Municipality appropriate increase or decrease in the price of work shall be made to compensate for such changes as of the effective date thereof. 8. TERMS OF PAYMENT Where required by the Construction Lien Act appropriate monies may be held back until 60 days after the completion of the work. Payments made hereunder, including final payment shall not relieve the company from its obligations or liabilities under the contract. ' Acceptance by the company of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of claims by the company against the Municipality, except those previously made in writing in accordance with the contract and still unsettled. The Municipality shall have the right to withhold from any sum otherwise payable to the company such amount as ' may be sufficient to remedy any defect or deficiency in the work, pending correction of it. Payment may be made in accordance with Specification Section 01150, Measurements and Payment pursuant to , the Bidder submitting an invoice, contract requirements being completed and work being deemed satisfactory in accordance with the intent of the contract documents. THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON PURCHASING DIVISION GARNET B. RICIfARD RECREATION COMPLEX -CHANGE ROOM AND SEATING RENOVATIONS Page 12 of 28 CL2010-13 SCHEDULE (B) STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS (continued) 9. PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS The company shall, at its expense, defend all claims, actions or proceedings against the Municipality based on any allegations that the work or any part of the work constitutes an infringement of any patent, copyright or other proprietary right, and shall pay 4o the Municipality all costs, damages, charges and expenses, including its lawyers' fees on a solicitor and his own client basis occasioned to the Municipality by reason thereof. The company shall pay all royalties and patent license fees required for the work. If the work or any part thereof is in any action or proceeding held to constitute an infringement, the company shall forthwith either secure for the Municipality the right to continue using the work or shall at the company's expense, replace the infringing work with non-infringing work or modify it so that the work no longer infringes. 10. ALTERNATES Any opinion with regard to the use of a proposed alternate determined by the Municipality shall be final. Any bid proposing an alternate will not be considered unless otherwise specified herein. 11. EQUIVALENCY Any opinion determined by the Municipality with respect to equivalency shall be final. 12. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBCONTRACTING The company shall not assign or subcontract the contract or any portion thereof without the prior written consent of the Municipality. 13. FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE COMPANY The Municipality is entitled to request of the Company to furnish reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Company's obligations under the Contract. 14. LAWS AND REGULATIONS The company shall comply with relevant Federal, Provincial and Municipal statutes, regulations and by-laws pertaining to the work and its performance. The company shall be responsible for ensuring similar compliance by suppliers and subcontractors. The contract shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario. 15. CORRECTION OF DEFECTS If at any time prior to one year after the actual delivery date or completion of the work (or specified warranty/guarantee period if longer than one year) any part of the work becomes defective or is deficient or fails due to defect in design, material or workmanship, or otherwise fails to meet the requirements of the contract, the company, upon request, shall make good every such defect, deficiency or failure without cost to the Municipality. The company shall pay all transportation costs for work both ways between the company's factory or repair depot and the point of use. ' THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON PURCHASING DIVISION GARNET B. RICKARD RECREATION COMPLEX-CHANGE ROOM. AND SEATING RENOVATIONS Page 73 of 28 CL2010-13 ' SCFIEDULE (B) STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS (continued) ' 16. BID ACCEPTANCE The Municipality reserves the right to award by item, or part thereof, groups of items, or parts thereof, or all items of the bids and to award contracts to one or more bidders submitting identical bids as to price; to accept or reject any bids in whole or in part; to waive irregularities and omissions, if in so doing, the best interests of the Municipality will be served. No liability shall accrue to the Municipality for its decision in this regard. , Bids shall be irrevocable for 90 days after the official closing time. The placing in the mail or delivery to the Bidder's shown address given in the bid of a notice of award to a bidder by ' the Municipality shall constitute notice of acceptance of contract by the Municipality to the extent described in the notice of award. The Municipality reserves the right to reject a Bid from any Bidder based on the following considerations: ' 17 • a Bidder or a subcontractor of a Bidder has an outstanding legal action against the Corporation, or the ' Corporation has an outstanding legal action against a Bidder or a subcontractor of the Bidder; • a Bidder owes money including, but not limited to outstanding property taxes owed to the Corporation; and • a Bidder is not in compliance with the Corporation's Corporate Policies and by-laws including Property Standards By-law. ' DEFAULT BY COMPANY a. If the Company commits any act of bankruptcy; or if a receiver is appointed on account of its insolvency or in ' respect of any of its property; or if the company makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; then, in any such case, the Municipality may, without notice: terminate the contract. b. If the Company fails to comply with any request, instruction or order of the Municipality; or fails to pay its accounts; or fails to comply with or persistently disregard statutes, regulations, by-laws or directives of relevant authorities relating to the work; or fails to prosecute the work with skill and diligence; or assigns or sublets the contract or any portion thereof without the Municipality's prior written consent; or refuses to correct defective work; or is otherwise in default in carrying out its part of any of the terms, conditions and obligations of the contract, then, in any such case, the Municipality may, upon expiration of ten days from the date of written notice to the company, terminate the contract. c. Any termination of the contract by the Municipality, as aforesaid, shall be without prejudice to any other rights or remedies the Municipality may have and without incurring any liability whatsoever in respect thereto. d. If the Municipality terminates the contract, it is entitled to: i) take possession of all work in progress, materials and construction equipment then at the project site (at no additional charge for the retention or use of the construction equipment), and finish the work by whatever means the Municipality may deem appropriate under the circumstances; ii) withhold any further payments to the company until the completion of the work and the expiry of all obligations under the Correction of Defects section; iii) recover from the company loss, damage and expense incurred by the Municipality by reason of the company's default (which may be deducted from any monies due or becoming due to the company, any balance to be paid by the company to the Municipality). 1 THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON PURCHASING DIVISION GARNET B. RICKARD RECREATION COMPLEX -CHANGE ROOM AND SEATINCa RENOVATIONS Page 14 of 28 CL2010-13 SCHEDULE (B) STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS (continued) 18. CONTRACT CANCELLATION The Municipality shall have the right, which may be exercised from time to Yime, to cancel any uncompleted or unperformed portion of the work or part thereof. In the event of such cancellation, the Municipality and the Company may negotiate a settlement. The Municipality shall not be liable 4o the Company for loss of anticipated profit on the cancelled portion or portions of the work. 19. QUANTITIES Unless otherwise specified herein, quantities are shown as approximate, are not guaranteed to be accurate, are furnished without any liability on behalf of the Municipality and shall be used as a basis for comparison only. Payment will be by the unit complete at the bid price on actual quantities deemed acceptable by the Municipality. 20. SAMPLES Upon request, samples must be submitted strictly in accordance with instructions. If samples are requested subsequent to opening of bids, they shall be delivered within three (3) working days following such request, unless additional time is granted. Samples must be submitted free of charge and will be returned at the bidder's expense, upon request, provided they have not been destroyed by tests, or are not required for comparison purposes. The acceptance of samples by the Municipality shall be at its sole discretion and any such acceptance shall in no way be construed to imply relief of the company from its obligations under the contract. Samples submitted must be accompanied by current Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) where applicable. 21. SURETY The successful tenderer shall, if the Municipality in its absolute discretion so desires, be required to satisfy surety requirements by providing a deposit in the form of a certified cheque, bank draft or money order or other form of surety, in an amount determined by the Municipality. This surety may be held by the Municipality until 60 days after the day on which all work covered by the contract has been completed and accepted. The surety may be returned before the 60 days have elapsed providing satisfactory evidence is provided that all liabilities incurred by the company in carrying out the work have expired or have been satisfied and that a Certificate of Clearance from the WSIB -Workplace Safety Insurance Board has been received. The company shall, if the Municipality in its absolute discretion so desires, be required to satisfy fidelity bonding requirements by providing such bonding in an amount and form determined by the Municipality. Failure to furnish required surety within two weeks from date of request thereof by the Municipality shall make the award of the Contract by the Municipality subject to withdrawal. THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON ' PURCHASING DIVISION GARNET B. RICKARD RECREATION COMPLEX RENOVATIONS -CHANGE ROOM AND SEATING RENOVATIONS ' Page 15 of 28 CL2010-13' SCHEDULE (B) STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS (continued) ' 22. WORKPLACE SAFETY AND INSURANCE BOARD All of the Contractor's personnel must be covered by the insurance plan under the Workplace Safety and Insurance Act, 1997, or must provide an identification number from the WSIB verifying their status as an "Independent Operator". Upon request by the Municipality, an original Letter of Good Standing from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board shall be provided prior to the commencement of work indicating all' payments by the Company to the board have been made. Prior to final payment, a Certificate of Clearance must be issued indicating all payments by the Company to the Board in conjunction with the subject Contract have been made and that the Municipality will not be liable to the Board for future payments in connection with the , Company's fulfilment of the contract. Further Certificates of Clearance or other types of certificates shall be provided upon request. For Independent contractors /Owners /Operators who do not have WSIB coverage, the following shall be' provided upon request by the Calling Agency: • Single Independent Contractors /Owners /Operators shall provide a letter from the Workplace Safety & Insurance Board confirming independent operator status and identification number. To obtain this, ' contractors must complete the form "Determining worker/Independent Operator status", issued by the Workplace Safety & Insurance Board. (For more information, please contact your local Workplace Safety & Insurance Board Office and refer to this clause.) ' ® Single Independent Contractors /Owners /Operators must also provide a certificate from the Workplace Safety & Insurance Board confirming they have purchased the optional WSIB coverage. ® The Municipality of Clarington has the right to reject any bid it deems to provide insufficient coverage. , 23. INSURANCE The company shall maintain and pay for Comprehensive General Liability insurance including premises and all operations. This insurance coverage shall be subject to limits of not less than $5,000,000.00 inclusive per occurrence for third party Bodily Injury and Property Damage or such other coverage or amount as may be requested. ' The Company shall maintain and pay for Automobile Liability insurance in respect of licensed vehicles and shall have limits of not Less than $2,000,000.00 inclusive per occurrence covering all licensed vehicles owned or leased by the Company. ' The policy shall include the Municipality as an additional insured in respect of all operations performed by or on behalf of the Company. A certified copy of such policy or certificate shall be provided to the municipality prior to ' commencement of the work. Further certified copies shall be provided upon request. The Policies shall be endorsed to provide that the Municipality is to receive not less than 30 days notice in writing in advance of any cancellation, material amendment, or change restricting coverage. Written notice shall be personally , delivered to or sent by registered mail to the Agency. The Company will ensure that any and all Subcontractors also have valid Insurance coverage. ' 24. LIABILITY The company agrees to defend, fully indemnify and save harmless the Municipality from all actions, suits, claims, ' demands, losses, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever for all damage or injury including death to any person and all damage to any property which may arise directly or indirectly by reason of a requirement of the contract, save and except for damage caused by the negligence of the Municipality or its employees. ' PaARNET B. RICK.~RD RECREATI®N C®MPLE%-CHANGE R®®M AND SEATINQ°a REN®VATI®NS Page 16 of 28 CL2010~13 THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON PURCHASING DIVISION SCHEDULE (D) STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS (continued) 25. 26. 27 28. 29. The Company agrees to defend, fully indemnify and save harmless the Municipality from any and all charges, fines, penalties and casts that may be incurred or paid by the Municipality if the Municipality or any of its employees shall be made a party to any charge under the Occupational Health and Safety Act in relation to any violation of the Act arising out of this contract. VISITING THE SITE The Company shall carefully examine the site and existing building and services affecting the proper execution of the work, and obtain a clear and comprehensive knowledge of the existing conditions. No claim for extra payment will be allowed for work or difficulties encountered due to conditions of the site which were visible or reasonably inferable, prior to the date of submission of Bid. Bidders shall accept sole responsibility for any error or neglect on their part in this respect. SAFETY The Company shall obey all Federal, Provincial and Municipal Laws, Act, Ordinances, Regulations, Orders-in- Council and By-laws, which could in any way pertain to the work outlined in the Contract or to the Employees of the Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company shall satisfy all statutory requirements imposed by the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations made thereunder, on a contractor, a Constructor and/or Employer with respect to or arising out of the performance of the Company's obligations under this Contract. The Company shall be aware of and conform to all governing regulations including those established by the Municipality relating to employee health and safety. The Company shall keep employees and subcontractors informed of such regulations. The Company shall provide Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) to the Municipality for any supplied Hazardous Materials. UNPAID ACCOUNTS The company shall indemnify the Municipality from all claims arising out of unpaid accounts relating to the work. The Municipality shall have the right at any time to require satisfactory evidence that the work in respect of which any payment has been made or is to be made by the Municipality is free and clear of liens, attachments, claims, demands, charges or other encumbrances. SUSPENSION OF WORK The Municipality may, without invalidating the contract, suspend performance by the Company from time to time of any part or all of the work for such reasonable period of time as the Municipality may determine. The resumption and completion of work after the suspension shall be governed by the schedule established by the Municipality. CHANGES IN THE WORK The Municipality may, without invalidating the contract, direct the Company to make changes to the work. When a change causes an increase or decrease in the work, the contract price shall be increased or decreased by the application of unit prices to the quantum of such increase or decrease, or in the absence of applicable unit prices, by an amount to be agreed upon between the Municipality and the Company. All such changes shall be in writing and approved by the Municipality. THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON ' PURCHASING DIVISION GARNET B. RICKARD RECR€ATION COMPLEX -CHANGE ROOM AND SEATING RENOVATIONS Page 17 of 28 t CL2010-13 SCHEDULE (B) STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS (continued) ' 30. CONFLICT OF INTEREST No employee or member of Council of the Municipality shall sell goods or services 4o the Municipality in accordance' with the Municipality of Clarington Policy or have a direct or indirect interest in a Company or own a Company which sells goods or services to the Municipality. 31. MUNICIPAL FREEDOM OF INFORMATION AND PROTECTION OF PRIVACY ACT (MFIPPA) ' All correspondence, documentation, and information provided to staff of the Municipality of Clarington by every offerer, including the submission of proposals, shall become the property of the Municipality, and as such, is subject' to the Municipal Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act, and may be subject to release pursuant to the Act. Offerers are reminded to identity in their proposal material any specific scientific, technical, commercial, proprietary, or similar confidential information, the disclosure of which could cause them injury. Complete proposals are not to be identified as confidential. 32. CRIMINAL BACKGROUND CHECKS "The successful service provider covenants and agrees to provide the Municipality of Clarington, or such other entity as the Municipality may designate, with written consent to perform a criminal background check including Criminal Code (Canada) convictions, pardoned sexual offences, records or convictions under the Controlled Drugs and Substances Act, Narcotics Control Act and Food and Drugs Act and all outstanding warrants and charges for every individual who may come into direct contract with youth or who are permitted entrance to private or restricted areas or residences. This will be done at no cost to the Municipality and any such requested document will be submitted to the Municipality in its true form in advance of commencement of work. The Municipal issued identification card must be worn when individuals are at a site where there is direct contact with youth or where access to any private or restricted area is anticipated. The Municipal identification card is valid for the term of the contract only or a one year term, whichever comes first. Under the terms of the contract, the Municipality has the sole and unfettered discretion to prohibit an individual from coming into direct contact with youth or entering a private or restricted area on a regular basis and to terminate the contract if the bidder/partner fails to obtain or renew the Municipal identification cards according to Municipal policy and procedure. The Municipality of Clarington reserves the right to cancel and/or suspend the contract immediately and unilaterally and without penalty to the Municipality should the service provider fail to provide the required documentation or otherwise adhere to this procedure. "The Chief Administrative Officer has the final say in determining any final action." THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON PURCHASING DIVISION GARNET 13. RICIfARD RECREATION COMPLEX - C}7ANGE ROOM AND SEATINCa RENOVATIONS Page 18 of 28 CL2010-13 SCWEDULE (C) CONTRACTOR SAFETY POLICY AND PROCEDURE POLICY: Contractors and Sub-contractors are responsible to ensure that their personnel are updated on all safety concerns of the workplace and are aware of the safety requirements as required by the Contractor under the Occupational Health and Safety Act. Safety performance will be a consideration in the awarding of contract. Under the Occupational Health and Safety Act (Section 23 (1), (2)), it is the constructor's responsibility to ensure that: the measures and procedures prescribed by the Occupational Health and Safety Act and 4he Regulations are carried out on the rp oiect; every employer and every worker performing work on the rp ol2ct complies with the Occupational Health and Safety Act and the Regulations (under the Act); and where so prescribed, a constructor shall, before commencing any work on a project, give to a Director notice in writing of the project containing such information as may be prescribed. DEFINITIONS: Contractor- any individual or firm engaged by the Municipality to do work on behalf of the Municipality Project- means a construction project, whether public or private, including: the construction of a building, bridge, structure, industrial establishment, mining plant, shaft tunnel, caisson, trench, excavation, highway, railway, street, runway, parking lot, cofferdam, conduit, sewer, watermain, service connection, telegraph, telephone or electrical cable, pipe line, duct or well, or any combination thereof; the moving of a building or structure; and any work or undertaking, or any lands or appurtenances used in connection with construction. Construction -includes erection, alteration, repair, dismantling, demolition, structural maintenance, painting, land clearing, earth moving, grading, excavating, trenching, digging, boring, drilling, blasting, or concreting, the installation of any machinery or plant, and any work or undertaking in connection with a project. Constructor - means a person who undertakes a project for an owner and includes an owner who undertakes all or part of a project himself or by more than one employer. Project Manager -means the municipal management representative who has responsibility for a contract. THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON ' PURCHASING DIVISION GARNET B. RICKARD RECREATION COMPLEk- CiiANGE ROOM AND SEATING RENOVATIONS i Page 19 of 28 , CL2010-13 SCHEDULE (C) CONTRACTOR SAFETY (continued) 1 POLICY AND PROCEDURE: PROCEDURE: ' The following items are required before any Contractors are hired by the Municipality: a) Before beginning a project, the project manager or designate must determine whether any designated t substances/hazardous materials are (or will be) present at the site and prepare a list of all these substances. b) The project manager or designate must include, as part of the request for Tender, a copy of the above , mentioned list. The list of designated substances/hazardous materials must be provided to all prospective constructors and/or contractors. c) The request for Tender will require prospective contractors to include a list of the designated substances hazardous materials that will be brought onto the work site and material safety data sheets. d) Before awarding a contract, the contractor(s) will be required to complete and sign the Health and Safety , Practice Form (Schedule "A"). The Purchasing Office will maintain all contractors' safety performance records. ' e) As part of the Tender conditions, before award of a contract, the contractor must provide details of their Health and Safety program. f) The project manager or designate, if necessary, will provide the successful contractor with a workplace , orientation which will include, but not be limited to identifying known potential hazards, hazardous material inventory and material safety data sheets for the sites. g) Before the start of the assignment the following documentation will be provided to the successful ' ' contractor, by the project manager or delegate: i) copies of the Municipal Corporate Health and Safety Program ' ii) departmental health and safety policies iiij workplace procedures regarding health and safety practices h) The contractor has the responsibility to provide any and all prescribed personal protective equipment for ' their own workers, to include as a minimum but not limited to hard hats and safety boots. If a worker(s) fails to comply with any program, policy, rule or request regarding health and safety, that person(s) is not ' allowed on the site until the person(s) complies. The Municipality will retain the right to document contractors far all health and safety warnings and/or to stop any contractors' work if any of the previously mentioned items are not in compliance. Similarly, the ' Municipality will have the right to issue warnings and/or to stop work if there are any violations by the contractor of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, Municipal Health and Safety programs, policies, rules, and/or if the contractor creates an unacceptable health and safety hazard. Written warnings and/or ' stop work orders can be given to contractors using Contractor Health and Safety Warning/Stop Work Order Form (Schedule "B"). Where applicable, the Municipality will retain the right to allow municipal employees to refuse to work in ' accordance with the established policy and the Occupational Health and Safety Act, in any unsafe conditions. THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON PURCHASING DIVISION GARNET D. RIC6CARD RECREATION COMPLEX - ChIANGE ROOBA AND SEATINCx RENOVATIONS Page 20 of 28 CL2010-13 SCI•fEDULE (C) CONTRACTOR SAFETY (con4inued) POLICY AND PROCEDURE: PROCEDURE: k) The Purchasing Department will maintain current certificates of clearance until all monies owing have been paid to the contractor. I) Responsibility for ensuring contractor compliance to this policy falls upon the project manager or designate. This will include identification, evaluation and control practices and procedures for hazards and follow-up and issuing of Contractor Health and Safety Warning/Stop Work Orders. THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON , PURCHASING DIVISION ' GARNET B. RICKARD RECREATION COMPLEX - CFfANGE ROOM AND SEATING RENOVATIONS SCHEDULE (C) CONYRACTOR SAFETY (continued) POLICY AND PROCEDURE: Section "A" FiEALTFi AND SAFETY PRACTICE FORM I I To Contractor(s): ' The Municipality of Clarington is committed to a healthy and safe working environment foe all workers. To ensure the Municipal workplace is a healthy and safe working environment, contractors, constructors and subcontractors must have ' knowledge of and operate in compliance with the Occupational Health and Safety Act and any other legislation pertaining to employee health and safety. In order to evaluate your company's health and safety experience, please provide the accidenUincident and/or Workplace , Safety Insurance Board (WSIB) information noted below, where applicable. The New Experimental Experience Rating (NEER) - The WSIB experience rating system for non-construction rate groups. ....................................................................... a The Council Amended Draft #7 (CAD-7) Rating ' - The WSIB experience rating system for construction rate groups. ....................................................................... 1 Injury frequency performance for the last two years - This may be available from the contractor's trade association. ....................................................................... ' Has the contractor received any Ministry of Labour warnings or orders in the last two years? (If the answer is yes, ' please include the infraction). Confirmation of Independent Operator Status ' -The WSIB independent operator number assigned: (Sldders to include the letter contivming this status and number from WS1B with Yheir bld submission). ' Page 21 of 28' I CL2010-73 ~~ I I , I It U Ontario Miniatryof Notice of Project W ~ ~ 3 ~- 2 -! ~b01f The Occupational Health and Safety Act t, "ice"" ``` ` " '' The following Notice of Project is given pursuant to the Regulations for Construction Projects, made thereunder. Print or type in BLOCK CAPITA and press hard (you are making 3 copies). SEE MAILING AND OTHER INSTRUCTIONS ON THE FRONT PAGE OF THIS FORME. Constructor Project IMormatbn (Attach maplfnece;sarlQ Name ~w.s CO CO r.I.S G 1 LTp . Stiael Name 8 No. 2 ~ ~ Z ~t~'MAr/t/i LC -- _ Addr s s e Lot 8 Plan ToaMCily or TotwlsNp , , lI ~~ ..rr ~~ City Province Postal Code KN 0~1 L312 0-+7 County Postal Coda Teleohone No. Fax No. ,><°° ~5^1533 raaao 4~-~ - 7 3 Project Telephone No. "" 6 6 - Aritiripa0ed Duretlon of Project r Z~ rr;'o~r-ltirs Master Business License No. (MGS) Descfiption of Project W.S.I.B. Frm No. W.S.I.B Rate Group Gat~(~T 8 r ~/GIle9'rev /~'T o~ ~~~ 24-oy.l~jx~ 4pl lOQ ~ ' ~ Superv isor in charge of project ,. ~~ ~~~ %t '~~~~`~ ~'¢~ rr P~e keep available at the pro%ct all Registration of ' Constructors and Employers Engaged in Construction Forms (# 11100) for all employers of workers on the pro%ecL Anddpated numb_e, r/of workers on project: (spedfy numbs ^ 1-5 1116-19 ^ 2Pa9 ^ 5D and over Owner of Project Name Address (,E,o ~~ur/&,z~r,rcc sT, ~ Type of Construction (Please check only ONE choice) ^ New Consiructiwt i!~ Anereticn ^ Demolition ^ Repair or Restoral Indicate the category which best describes the Project. Select ONE choice only. I Residential Building ' ^ Single Fatuity Housing (incl. detached. semi-detached homes cottages) - (4011) 1 1 1 C]'.Aparimenl antl Other Multiple Housing (incl. apartments, condos & townhouses) - (4012) ^ High-Pose (4 storeys & above) ^ Low-Rise (3 storeys & less) Road ^ Highway 8 Road Coretruction (4121) ^ Asphalt Paving (4216) ^ Bridge (4121) Buildings i~Commercial (4022) ^ Industrial (4021) ^ Institutional (4023) Additional Categories ^ Shaft (4127) ^ Tunnel (4126) ^ Subway (4129) ^ Caisson (4221) Services ^ Hydroelectric Power Plants 8 related structures (except trens- mission lines) inGudesdams, •~ hydroelectric power, hydro- electric generating station (4123) ^ Cahle (4124) ^ Hydro (4124) ^ Gas (4124) ^ Telephone (4124) ^ Elec. Towersffrens. Lines (4124) ^ WatarlSewar (4122) ^ Pipeline (4113) ^ Well Drilling (4212) Addi9onal Categories (CoM.) ^ Cofferdam (4128) ^ Excavation Grading (4214) a^ Rarlway~(412Sj ~ --- - ...,......,. ^ Marina (4129) ^ Asbestos Operefbns -Type 3 (4271 ' ' ^ Asbestos Gkrve Bag Removals > 1 :. -Type 2 (4271) ^ Mining Plant (4119) ^ Shipbuilding (3271) 0 List all designatotl wbatancas and hazardous physical agents that maybe usatl, handled or dls4urbed by work-on the projactr,j~w. Se4gun 30 of the OHS Act.) ^ Asbestos ^ Arsenic ^ Ethylene Oxide ., ^ Lead ^ Silica ^ Winyl Chlodde ^ Acrylontirile ^ Benzene ^ Isocyanates ^ Mercury ^ Coke Oven Emissions ^-X=)2a)L ~. If a diving operedon is at tlils project, please complete the Notice ton Diving Operations Form. (ff0069) If a tunnel (including boring, augedng or jacking), shaft, caisson a cofferdam is to be constructed at this Project, please complete tne'Notice for Tunnels, Shafts, Caissons and Cofferdams. (if6068) ©For trenching, use of cranes to fift workers (sect 153.1 (11)), dismantling of multi-point ~atspended scaffolds, window cleaning, type 3 asbestos operations and type 2 asbestos glove bag removals > 1 sq.m, telephone or contact the MOL office nearest the project to notify the Ministry and to obtain your Notifimdon Number. Project Start oats Project tnd oats m Estimated Total Cost of Labour nay Monty Veer UaY Monti Year ~:~/ (}Q.' ~.~i rj ~ O ~ I lOf p rS,"~ I ~ p I ~.O / O and Materials for the Pro' cl: ' $ ~ r..~'VX Signature of Company Official Print Name Positbn or Title - -Dale Signed ~__J.~_' ~ ~v/A-~t> l..A-- ~ ~~a~7"~~ ~i ~ 06',,~. fir ,...,, THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON PURCHASING DIVISION GARNET B. RICICARD RECREATION COMPLEX- CFIANGE ROOBA AND SEATING RENOVATIONS Page 22 of 28 CL2010-13 SCWEDULE (C) CONTRACTOR SAFETY (continued) POLICY AND PROCEDURE: CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF RESPOPISIBILITY ~ As a contractor working for the Municipality of Clarington, I/we will comply with all procedures and requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, Municipal safety policies, department and site specific policies and ' procedures and other applicable legislation or regulations. I/we will work safely with skill and care so as to prevent an accidental injury to ourselves, fellow employees and members of the public. ' 1. The contractor/successful tenderer certifies that it, its employees, its subcontractors and 4heir employees: a) are aware of their respective duties and obligations under the Occupational Health and Safety Act, as amended from time to time, and all Regulations thereunder (the 'Act'); and i b) have sufficient knowledge and training to perform all matters required pursuant to this contract/tender safely and in compliance with the Act. ' 2. In the performance of all matters required pursuant to this contract/Tender, the conl~ctQrfsUCCessful tender shall: - a) act safely and comply in all respects to 4he Act, and ! _: ~ _ b) ensure that its employees, its subcontractors and 4heir employees act safely anC Lomply snrrth atl ' aspects with the Act . _ ... ~. 3: The contractor/successful tenderer shall rectify any unsafe act or practice and any non-compliance tidith the Act at its expense immediately upon being notified by any person of the existence of such act, practice or non-compliance. 4. The contractor/successful tenderer shall permit representatives of the Municipality and the Health and Safety Committee on the site at any time or times for the purpose of inspection to determine compliance with this contracUtender. 5. No act or omission by any representative of the Municipality shall be deemed to be an assumption of any ' of the duties or obligations of the contractor/successful tenderer or any of its subcontractors under the Act. _ 6. The contractor/successful tenderer shall indemnify and save harmless the Municipality: a) from any loss, inconvenience, damage or cost to the Municipality which may result from the contractor/successful tenderer or any of its employees, its subcontractors or their employees failing to act safely or to comply in all respects with the Act in the performance of any matters required pursuant to this contracUtender; b) against any action or claim, and costs related thereto, brought against the Municipality by any person arising out of any unsafe act or practice or any non-compliance with the Act by the contractor/successful tenderer or any of its employees, its subcontractors or their employees in the performance of any matter required pursuant to this contracUtender; and c) from any and all charges, fines, penalties and costs that may be incurred or paid by the Municipality (or any of its council members or employees) shall be made a party to any charge under fhe Actin relation to any violation of the Act arising out of this contract/tender. THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON , PURCHASING DIVISION CARNET D. RICICARD RECREATION COMPLEX-CIiANGE ROOM AND SEATING RENOVATIONS ' Page 23 of 28 CL2010-13 SCHEDULE (C) CONTRACTOR SAFETY (continued) POLICY AND PROCEDURE: CONTRACTOR ACCEPTANCE Schedule "C" Contractor Safety -Policy Procedures, Health & Safety Practice, Pages 18 - 25 have been reviewed and accepted by the contractor. l(~-US~~c~ ~Ai~`vzv~,-~~~~ ~•~ Contractor Signature of Contr r ~, f lx27~ Name of Person Signing for Contractor ~~,>~ Zv Date THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON PURCHASING DIVISION GARNET B. RICI(ARO RECREATION COMPLEX - CNANGE ROOM AND SEATING RENOVATIONS Page 24 of 28 CL2010-13 SCHEDULE (C) CONTRACTOR SAFETY (continued) POLICY AND PROCEDURE: Section "B" CONTRACTOR HEALTH AND SAFETY WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER The purpose of this form is to: (Issuer to check one of the following) ^ Provide warning to 4he contractor to immediately discontinue the unsafe work practices, if it affects our workplace, described below. ^ Direct the contractor to immediately cease all work being performed under this contract due to the unsafe work practice described below. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER SHALL CONSTITUTE A BREACH OF CONTRACT. PART "A" -DETAILS OF CONTRACT CONTRACTOR/P.O. # DESCRIPTION: NAME OF FIRM: THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON PURCHASING DIVISION GARNET B. RICKARD RECREATION COMPLEX -CHANGE ROOM AND SEATING RENOVATIONS ' Page 25 of 28 , CL2010-13 SCHEDULE (C) CONTRACTOR SAFETY (con4inued) POLICY AND PROCEDURE: PART "B" -DETAILS OF INFRACTION (TO BE COMPLETED BY ISSUER) DATE AND TIME OF INFRACTION DESCRIPTION OF INFRACTION, INCLUDING LOCATION: ORDER GIVEN BY MUNICIPALITY: DID THE CONTRACTOR COMPLY WITH THIS ORDER? DATE AND TIME OF COMPLIANCE: ISSUED TO: CONTRACTOR'S EMPLOYEE TITLE ISSUED BY: MUNICIPAL EMPLOYEE DEPARTMENT TITLE PART "C" -ADDITIONAL COMMENTS 1 THIS SECTION TO BE USED INTERNALLY TO RECORD ADDITIONAL COMMENTS SUBSEQUENT TO ISSUING THE WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER, I.E. DATE AND TIME WORK RESUMED, FURTHER ACTION TAKEN, ETC. ' THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON PURCHASING DIVISION GARNET B. RICICARD RECREATION COMPLEX- CHANGE ROOIN AND SEATING RENOVATIONS Page 26 of 28 CL2010-13 SCHEDULE (G) INI=ORMATION SHEETS NOTICE OF "NO BID" CLOSING DATE: IMPORTANT -PLEASE READ THIS It is important to the Municipality to receive a reply from all invited bidders. There is no obligation to submit a Tender, however, should you choose not to bid, completion of this form will assist the Municipality in determining the type of goods or services you are interested in bidding on in the future. INSTRUCTIONS If you are unable, or do not wish to bid on this Tender please complete the following portion of this form. State your reason for not bidding by checking yes or no in the applicable line or by explaining briefly in 4he space provided. It is not necessary to return any other Tender documents. Just return this completed form in the enclosed Tender envelope prior to the official closing time and date. 1. We do not manufacture/supply this commodity 2. We do not manufacture/supply to this specification 3. Unable to quote competitively 4. Cannot handle due to present plant loading 5. Quantity/job too large 6. Quantity/job too small 7. Cannot meet delivery/completion requirements 8. Agreements with distributors/dealers do not permit us to sell directly 9. Licensing restrictions Other reasons or additional comments: Do you wish to bid on these goods/services in the future? Yes/No For Municipality Use Only Do Not Write In This Space Company Yes/No THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON ' PURCHASING DIVISION GARNET 13. RICKAR® RECREATION COMPLEX -CHANGE ROOIN AN® SEATING RENOVATIONS ' SCIiEDULE (61) QUESTIONS FOR CLARIFICATION FAX COVER PAGE QUESTIONS FOR CLARIFICATION CL2010-13 TO: J.R. FREETHY ARCHITECT nail=• TIME: FAX NUMBER: (905) 623-8989 FROM: Company Name: Contact Name: _ Telephone: Reference to Section Question: Total Number of Pages including cover on Page Number of this Tender. Fax: Page 27 of 28' CL2010-13 t SCHEDULE (G) REFERENCE FORM Bidder's Company Name: isiaders are to complete this Reference Form and attach same to their bid submission. Any quotation received that does not include the Reference Form maybe considered as "informal" and may be rejected by the Municipality. Please state the name of the company, address, phone number and contact person where similar work, service or delivery of products or materials have been performed within the past five (S) years. The Municipality of Clarineton reserves the rieht to contact anv nr all of a C mm~anv~c rcforanroc Referencettl Company Address (Street and #) City, Province, Postal Code Contact Person Phone q Description of Contract/Project Date of Completion of Contract/Project Value of Contract/Project Reference #2 Company Address (Street and #) City, Province, Postal Code Contact Person Phone # Description of Contract/Project Date of Completion of Contract/Project Value of Contract/Project Reference tt3 Company Address (Street and tt} City, Province, Postal Code Contact Person Phone # Description of Contract/Project Date of Completion of Contract/Project Value of Contract/Project 1 1 C1 L_ t J 1 June 18, 2010 Mr. Edward Lai Trustco Construction Ltd. Attn: Mr. Edward Lai 3400 14`h Avenue, Unif 34 Markham, ON L3R OH7 Dear Mr. Lai: VIA FAX TO 905 944-8793 & REGULAR MAIL RE: CL2010-13, GARNET B. RICKARD RECREATION COMPLEX (CHANGE ROOM & SEATING RENOVATIONS) Please be advised that Clarington Municipal Council, at their meeting held, Monday June 14, 2010 approved an award of the above contract to Trustco Construction Ltd., Markham, Ontario. For clarification, the value of the contract covered by the award is $$480,700.00, plus HST. In accordance with the General Terms and Conditions of the Tender, prior to the commencement of any work, you are required to submit the following documentation to the undersigned. 1. Liability Insurance Certificate (naming the Municipality of Ciarington as additionally insured); confirming coverage in the amount of $5,000,000.00; 2. Automobile Liability Insurance in the amount of $2,000,000.00; 3. Current Workplace Safety and Insurance Board Certificate of Clearance. Please note: Single Independent Contractors /Owners /Operators must also provide a certificate from the Workplace Safety & Insurance Board confirming they have purchased the optional WSIB coverage; 4. Performance Bond in the amount of 100% of the total tender and a Labour and Material Bond in the amount of 100 % of the total tender; 5. Construction Schedule CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON 40 TEMPERANCE STREET, BOWMANVILLE, ONTARIO L1C 3A6 T (905)623-3379 F (905)623-3330 t June 18. 2010 Page 2 of 2 6. Name of Project Supervisor including telephone number in the event of an emergency after hours; ' 7. List of Proposed Sub-Contractors listing sub-let items and list of proposed Material Suppliers; and ' 8. Notice of Project to the Ministry of Labour. Four (4) copies of the contract documents for execution by your signing officers will ' follow in a few days. Qn arrival please sign in the areas indicated and return all copies to the undersigned for further processing. ' Upon receipt of ail documents, I will forward a copy of the executed agreement and an official purchase order, authorizing work to proceed. ' Please note, in accordance with Municipal Policy, the contractor may not commence work or mobilize any equipment until such time as to the contracts have been formally executed by all parties and all documentation is in place. If you have any questions concerning the above, please give me a call. ' Yours truly, Sandra McKee, C.P.P., Senior Buyer SM/km ' JDB/km cc: Joseph Caruana, Director of Community Services ' George Acorn, Facilities Manager, Community Services Reg Freethy, B. Arch., J.R. Freethy Architect CORPORATION OF 7HE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON 40 TEMPERANCE STREET, BOWMANVILLE, ONTARIO L1C 3A6 T (905)623-3379 F (905)623-3330 1 - 's_ervdH-:\o; C':. X010-'13 SUPPLEMENTARY TENDER FORM ~ 00400.1 ' _ ;'' POST TENDER ADDENDUM GRRNET 8. R€CKARD OOMPLEX • ' Change Room and Seating Renovations Bowmanville, Ontario ' Tender CL 2010-13 ; Wr;;tnicipafity of C€arington 4 Temperance Street 8cwrr.3n~Jiile, Ontaric~ ! iC•sA6 ~3T OF Pr~OPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS ' T!~.e tohewing list of Subcontractors whom the Contractor proposes to retain for this project and who~o yuota:.tion_ have bean used in completing the form of Tender must be completed by the General Contractor. N:~ uaviation trom this list will be permitted during the pertormance of Contract without written permission from tF~a Arcl: sect and the Owner. ' Se;eFfu~eDemplition w~ ~Y GOnISTrz-. ' Earthwork •. S I L-. ~,ccq-yA 1 l c~t.l y Cast ~i-r:as3 C tcrete _ - -- VJEnt cA'~ C o~.iSTl2 . ' u.•.. i.i:'~-;,ry tJ~j;ri KH'( CotlsTi2. ~~ a.. a! 3.391 .. ' .Ii3udar8iteaUS Metal ' Fiat:': Cc.rcpentry t ~ ;c A~cr:ftect!lral MHlwork ' Firr7stopliing and Smoke Seats R ~c. ir~g ~, ~, F3ciicv~ r;~> ial s;ccrs and Frames :, . ~, .. Y Fi,. iard~.~ara ~Lt~ l2~Li Lr.-r (~ a ...._ yJCnJ k.F+-Y Corts7rz. f~ol.rJfvnl SUNfMr I t,L1~ODW0~Kr~f(~ - UJL-l.l K,3~' Cbusrf~. tnltrl tc~Y co~~s't2 W~>`I tcnY Cn>asT,z ~,-*-T--.:.. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t ender No. CL 2010-13 SUPPLEMENTARY TENDER FORM 00400.2 1~xa=Ia.ir,.Ceran:icTile Nf~%~ (~`~ CONSi121(r7lbl.~ ~.-'dii lt7..;J _ ~nn~iM M~ [Oh15~7; . 1`•.$afk6:~ •r)r;dfgF _ rr- 5 . ~. ul:o.^tr'AIGf JG';iJl1(,) ~l(Si(ii ~~/'T U!aclla~ical C~sl-O f~A-I, f~ 1 fl Eiertrical Uy~ t% GLt;'L - :_ . _ , 4'. _ c~; . i~ to at I / !4'e air the adthority to bind the Company n td. le L} S. •ine Utucnrls} SIGNATURE ,_ .. . __...». ».,.:,....;.____ SIGNATURE -„f~~~~)4~~-133 "'rnusTco c~HS-rrau~,~ L~~ ,^, _. _. -t:! > .~ o,:e Numbar of NAME OF COMPANY :~ -"L. _. _. _ ADDRESS OF COMPANY ~1ZZ1S3G7~E-1 _ _. ._.. _...._ _ GST REGISTRATION NUMBER _-. .. _ ~i(:C:i" ._._} Ct7RPORATE. SEAL- _.__..__- _ __ _..:__ ' Tender No. CL 2010-13 AGREEMENT 00510.7 1. This Section to be completed before signing of Contract. 2. LIST OF CONTENTS ' 2.1 Agreement Between Owner and Contractor: Standard Construction Document, CCDC 2, 2008, Stipulated Price Contract. END OF SECTION 00510 TABLE OF CONTENTS AGREEMENT BETWEES OWNER AND CONTRACTOR A-1 The Work A-2 Agreement and Amendments A-3 Contact Documents A-0 Contract Price A-5 Payment A-6 Receipt of and Addresses far Notices in Writing A-7 Language of [he Contract A-8 Succession DEFINl'fIONS 1. Change Directive 2. Changz Order 3. Constmction Equipment 4. Consultant 5. Contmct - 6. Contract Documents 7. Contract Price 8. Contact Time 9. Contactor 10. Drawings 11. Notice in Writing 12. Owner 13. Place of the Work 14. Product 15. Project 16. Provide 17. Shop Drawings 18. Specifications l9. Subcontractor 20. Substantial Perfounance of the Wmk 21. Supplemental lnsn'uaion 22. Supplier 23. Temporary Work 24. Value Added Taxes 25. Work 26. Working Day GENERAL CONDI7TON5 OF THE STIPULATED PRICE CONTRACT PART1 GENERAL PROVISIONS GC 1.1 Contract Documents GC 1.2 Law of the Contract GC 1.3 Rights and Remedies GC 1.4 Assignment PART 2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT GC 2.7 Authority of the Consultant GC 2.2 Rcle of the Consultant GC 2.3 Review and Inspection of the Work GC 2.4 Detective Work PART 3 EXECUTION OF THE WORK GC 3.1 Cmnhol of the Work GC 3.2 Cmnstmetion by Owneror Other Contractors GC 3.3 Temporary Work GC 3.4 Document Review ' GC 3.5 Construction Schedule GC 3.6 Supervision GC 3.7 Subcmntracmts and Suppliers GC 3.8 Labour and Products GC 3.9 Documents at [he Site GC 3.10 Shop Drawings GC 3.ll Use of the Work GC 3.12 Cutting and Remedial Work GC 3.13 Cleanup ' PART4 ALLOWA.\CES GC 4.1 Cash Allowances GC 4.2 Contingency Allowance PART 5 PAYhD:NT GC ~.l Financing lnfortnadon Required of the Owner GC 5:L ApPhcatlons for Progress Payment GC 5.3 Progress Payment GC 5.4 Substantial Perfomrance of the Work GC 5.5 Payment ofHOldback upon Substantial Performance of the Work GC 5.6 Progressive Release ofHoldback GC 5 7 Final Paymwt GC 5.8 Withholding ofPayment GC 5.9 Noo-confonning Work PART 6 CHANGES IN THE WORK GC 6.L Owner's Rightto Make Changes GC 6.2 Change Order GC 6.3 Change Directive GC 6.4 Concealed or Unknown Conditions GC 6.5 Delays GC 6.6 Claims Cor a Change in Contract Price PART 7 DEFAULT NOTICE GC 7.1 Ownei s Right to Perform the Work, Terminate the Contractor's Rightto Continue with the Work or Terminate the Contract GC 7.2 Contracrois Rightm Suspend the Work of Terminate the Contract PART 8 DISPUTE RESOLUTION GC 8.l Authority of the Consultant GC 8.2 Negotiation, Mediation and Arbitration GC 83 Retention of Rights PART 9 PROTEC'flON OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY GC 9.1 Protection o1' W ork and Propem~ GC 9.2 Toxic and Hatardous Substances GC 9.3 Artifacts and Fossils GC 9.4 Comstmcdon Satety GC 9.5 Mould PART 10 GOVERNING REGULATIONS GC 10.1 Taxes and Duties GC 10.2 Laws, Notices, Permits, and Fees GC 10.3 Patent Fees GC 10.4 Workers' Compensation PART l l INSURANCE AND CONTRACT SECORITY GC 11.1 Insurance GC 11.2 Cnotreot Security PART 12 INDEMNIFICATION, W'AR'ER OF CLAIMS AND WARRANTY GC 12.1 ]ndemnifirahon GC 72.2 Waiver of Claims GC 12.3 Warranty The Cwadian Construrfion Documeu¢ Comrrdttee (CCDC) is a national joint committee responsible for the development, producfio¢ and review mF standard Canadian constmctive contracts, fomvc and guides. Formed in ]974 the CCDC is made up of volunteer representatives from: Public Sector Owners Private Sector Owners Canadian Dar Association (Ex-Oticio) * The Association of Canadian Engineering Companies The Canadian Constrnc[ion Associative `Construction Specifications Canada ' The Royal Architectural Institute ofCanada "Committee policy and procedures are directed and approved by the four consdmenc national orga¢izations. CCDC 2 is the product of a consensus-building process aimed a[ balancing the interests of all parties on the construction project. It reflects recommended industry practices. CCDC 2 can have imporfaot consequences. The CCDC and its constituent member organizations do not accept any responsibility or liability for loss or damage which may be suffered as a result of the use or interpretation of CCUC 2. CCDC Copyright 2008 Must not be espied in whole or in part without the written permission of the CCDC. Standard Construction Document CCDC2-2008 AGREEMENT' BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR For use when a sfipulated price is the basis of payment. This Agreement made on the 18th by and between the parties day of June in the year 2010 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington hereinaRer called the "Owner" and Tmstco Construction Ltd_ hereinafter called the "Contractor" The Owner and the Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE A-1 THE WORK The Contractor shall: 1.1 perform [he Work required by the Contract Documents for Garnet B. Rickard Recreational Centre -Change Room and Seating Renovations located at 2440 Hwy. >2, Bowmanville, Ontario above dte name of the Work insert above the Place aj8ie Wark for which the Agreement has been signed by the parties, and for which J.R. Preethy Architect insert above the name ofihe Consultant is acting as and is hereinafer called the "Consultant" and 1.2 do and fidfill everything indicated by the Contract Documents, and 1.3 commence the Work by the 6th day of 7uly in the year 2070 and, subject to adjustment in Contract Tame as provided for in the Contract Documents, attain Substantial Performance of the Work, by the 15th day of September in the year 2010 ARTICLE A-2 AGREEMENTS AND AMENDMENTS t 2.1 The Contract supersedes all prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral, relating in any manner to the Work, including the bidding documents that are not expressly listed in Article A-3 of the Agreement -CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ' 2.2 The Contract may be amended only as provided in the Contract Documents. ' CCDC2-2008 File 005213 1 Note: This contract is protected by copyright. Use ofa CCDC 1 document no! containing a CCDC 2 copyright seal consdhrtes an infringement of copyn~ht. Only sign thu contract iJ the document cover page bears a CCDC 1 copyright sea! fa demonstrate [hat ft is intended by dhe parties to be an accurate and unamended version of ' CCDC l - 2004 except fo the extent that any a(feratiorcr, adt&Fians ar mod cations are set f8rth in supp7emrn(ary conditions. 1 ARTICLE A3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 3.] The following are the Contract Documents referred to in Article A-1 of the Agreement -THE WORK: ' = Agreement between Owner and Contractor Definitions The General Conditions of the Stipulated Price Contract * ' As per specification section 00010 " List of Documents" and as amended by: Addendum no. 1, dated May 3, 2010 ' Post Addendum no. 1, dated May 19, 2010 Post Addendum no. 2, dated May 2Q, 2010 Post Addendum no. 3, dated May 21, 2010 t 1 * (Insert here, attaching additional pages if required, a list ident~ing all other Contract Documents e.g, supplementary conditions; information documents; specifrcations, giving a list of contents with section numbers and titles, tzumher of pages and date; material finishing schedules; drawings, giving drawing number, title, date, revision date or mark; addenda, giving title, number, date) CCDC2-2008 File 00523 2 Note: This contract is protected by copyright. Use afa CCDC2 document not conmininga CCDC2copyright seal constitutes an infringement afcapyrighr. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parldes ra be an accurate and unamended version of CCDC 2-2008 except to theextent /hat any a&era(ions, additions or modifications are set forth in supplementary conditions. ARTICLE A-4 CONTRACT PRICE 4.1 The Cantraci Price, which excludes Value Added Taxes, is: Four hundred and eighty thousand seven hundred dollars /]OOdollars $ 480,700.00 4.2 Value Added Taxes (of 13 %) payable by the Owner Co the Contractor are: Sixty two thousand four hundred and ninety one dollars /100 dollars $ 62,491.D0 4.3 Total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for the construction of the Work is: Five hundred and forty three thousand one hundred and ninety one dollars /100 dollars $ 543,191.00 ' 4.4 These amounts shall be subject to adjustments as provided in the Contract Documents. 4.5 All amounts aze in Canadian funds- ' ARTICLE A-5 PAYMENT ' S.1 Subject Yo the provisions of the Contract Documents, and in accordance with legislation and statutory regulations respecCing holdback percentages and, where such legislation or regulations da not exist or apply, subject to a holdback of ten percent ( 10 %), the Owner shall: .l make progress payments to the Contractor on account of the Contraei Price when due in the amount certified by the Consultant together with such Value Added Taxes as may be applicable to such payments, and .2 upon Subsdantia{ Performance of the Work, pay to the Contractor the unpaid balance of the holdback amount when due ' together with such Value Added Taxes as may he applicable to such payment, and 3 upon the issuance of the final certificate for payment, pay to the Contractor the unpaid balance of the Contract Price when due together with such Value Added Taxes as may be applicable to such payment. ' S.2 In the event of loss or damage occurring where payment becomes due under the property and boiler insurance policies, payments shall be made to the Contractor in accordance with the provisions of GC 11.1 -INSURANCE. ' S.3 Interest .1 Should either party fail to make payments as they become due under the terms of dre Contract or in an awazd by arbitration or court, interest at Che following rates on such unpaid amounts shall also become due and payable until payment: (I) 2% per annum above the prime rate for the first 60 days. (2) A°f° per annum above the prime rate after the first 60 days. Such interest shall be compounded on a monthly basis. The prime rate shall be the rate of interest quoted by (Insert came of chartered lendfng institution whose prime rate is to be used) ' for prime business loans as it may change from time to time. .2 Interest shall apply at the rate and in the manner prescribed by paragraph x.3.1 of this Article on the settlement amount of any claim in dispute that is resolved either pursuant to Part 8 of the General Conditions -DISPUTE RESOLUTION or otherwise, from the dare the amount would have been due and payable under the Contract, had it not been in dispute, until the date it is paid. CCDC 2-2008 File 005213 7 Note: 71»s eoniract is protected by copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document oat containing a CCDC 2 copyright seal constitutes an Hlfingement of copyright Only sign this contract if the doarn~cnr cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal m demonstrate that it is intended by the parties [o be an accurate and umm~ended versian of CCDC 2-2008 except m the extent Ihm arty alterations, additions or mad~ca[lans are setfarrh in supplementary conditlons. ARTICLE A-6 RECEIPT OF AND ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES IN WRITING ' 6.1 Notices in Writing will be addressed to the recipient at the address set out below. The delivery of a Notice in Writing will be by hand, by courier, by prepaid first class mail, or by facsimile or other form of electronic communication during the transmission ' of which no indication of failure of receipt is communicated to the sender. A Notice in Writing delivered by one parry in accordance with this Contract will be deemed to have been received by the other party on the date of delivery if delivered by hand or courier, or if seat by mail it shall be deemed to have been received five calendar days after the date on which it was mailed, provided that if either such day is not a Working Day, then the Notice in Writing shall be deemed to have been received ' on [he Working Day next following such day. A Notice in Writing sent 6y facsimile or other form of electronic communication shall be deemed to have been received on the date of its transmission provided that if such day is not a Working Day or if it is received after the end of normal business hours on the date of its transmisston at the place of receipt, then it shall be deemed to have been received at the opening of business at the place of receipt on the first Working Day next following the transmission. thereof An address for a party may be changed by Notice in Writing to the other party setting out the new address in accordance with this Article. Owner The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' 40 Temperance Street, Bowmanville, Ontario ' Contractor ' Consultant 1 facsimile number email address Trustco Construction Ltd name of Cantraelar* 3400 14th Ave., Unit 34, Markham, Ontario address facsimile number email address J.R. Freethy Architect name afConsultant* 5 Silver Street, Bowmanville, Ontario facsimile number email address * /fit is intended that the notice must be received by a specific individual, that individual's name shall be indicated. ARTICLE A-7 LANGUAGE OF THE CONTRACT 7.1 When the Contract Documents are prepazed in both the English and French languages, it is agreed that in the event of any apparent discrepancy between the English and French versions, the English / French # language shall prevail. # Complete this statement by striking out inapplicable term. 7.2 This Agreement is drawn in English at the request of the pazties hereto. La presente convention est redigee en anglais a la demande des parties. CCDC2-2008 File 005213 4 Nate: This contract is protected by copyright. Use of a CCOC 2 documen( not containing a CCOC 2 copyright seal constitutes an injringemenl afcopvrighf. Only sign this conmaer if the document wver page bears a CCOC 1 copyright seal m demmrstrate that it is intended by fhe parties to be an acearate and unomended version oJ' CCDC 2-2008 ezcept to the extent that arty alterations, additions or modificadions are setfbrth m supplementary candidians. II II SIGNED AND DELIVERED 1 in the presence of: WTTNESS 1 1 1 signature 1 ARTICLE A-8 SUCCESSION 8.1 The Contract shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon [he parties hereto, their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors. and assigns. In witness whereof the parties hereto have executed this Agreement by the hands of their duly authorized representatives. OWNER The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington name of person signing name afperson signing WITNESS Trustco Construction Ltd. - name ofContractorR = _ ~~ ~ name afperson signing name afperson signing name of owner name and title afperson signing CONTRACTOR sgn^~• - - name and title of person signing name and title of person signing N. B. Where legul jurisdiction, local practice or Owner or Contractor requirement calls for: (a) proof of authority to execute this document, attach such proof of audharity in the form of a certifed copy oja resolution naming the representative(s) authorized to sign the Agreement for and on behalf of the corporadion or partnership; or (b) the affixing of a corporate seal, this Agreement should be properly sealed. CCDC2-2008 File 005213 5 Note: This contract is proreefed by copyright. Use oja CCDC 2 documen(no(rontaining a CCDC 2 copyright seal eons(ifu(es an infringement of ~copyrigh(. Only sign (hu contract if (he document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it rs intended by (he par(ies m be an accurate and unamended version of CCDC2-2008e ce tta(he ertentthat anyaherahans, additioru ormodfcations are setfor(h in sup lemeniarv conditions. Patti L Barrie Clerk ;, .~.. ;,,, .; , ` YYYYYY{I YI If 4Y1\\tv`~ I Tender No. CL 2010-13 BONDS AND CERTIFICATES 00600.1 LIST OF CONTENTS 1. CERTIFICATE OF GOOD STANDING WITH THE WORKPLACE SAFETY AND INSURANCE BOARD END OF SECTION 00600 ' ~ Performance Bond Cll1~Ct] ccoc zzt - zooz IN SUaGNGE 1 I I I II Intact Insurance Company Surety Division -Toronto Suite 1500, 700 9nlversity Avenue Toronto, Ontario MSG OA7 Bond No.: 962-912998 Band Amount 5543.191.00 Trustco Construc0on Ltd. as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and INTACT INSURANCE COMPANY a corporation created and existing under the laws of Canada and duly authorized to transact the business of Suretyship in all Provinces and all Territories of Canada as Surely, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Coroorafion of the Munidoality of Clarinoton as Obligee, hereinafter calletl the Obligee, in fhe amount of Flve Hundred Fortv Three Thousantl One Huntlred Nirrelv One. 001100 Dollars (5543.191.001 lawful money of Canada, for the payment of which sum the Pnncipal and the Surety hind Themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators. successors antl essigne, jointly and severally. the Principal has entered into a written contract with the Obligee, dated 10th day oT June, in the year 2070 for Ickard Recreation Camolex Chan a Room and Seatlna R ovetlorra C1070 73 herelrtafter refarratl to as The condilion of this obligation is such that if the Principal shall promptly and faithfully perform the Contract then this obligation shek he null end void; ottrerwise ft shall remain in (uN force antl a%ect. Whenever the Principal shall be, and declared by the 061{gee to ba, in default untler the Conlred, the 061igae having pertarmed the ObOgee's abiigetiona thereunder, the Surety shall promptly: r, 1) remedy the defauk, or; 2) complete the Contract in accordance wim its terms and conditions or; 3) obtain a bid or bitls for submission to the Obligee for wmpleting the Contred in accordance with ks terms end conditions . ,,,,, and upon determination by the Obligee antl the Surety of the fowesi responsible bidder, arran a for a con[red between such bidder and the 061gee and make available as woM progresses (r3den though there s oiiiA $e"'a' de7ault; oT `a'~"' succession of defaults, under the contract or contracts of wmpletion, arranged under this paragraph) sufficient funtls to pay to complete the Prindpal's obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contred and to pay (hose expenses incurred by the 061igee as a result of the Pdncipal's default relating directly to the performance of the work untler the Contract, less the balance of rho Contract price; but not ezceedirg the Bontl Amount. The balance of the Contred price is the total amount payable by the Obligee to the Prindpal under [he Contrect, less the amoum~properly paid by the Obligce to the Pdncipal, or; 4) pay the Obligee the lesser of (1) the Bond Amount or (2) the Obligee's proposed cost of completion, less the balance of Conlred price. - ~ - ~. _,. It is a condition of this bond that any suit or action must 6e commenced before the expiration of two~(2} yearsYrom the earlier of (1) the date of Substantial Performance of the Contract as defnatl In the lien legislation where the work under the Contract is taking piece, or, if no such definition exists, the date when the work is ready for use or is being usetl for the purpose inlentled, or (Z) the dale on which the Pdncipal is declared in defauk by the Obligee. Tha Surety shell not be liable for a greeter sum than the Bond Amount. Famo F,u .., _ _ F_._ua No right of action shall accrue on this Bond, to or for me use of, any person or corporation other than the Obligee named herein, or the heirs, executors, administrators or successors o} the Obligee. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Prindpal and the Surety have Signed end Sealed this Bond datep ~diay of;June tp th9~~agr z91a. _ t. SIGNED and SEALED I ' I "'~ in the presence at: Trust4o Gpnatr on ~~td ~~~~ 450_.4„ , - "., r , `"Signature ",--~,.~~'.~ COpC Copyrlgh100g4 CanaSan Conatruclhn 0ocumenfs Committee (ccoc gxr - gaox) has oven approves oy tna surety Aasacmrbn a careae Intact Inaurenca Company t~ ~,,~b~t~, ~ ~e~-2a.,~y _ , g~re Christina M. To rsky AOOrney-in•Fact _ ._ ~ , -. .. .onul: ~. P'IJ .]I'I C J°'.Vl.•. !. ,'} T fh ~ I .r ,_ 19 . , 9 _ ..~ . Gov ~~~a4 , 11361T Ip$l99) (~~~t~ Intact Insurance Company ~. Surety Division -Toronto Suite 1500, 700 University Avenue Toronto, Ontario MSG OAI Labour 8 Material Payment Bond (Trustee Form) CCDC 222 - 2002 Band No.: 982-012898 Bond Amount $543.191.00 Trustco ConsWCtlon Lttl. as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and INTACT INSURANCE COMPANY a corporation createtl and existing under the laws of Canada and duly authorized to transact the business of Suretyship in all Provinces and all Territories in Canada as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Corooretion of the MunlclpallN of Clarlnaton as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the amount of Flve Hundred FoM Three Thousantl One Huntlretl Ninety One 00!100 Dollars ($543.181.001 lawful money of Canada, for the payment of which sum the Principal and the Surety bintl themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a written contract with the Obligee, dated ?~ day of June, in the year 2010 for Garnet B. Rickard Reerea5on Comolez Chance Room and Sea0na Renovat'ons CL2010.13 in accordance with the Contract Dowments submitted, and which ere by reference made part herao(and are hereinafter referred to as me Contract. The Condition of this obligation is ouch that, if the Principal shall make payment to all Claimants for all labour and material used or reaswably required for use in the pertormence of the Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force antl eRect, subject, however, to the following conditions: 1. A Claimant (or the purpose of this Bond is defned as one having a direct contract with the Principal for labour, material, or both, used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract, labour antl material being construed to Inclutle that part of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service or rental equipment directly applicable to the Contract provided that a person, Orm or corporation who rents equipment to Ina Principal to he used In the pertormence of the Contact under a contract "' ° 'which provides that ell or any part of the rent is to be applied towards the purchase plies theredT; sTf$11'EMybe~r3'ClalfifEli['f51RS' extent of the prevailing industrial rental value of such equipment for the periotl during which the equipment was used in the pertormence of the Contrail. The prevailing industrial rental value of equipment shall be determined, insofar as it is practical to do eo, 6y the prevailing rates in the equipment marketplace in which the work is taking place. 2. The Principal antl the Surety, hereby jointly and severally agree with the Obligee, as Trustee, that every Claimant who has not been paid es provided far untler [he terms of its contract with the Principal, before the expiration of a periotl of ninety (90) days soar the tlate on which the last of such Claimant's work or labour was done or performed or materials were furnished by such Claimant, may as a beneficiary of the trust herein provided far, sue on this Bond, prosecute the soil tq final judgment for such sum or sums as may be Justly due to such Claimant under the terms of its contract with the Principal and have execulidrY Thereon. Provided that the Obligee is not obliged to do or take any ad, action or proceeding against the Surety dh behalf of the Claimants, or any of Them, to enforce the provisions of this Bond. If any ad, action or proceetling is taken either in the name of Ifie Obligee or by joining the Obligee as a party to such proceetling, then such act, action or proceeding, shall be taken on the understanding and basis that the Claimants, or any of them, who take such act, action or proceeding shall indemnify and save hermlese the O611gee against all costs, charges and expenses or liabilities inwrred thereon and any loss or tlamage resulting to the Obligee by reason -thereof. Provided still further that, subject to the foregoing terms and conditions, the Claimants, or any of them may use the name of the Obligee to sue on end enforce the provisions of This Bond. 3. ~~ II is a condition precedent to the liability of the Surety under this Bond that such Claimant shall have given written notice as hereinafter set forth to each of the Principal, the Surety and the Obligee, stating with substantial accuracy the amount daimed, and That such Claimant shell have 6rogghl suit or action In accordance with this Bond, as set out in subcleuses 3 (b) and 3 (c) below, - ArxpMingly, no soft or action shall 6e commenced hereuntler by any ClaimanF. c I , ., ~,n~. - ____ _ a) unless such notice shall be served Dy mailing the same by registered mail to the Princpal, the Surety and the Obligee, at any _ place where an office is regularly maintained for the transaction of business by such persons octtetvad irt--any mannenin which .. legal process may be served in the Province or Teritory in which the subjeil matter.Of the Contras, is located. Snch no0ce shall 6e glvem 1= I I i) in respect of any claim for the amount or any porfion thereof, required to 6e held bade 1rpm the ClalmarM by the Prjngipel, under either the terms of the Claimant's contract with the Principal, or untler the lien legislation aDPliceble to the Claimant's contract with the Principal, whichever is the greater, within one hundred antl Rventy (120) days after such '' - Claimant should have been paid in full under the Claimant's wnlracl with the Pnngpalp.:,.c, ~ I _. ~-- .. I ,. -.. ii) in respect of any claim other than for the holdback, or podion thereof, referred to above,unthin one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date upon which such Claimant did, or pertormed, the last of me work or labour or furnished the last of the materials far which such claim is made under the Claimant's contract with the Prinelpal; . x:. • sc, , ,. .. .:,. .. ,:I ..b) after the expiration of one (1) year fallowing the date on which the Principal ceasetl work on the Contract, Inclutlmg work pertortned under the guarentees provided in the ContraU; c) other than In a Court of wmpetent jurisdiction in the Province or Tenitory in which [he workdescribed mthe Contract is. to 6e .:installed or deliveretl as the case may be antl not elsewhere, antl the parley hereto agre¢.lp-sukrN_tp thajurlsdicdkn•of such -0ourt. .,,. _ I • ,~.ct ~,- - .,I ~nl~~I., ,: I ~ _. 904aTO (05709) ~ ~ ~ ~ 1 of 2 1[357T 10&a9) ~ ~ - _. _ a:_ . J :... ~.. ~.: I, -,- 9,. Ir 4. The Surety agrees not to take advantage of Article 2365 of the Civil Code of the Province of Ouebec in the event that, by an act or an omission of a Claimant, the Surety cart no longer be subrogated in the rights, hypothec antl privileges of aald Cleirnant. 5. Any material change in the Caniracl between the Principal and the Obligee shall not prejudice the dghts or Interest of any Claimant under This Bond, who is not Instrumental in bringing about or has not caused such change. e. The amount of this eontl shall be reduced by, and to the extent of any payment or payments matle in gootl faRh, end In accordance with the provisions hereof, inclusive of the payment by the Surely of claims made under the applicable lien legislation ar Ieglslatlon relating to legal hypothecs, whether or not such daim is presented under and against 4his Bond. 7. The Surety shall not be liable for a greater sum than the Bontl Amount. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Prindpal and the Surely have Signed and Sealed this Bond dated 22nd day of rte in the year ~Q. SIGNED and SEALED in the presence of: irustca Construction Ctd. _ r., Signature - Intact Insurance Company CCUC COpyrigh12002 ~~~ ~j' 7¢~^,y,~_ $Ufat Canatlien Conatmctlon Oaummla Committm y Christine M. To ~ rsk~ Iricpr 2E2 - 2002) hee been appmwtl by tM1e Surety Asaodafon of CanaOa Attorney-In-Fact . _. ,t =,i, .. - c~ _ ~ ,'use ant ~I~:.. e :-~. _ _. ~.~i vn V ea46TO losrae> z or z 1 1 /~ Economical V Insurance Ame,nan WiM Em,wm'xtl ~munnw awe CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE This reNOeMe is luuetl as a ma0x or Inkxmatlen ony and eon}aro no riphta upon 1ha cani6tale holler. Thk wNflate does not amend, ex1e110 or altar the eovora0e aNorded by Ute po8das babes. Economical Mutual Insurance Company Heatl OKCe: P.O. Box 2009 Wetenoo, ON N2J 454 (519) 570.8209 CERTIflCATE HOLDER NAME: Tha Corparallon of The Munldpality of Cladnglen This Ia to ceNty that the policy, or pollGett. desl0nated below Is In force as of mis ADDRESS: 40 Temperonw 84aat date end provides the type d Insurance eel lonh opposlle the polry number. Bowmanville, ON aubJed to the lerma and tondlllons of the policy or polides, L1C SA6 LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSURED INSURANCE BROKER NAME: Trusteo Conawcdon Lid., Truatco Buildor Hardware NAME: York Alliance Inaureneo Broken Inc, ADDRESS: 340011TM Ava, Suko 34 ADDRESS: 9308.280014'" Ava. MarkMm, ON - Markham, ON LSROH7 WROE4 Location snd OponOons to which Nk prtl0ufo appllos: Garnal & Rickard RecroaOon Complex Chanpe Room 8 SoaOng RenovaUona 2440 Hwy 92, Bovmlanvllla, ON July 1, 2010 to Deo. 31,2010 General Contractor ®Commerdal General Llabillly Amount Insured Or Limits Of Llabllly In Policy Expiry Dalo LIABILITY: ^ Farm arxt Homo Bualneas LlebNlt ~ Canadian Dollero No. OD MM YYYY ® Par Occurrenu Limy 56,000,000 4862691 3 9 2010 ® ProducWCompbted Oparotbna Aggregala 66,000,000 ® Addltonal Insured added, ony with reaped to LJabllYy adNng out of the operalbin d IYIe Named Uwurad Name and address of Additional Inawed: The Carporodon or Tha Munlti allty or Clarin ion 40 Tomporenu 84M4 BowmanWllo, ON L1 C 3A6 Co of I r Fed for Adtlidonal Inaured7 ^ Yes ®No ® Tonanla Legal Wb11iy ^ Fire arW Related Penk 5200,000 4962691 3 9 2010 ® &oad Fonn ® NonAwnsd Automobile -Form 96083 66,000,OaO 4862691 3 8 2010 ^ Umbrolla Llahlli ^ Olhor-Doaedba: AUTOMOBILE _. :......-„ ...............,.._........_._...-_.....,,.,,..,...,c~y,,.. Ownoro Polley Fortn ^ All Owned Vehldas All Leased Vahidas From LlSled Lassore ~'. '^ Oeauibed Vehicles ^ Gango Pollc Form ^ Indudktg Owned Vehldea ^ Exdudl Owned Vehicles i' :~ _ p Othor Polity Form-Dnedbe: - : - o ~~~' i5191t - ._ OTHER CANCELLA710N SIGNATURE OF#UTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE:. . 'a. J i ~.. r ~. Shout anY of the above Oesatbod polNdea ba cancelled helore me expiretbn dale Ihereol. r<o-_ .~.~~ ~ -~ '~ the iaauing company wIY endeavour to ma0 30 days written notice to Ilra cerd8ule holder named above, hd raYure to maY such no0m shaO Impose no obligatlon or Iiabiliy of any kind upon the company. Ile broken or represenladves. DATE: Juno 24, 2010.... i~ I I I ^ ~~~ 200 Front Street West Telephone: ~~~4 Toronto ON M6V3J1 (416)344-1012 -aivmroo- CONTRACTOR L'ENTREPRENEUR t 1 1 1 1 TRUSTCO CONSTRUCTION LTD #34-3400 19TH AVE MARKHAM ON L3R OH7 Certificate of Clearance Certificate de dr?charge The Workplace Safety and Insurance Board {WSIB) hereby waives its rights under Section 141 of the Workplace Safety and Insurance Act to hold the Principal, that is in a contractual agreement with the Contractor named, 1ia61e for any Section 141 liability of the ConVador for premiums and levies of the W518 awing now or within 80 days from the date of this Certificate. Par la pr6sente, la Commissbn de fa secunYe professionne/le et de Passurence conhx /es accidents du iravad (CSPAAT) renonce aux drops qui lui soot confer€s en vertu de !'article 141 de la Loi sur to sdcurife professionne!!e et ('assurance contra les accidents du travail et qui Yautorisent a tenir 1'enfropteneur principal, qui a signs une entente confractueDe oust I'entreprenaur dont le nom figure sur fe present certificaf, responsable du paiement de touts prime ou de louts Somme qua ('entrepreneur est tenu de verser a!a CSPAAT immedietement ou dons !es 60 fours suivant la date !nd'qu€e sur ce cerfiticat. THIS CERTIFICATE IS VALID FOR ALL CONTRACTS OF THE NAMED CONTRACTOR DURING THE EFFECTIVE PERIOD LE PRESENT CERTIFICAT EST VALIDE POUR TOUS LES CONTRATS PASSES PAR LEDIT ENTREPRENEUR PENDANT LA PERIODE D'APPLICATION DU CERTIFICAT Account No I N• de compte Firm Ne./N° tl'entrepnse 6212387 240419KE Vaud p~fi y when signed by an authorized Officer at the WSIB sr on va6de sans la signature d'un agent autods4 de la CSPAAT. - /9^/ Rata'Taux Descd lion RatelTaux ~~ Descri tics' ~~ ~ ~~~ 401I099 HOMEBOILDING OPERA - §~aC pis,, c i.c _.c ~ :': 36 1P/',o SL it e1 I`^~` iU l~r ~ .. v it Contrail Deacdptionl Desc/ipfion du coN~at Conlad the WSIB if you questbn the batidlty of this dwument Veuiaez commuNquar oust la CSPAATsI vaus doutez de !a vaadtt6 du prdsent document. Dt96C (670D6j Cerhfmate NO 11Q°,da. perti6gaJ . .. .. ::. s . ~. . ie~,; :, ~'b~l X18'7 4 r. ~ ~ r~: r ,~ ~. ,~~ ,~, .~~u~ ~::..~;99~ 94:48,Zr~ 3 ...,. t : c i,~ i'~c ,rCCUi .. ,~?H~ 1 r i-:nos' ra4'a~ ~~ -.c p t ~'d.hn'C` SL; Jai ' Tender No. CL 2010-13 DEFINITIONS AND GENERAL CONDITIONS 00700.1 1. LIST OF CONTENTS 1.1 DEFINITIONS OF CCDC2 2008 STIPULATED PRICE CONTRACT 1.2 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CCDC2, 2008, STIPULATED PRICE CONTRACT 2.1 Definitions and General Conditions are modified by the Supplementary Conditions, (SC) as set forth in section 00800. END OF SECTION 00700 Stsndud Constmction Docamwt CCDC 2- 2008 ' DEFINITIONS The following Definitions shall apply to all Cmadract Documents. 1. Change Directive ' A Change Directive is a written instruction prepared by the Consultant and signed by the Owner directing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work within the general scope of the Contract Documents prior to the Owner and the Contractor agreeing upon adjustment's in the Contract Price and the Contract Time. 2. Change Order A Change Order is a written amendment to the Contract prepared by the Consultant and signed by the Owner and the Conh~actor stating their agreement upon: a change in the Work; = the method of adjustment or the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Price, if any; and - the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any. 3. Construction Equipment Construction Equipment means all machinery and equipment, either operated or not operated, that is required for prepanng fabricating, conveying, erecting, or otherwise performing the Work but is nol' incorporated into the Work. 4. Consultant ' The Consultant is [he person or entity engaged by the Owner and identified as such in the Agreement. The Consultant is the Architect, the Engineer or entity licensed to practise in the province or territory of the Place of the Work. The term Consultant means the Consultant or [he Consultant's authorized representative. 5. Contract The Contract is the undertaking by the parties to perform their respective duties, responsibilities and obligations as prescribed in the Contract Documents and represents the entire agreement between the parties. t 6. Contract Documents The Contract Documents consist of those documents listed in Article A-3 of the Agreement -CONTRACT DOCUMENTS and amendments agreed upon between the parties. 7. Contract Price The Contract Price is the amount stipulated in Article A-4 of the Agreement -CONTRACT PRICE. 8. Contract Time The Contract Time is the time stipulated in paragraph 1.3 of Article A-1 of the Agreement -THE WORK from commencement of the Work to Substantial Performance of the Work. 9. Contractor The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement. The term Contractor means the Contractor or [he Contractor's authorized representative as designated to the Owner in writing. 10. Drawings The Drawings aze the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, and diagrams. 11. Notice in Writing ANotice in Writing, where identified in the Contract Documents, is a written communication between the pazties or between them and the Consultant that is transmitted in accordazice with the provisions of Article A-6 of The Agreement - RECEIP"I OF AND ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES IN WRITING. 12. Owner The Owner is [he person or entity identified as such in the Agreement. The term Owner means the Owner or the Owners authorized agent or representative as designated to the Contractor in writing, but does nor include the Consultant. 13. Place of the Work ' The Place of ahe Workis the designated site or location of the Work identified in the Contract Documents. 14. Product Product or Products means material, machinery, equipment, and fixtures forming the Work, but does not include Construction Equipment. I ~ CCDC 2 - 2008 File 007100 0 Note.' 17tis contract is pn'otected by copyright. Use ofa CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDC 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of copyright Orr(y sign (his contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal ro demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version of 1 1 CCDC 2 -2008 except to the extent ihat arty alterations, additions or modifications are sei forth in supp(emcm[ary conditions. 15. Project The ProjecP means the total construction contemplated of which the Work may be the whole or a part. 16. Provide Provide means to supply and install. 17. Shop Drawings Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts, brochures, Product data, and other data which the Contractor provides to illustrate details of portions of the Work. 1~. Specifications The Spec fcations are that portion of the Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, consisting of the written requirements and standards for Products, systems, workmanship, quality, and the services necessary for the performance of the Work. 19. Subcontractor A Subcontractor is a person or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a part or parts of the Work a[ the Place of the Work. 20. Substantial Performance of 4he Work Substantial Performance of the Work is as defined in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work. If such legislation is not in force or does not contain such definition, or if the Work is governed by the Civil Code of Quebec, Substantial Performance of the Work shall have been reached when the Work is ready for use or is being used for the purpose intended and is so certified by the Consultant. 21. Supplemental Instruction A Supplemental Instructfon is an instruction, not involving adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time, in the form of Specifications, Drawings, schedules, samples, models or written instractions, consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. It is to be issued by the Consultant to supplement the Contract Documents as required for the performance of the Work. 22. Supplier A Supplier is a person or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor to supply Products. 23. Temporary Work Temporary Work means temporary supports, structures, facilities, services, and other temporary items, excluding Construction Equipment, required for the execution of the Work but not incorporated into the Work. 2A. Value Added Taxes Value Added Taxes means such sum as shall be levied upon the Contract Price by the Federal or any Provincial or Territorial Government and is computed as a percentage of the Contract Price and includes the Goods and Services Tax, the Quebec Sales Tax, the Harmonized Sales Tax, and any similaz tax, the collection and payment of which have been imposed on the Contractor by the tax legislation. 25. Work The Work means the total constmction and related services required by the Contract Documents. 26. Working Day Working Day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, statutory holiday, or statutory vacation day that is observed by the constmction industry in the azea of the Place of the Work. CCDC2-2008 File 007100 Note: This contract is protected by capyrigAl. Use of a CCDC 1 document not containing a CCDC 1 copyright sea! constitutes an infringement of copynght. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal ro demonstrate [hat i[ is intended by the parties (o be an accurate and unamended version of CCDC 2 - 2008 except to the extent [hat arzy a7teratians, addflions or modifications are setforfh in supplementary conditions. Standard Constmcfi¢n Docume¢t CCDC 2-2008 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE STIPULATED PRICE CONTRACT ' PART 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS GC 1.1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ' 1.1.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include the labour, Products and services necessary for the performance of the Work by the Contractor in accordance with these documents. It is not intended, however, that the Contractor shall supply products or perform work not consistent with, not covered by, or not properly inferable from the Contract Documents. ' 1.1.2 Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship between: 1 the Owner and a Subcontractor, a Supplier, or their agent, employee, or other person performing any portion of the Work. , 2 the Consultant and the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Supplier, or their agent, employee, or other person performing 1.1.3 any portion of the Work. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by any one shall be as binding as if required by all. , 1.1.4 Words and abbreviations which have well known technical or trade meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. 1.1.5 References in the Contract Documents to the singular shall be considered to include the plural as the context requires. 1.1.6 Neither the organization of the Specifications nor the arrangement of Drawings shall control the Contractor in dividing [he work among Subcontractors and Suppliers. ' 1.1.7 If there is a conflict within the Contract Documents: 1 the order of priority of documents, from highest to lowest, shall be - the Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, , - the Definitions, - Supplementary Conditions, - the General Conditions, - Division 1 of the Spec fcations, - technical Spec~ca[ions, - material and finishing schedules, ' - the Drawings. 2 Drawings of larger scale shall govem over those of smaller scale of the same date. 3 dimensions shown on Drawings shall govem over dimensions scaled from Drawings. 4 later dated documents shall govern over earlier documents of the same type. 1.1.8 The Owner shall provide the Contractor, without charge, sufficient copies of the Contract Documents to perform the Work. 1.1.9 Spec fcations, Drawings, models, and copies thereof famished by the Consultant are and shall remain the Consultant's property, with the exception of [he signed Contract sets, which shall belong to each party to the Contract. All Specifications, Drawings and models famished by the Consultant aze to be used only with respect to the Work and aze not to be used on other work. These Spec fcations, Drawings and models are not to be copied or altered in any manner without the written authorization of the Consultant. ' 1.1.10 Models furnished by the Contractor at the Owner's expense aze the property of the Owner. GC 1.2 LAW OF THE CONTRACT 1.2.1 The law of the Place of the Work shall govem the interpretation of the Contract. GC 1.3 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES 1.3.1 Except as expressly provided in the Contract Documents, the duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and the rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of any duties, obligations, rights, and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. 1.3.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Consultant or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right or duty afforded any of them under the Contract, nor shall any such action or failure to act constitute an approval of or acquiescence in any breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. CCDC 2-2008 File 007213 Nole.~ This conract is protected by copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 docwnerzt not containing a CCDC 2 copyrigPo real constitutes an infringement of copyright Only sign Ibis contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties tc be an accurate and unamended versiarz of CCDC 2- 2008 excep! to the extent that arty alleralians, additions ar mod fmtions are set forth in supplementary conditions. Gc >.a AssaGNMENT ' 1.4.1 Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract or a portion thereof without the written consent of the other, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. ' PART 2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT GC 2.1 AUTHORITY OF THE CONSULTANT ' 2.1.1 The Consultant will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified by written agreement as provided in paragraph 2.1.2. 2.1.2 responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Consultant as set forth in the Contract Documents shall be The duties , modified or extended only with the written consent of the Owner, the Contractor and the Consultant. 2.1.3 If the Consultant's employment is terminated, the Owner shall immediately appoint or reappoint a Consultant against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former ' Consultant. GC 2.2 ROLE OF THE CONSULTANT 2.2.1 The Consultant will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents. 2.2.2 The Consultant will visit the Place of the Work at intervals appropriate to the progress of construction to become familiar with the progress and quality of the work and to determine if the Work is proceeding in general conformiTy with the Contract Documents. 2.2.3 If the Owner and the Consultant agree, the Consultant will provide at the Place of the Work, one or more project L representatives to assist in carrying out the Consultant's responsibilities. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in writing to the Contactor. I I t I i~ 2.2.4 The Consultant will promptly inform the Owner of the date of receipt of the Contractor's applications for payment as provided in paragraph 53.1.1 of GC 5.3 -PROGRESS PAYMENT. 2.2.5 Based on the Consultant's observations and evaluation of the Contractors applications for payment, the Consultant will determine the amounts owing to the Contractor under the Contract and will issue certificates for payment as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement -PAYMENT, GC 5.3 -PROGRESS PAYMENT and GC 5.7 -FINAL PAYMENT. 2.2.6 The Consultant will not be responsible for and will not have control, charge or supervision of construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs required in connection with the Work in accordance with the applicable construction safety legislation, other regulations or general construction practice. The Consultant will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Consultant will not have control over, chazge of or be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or their agents, employees, or any other persons performing portions of the Work. 2.2.7 Except with respect to GC 5.1 -FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE OWNER, the Consultant will be, in the first instance, the interpreter of the requirements of the Cantac[ Documents. 2.2.8 Matters in question relating to the perforrrrance of the Work or the interpretation of the Conriact Documents shall be initially refen'ed in wilting to the Consultant by the party raising the question for interpretations and fmdings and copied to the other Pmt3'• 2.2.9 Interpretations and fmdings of the Consultant shall be consistent with the intent of the Contact Documents. In making such interpretations and fmdings the Consultant will not show partiality to either the Owner or the Contractor. 2.2.10 The Consultant's interpretations and findings will be given in writing to the parties within a reasonable time. 22.11 With respect to claims for a change in Contact Price, the Consultant will make findings as set out in GC 6.6 -CLAIMS FOR A CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE. 2.2.12 The Consultant will have authority to reject work which in the Consultant's opinion does not conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Whenever the Consultant considers it necessary or advisable, the Consultant will have authority to require inspection or testing of work, whether or not such work is fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither the authority of the Consultant to act nor any decision either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of the Consultant to the Contactor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or their agents, employees, or other persons performing any of the Work. CCDC2-2008 File 007213 Note: This contract is protected by copyright. Dse of a CCDC 1 document not containing a CCDC 1 copyright seal constitutes an infringement ofcopyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal to demonstrate lha[ it is intended by the parties to be on accurate and unamended version of CCDC 2 - 2008 except to the extent that any a/terotions, additions or madificafians are set forth in supplementary conditions. 1 I 2.2.13 During the progress of the Work the Consultant will famish Supplemental Instructions to the Contractor with reasonable promptness or in accordance with a schedule for such instructions agreed to by the Consultant and the Contractor. ' 2.2.14 The Consultant will review and take appropriate action upon Shop Drawings, samples and other Contractor's submittals, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2.2.15 The Consultant will prepaze Change Orders and Change Directives as provided in GC 6.2 -CHANGE ORDER and GC 6.3 ' - CHANGE DIRECTIVE. 2.2.16 The Consultant will conduct reviews of the Work to determine the date of Substantial Performance of the Work as provided ' in GC 5.4 -SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. 2.2.17 All certificates issued by the Consultant will be to the best of the Consultant's knowledge, information and belief. By issuing any certificate, the Consultant does not guazantee the Work is correct or complete. ' 2.2.18 The Consultant will receive and review written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and provided by the Contractor and will forward such warranties and documents to the Owner for the Owner's acceptance. GC 2.3 REVIEW AND INSPECTION OF THE WORK 11 2.3.1 The Owner and the Consultant shall have access to the Work at all times. The Contractor shall provide sufficient, safe and proper facilities at aII times for the review of the Work by the Consultant and the inspection of the Work by authorized agencies. If parts of the Work aze in preparation at locations other than the Place of the Work, the Owner and the Consultant shall be given access to such work whenever it is in progress. 2.3.2 If work is designated for tests, inspections or approvals in the Contract Documents, or by the Consultant's instructions, or by , the laws or ordinances of the Place of the Work, the Contractor shall give the Consultant reasonable notification of when the work will be ready for review and inspection. The Contractor shall arrange for and shall give the Consultant reasonable notification of the date and time of inspections by other authorities. 2.3.3 The Contractor shall famish promptly to the Consultant two copies of certificates and inspection reports relating to the Work. 2.3.4 If the Contractor covers, or permits to be covered, work that has been designated for special tests, inspections or approvals before such special tests, inspections or approvals aze made, given or completed, the Contractor shall, if so directed, uncover such work, have the inspections or tests satisfactorily completed, and make good covering work at the Contractor's expense. 2.3.5 The Consultant may order any portion or portions of the Work to be examined to con£rm that such work is in accordance with the requirements of the Conbact Documents. Lf the work is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct the work and pay the cost of examination and correction. if the work is in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay the cost of examination and restoration. 2.3.6 The Contractor shall pay the cost of making any test or inspection, including the cost of samples required for such test or inspection, if such test or inspection is designated in the Contract Documents to be performed by the Contractor or is designated by the laws or ordinances applicable to the Place of the Work. ' 2.3.7 The Contractor shall pay the cost of samples required for any test or inspection to be performed by the Consultant or the Owner if such test or inspection is designated in the Contract Documents. GC 2.4 DEFECTIVE WORK 2.4.I The Contractor shall promptly correct defective work that has been rejected by the Consultant as failing to wnform to the Contract Documents whether or not the defective work has been incorporated in the Work and whether or not the defect is the result of poor workmanship, use of defective products or damage through carelessness or other act or omission of the Contractor. 2.4.2 The Contractor shall make good promptly other contractors' work destroyed or damaged by such corrections at the Contractor's expense. ' 2.4.3 If in the opinion of the Cotsultant it is not expedient to correct defective work or work not performed as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may deduct from the amount otherwise due to the Contractor the difference in value between the work as performed and That called for by the Contract Documents. If the Owner and The Contractor do not agree on the difference in value, they shall refer the matter to the Consultant for a determination. CCDC2-2008 File 007213 10 Note: Thir contract is prateGed by copyright. Use ofa CCDC 2 document not conmining a CCDC 2 copyright seal cons(ituies an infringemen(ofcopyright, Only sign thfs ' contraca if the document cover page bears a CCDC Z copyright seat [o demonstrate that it is interzded by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version of CCDC2 -2008 except to the extent that any a4erations, addifrons or modifications are set forth in supplementary candi(ions. PART 3 E%ECUTION OF TIIE WORK GC 3.1 CONTROL OF TI3E WORK 3.1.1 The Contractor shall have total control of the Work and shall effectively direct and supervise the Work so as to ensure conformity with the Contract Documents. 3.1.2 The Contractor shall be solely responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures and for co-ordinating the various parts of the Work under the Contract. GC 3.2 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR OTHER CONTRACTORS 3.2.1 The Owner reserves the right to award separate contracts in connection with other parts of the Project to other contractors and to perform work with own forces. 3.2.2 When sepazate contracts are awarded for other parts of the Project, or when work is performed by the Owner's own forces, the Owner shall: 1 provide for the co-ordination of the activities and work of other contractors and Owner's own forces with the Work of the Contract; 2 assume overall responsibility for compliance with the applicable health and constmction safety legislation at the Place of the Wark; .3 enter into sepazate contracts with other contractors under conditions of contract which are compatible with the conditions of the Contract; 4 ensure that insurance coverage is provided to the same requirements as are called for in GC 11.1 -INSURANCE and co- ordinate such insurance with the insurance coverage of the Contractor as it affects the Work, and .5 take all reasonable precautions to avoid labour disputes or other disputes on the Project arising from the work of other contractors or the Owner s own forces. 3.2.3 When sepazate contracts are awazded for other parts of the Project, or when work is performed by the Ownet's own forces, the Contractor shall: 1 afford the Owner and other contractors reasonable opportunity to store their products and execute their work; 2 cooperate with other contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules; and .3 promptly report to the Consultant in writing any apparent deficiencies in the work of other contractors or of the Owner s own forces, where such work affects the proper execution of any portion of the Wark, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work. 3.2.4 Where the Contract Documents identify work to be performed by other contractors or the Owner's own forces, the Contractor shall co-ordinate and schedule the Work with the work of other contractors and the Owner's own forces as specified in the Contract Documents. 3.2.5 Where a change in the Work is required as a result of the co-ordination and integration of the work of other contractors or Owner's own forces with the Work, the changes shall be authorized and valued as provided in GC 6.1 -OWNER'S RIGHT TO MAKE CHANGES, GC 6.2 -CHANGE ORDER azid GC 6.3 -CHANGE DIRECTIVE. 3.2.6 Disputes and other matters in question between the Contractor and other contractors shall be dealt with as provided in Part 8 of the General Conditions -DISPUTE RESOLUTION provided the other contractors have reciprocal obligations. The Contractor shall be deemed to have consented to arbitration of any dispute with any other contractor whose contract with the Owner contains a similar agreement to arbitrate. GC 3.3 TEMPORARY WORK 3.3.1 The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility for the design, erection, operation, maintenance, and removal of Temporary Work. 3.3.2 The Contractor shall engage and pay for registered professional engineering personnel skilled in the appropriate disciplines to perform those functions referred to in paragraph 3.3.1 where required by law or by the Contract Documents and in all cases where such Temporary Work is of such a nature that professional engineering skill is required to produce safe and satisfactory results. CCDC 2 - 2005 File 007213 I1 ' Note: This contract is protected by copyright Use ofa CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDC Z ropyright seal constitutes an infringement ofcopyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal tc demonstrate that it u intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version of CCDC 2 - 2008 except fo the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are set forth in supplement¢ry conditions. 333 Notwithstanding the provisions of GC 3.1 -CONTROL OF TAE WORK, paragraphs 33.1 and 3.3.2 or provisions to the contrary elsewhere in the Contract Documents where such Contract Documents include designs for Temporary Work or specify a method of construction in whole oz in part, such designs or methods of constmction shall be considered to be part of the design of the Work and the Contractor shall not be held responsible for that part of the design or the specified method of construction. The Contractor shall, however, be responsible for the execution of such design or specified method of construction in the same manner as for the execution of the Work. GC 3.4 DOCUMENT REVIEW 3.4.1 The Contractor shall review the Contract Documents and shall report promptly to the Consultant any error, inconsistency or omission the Contractor may discover. Such review by the Contractor shall be to the best of the Contractor's knowledge, information and belief and in making such review the Contractor does not assume any responsibility to the Owner or the Consultant for the accuracy of the review. The Contractor shall not be liable for damage or costs resulting from such errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents, which the Contractor did not discover. If the Contractor does discover any error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall not proceed with the work affected until the Contractor has received corrected or missing information From the Consultant. GC 3.5 CONSTRUCTION SCIiEDULE 3.5.1 The Contractor shall: 1 prepare and submit to the Owner and the Consultant prior to the first application for payment, a construction schedule that indicates the timing of the major activities oflhe Work and provides sufficient detail of the critical events and their inter-relationship to demonstrate the Work will be performed in conformity with the Contract Time; 2 monitor the progress of the Work relative to the construction schedule and update the schedule on a monthly basis or as stipulated by the Contract Documents; and 3 advise the Consultant of any revisions required to the schedule as the result of extensions of the Contract Time as provided in Part 6 of the General Conditions -CHANGES IN THE WORK. GC 3.6 SUPERVISION 3.6.1 The Contractor shall provide all necessary supervision and appoint a competent representative who shall be in attendance at , the Place of the Work while work is being performed. The appointed representative shall not be changed except for valid reason. 3.62 The appointed representative shall represent the Contractor at the Place of the Work. Information and instructions provided ' by the Consultant to the Contractor's appointed representative shall be deemed to have been received by the Contractor, except with respect to Article A-6 of the Agreement -RECEIPT OF AND ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES IN WRITING. GC 3.7 SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS 3.71 The Contractor shall preserve and protect the rights of the parties under the Contract with respect to work to be performed under subcontract, and shall: ' 1 enter into contracts or written agreements with Subcontractors and Suppliers to require them to perform their work as provided in the Contract Documents; 2 incorporate the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents into all contracts or written agreements with Subcontractors and Suppliers; and , 3 be as fully responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of Subcontractors, Suppliers and of persons directly or indirectly employed by them as far acts and omissions of persons directly employed by the Contractor. 3.72 The Contractor shall indicate in writing, if requested by the Owner, those Subcontractors or Suppliers whose bids have been ' ~ received,by the Contractor which the Contractor would be prepazed to accept for the performance of a portion of the Work. Should the Owner not object before signing the Contract, the Contractor shall employ those Subcontractors or Suppliers so identified by the Contractor in writing for the performance of that portion of the Work to which their bid applies. ' 3.73 The Owner may, for reasonable cause, at any time before the Owner has signed the Contract, object to the use of a proposed Subcontractor or Supplier and require the Contractor to employ one of the other subcontract bidders. 3.7.4 If the Owner requires the Contractor to change a proposed Subcontractor or Supplier, the Contract Price and Contract Time ' shall be adjusted by the differences occasioned by such required change. CCDC 2 -2008 File 007213 12 Note.' This contract zt protected by copyright. Use afa CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDC 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement ofcopyreght. Only srgn Ibis , contract of the document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal io demonstrate that it es emended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version of CCDC2-2008 except to the extent that any akerations, addvions ar modifcationr are set forth en supplementary conditions. 3.7.5 The Contractor shall not be required to employ as a Subcontractor or Supplier, a person or firm to which the Contractor may reasonably object. 3.7.6 The Owner, through the Consultant, may provide to a Subcontractor or Supplier information as to the percentage of the Subcontractor's or Supplier's work which has been certified for payment. GC 3.8 LABOUR AND PRODUCTS 3.8.1 The Contractor shall provide and pay for labour, Products, tools, Construction Equipment, water, heat, light, power, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract. 3.8.2 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Products provided shall be new. Products which aze not specified shall be of a quality consistent with those specified and their use acceptable to the Consultant. 3.8.3 The Contractor shall maintain good order and discipline among the Contractor's employees engaged on the Work and shall not employ on the Work anyone not skilled in the tasks assigned. GC 3.9 DOCUMENTS AT THE SITE 3.9.1 The Contractor shall keep one copy of current Contract Documents, submittals, reports, and records of meetings at the Place of the Work, in good order and available to the Owner and the Consultant. GC 3.10 SHOP DRAWINGS 3.10.1 The Contractor shall provide Shop Drawings as required in the Contract Documents. 3.10.2 The Contractor shall provide Shop Drawings to the Consultant to review in orderly sequence and sufficiently in advance so as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of other contractors. 3.10.3 Upon request of the Contractor or the Consultant, they shall jointly prepare a schedule of the dates for provision, review and return of Shop Drawings. 3.10.4 The Contractor shall provide Shop Drawings in [he form specified, or if not specified, as directed by the Consultant. 3.10.5 Shop Drawings provided by the Contractor to the Consultant shall indicate by stamp, date and signature of the person responsible far the review that the Contractor has reviewed each one of them. 3.10.6 The Consultant's review is for conformity to the design concept and for general arrangement only. 3.10.7 Shop Drawings which require approval of any legally constituted authority having jurisdiction shall be provided to such authority by the Contractor for approval. 3.10.8 The Contractor shall review all Shop Drawings before providing them to the Consultant. The Contractor represents by this review that: 1 the Contractor has determined and verified all applicable field measurements, field construction conditions, Product requirements, catalogue numbers and similaz data, or will do so, and 2 the Contractor has checked and co-ordinated each Shop Drawing with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. 3.10.9 At the time of providing Shop Drawings, the Contractor shall expressly advise the Consultant in writing of any deviations in a Shop Drawing from the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Consultant shall indicate the acceptance or rejection of such deviation expressly hi writing. 3.10.10 The Consultant's review shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions in the Shop Drawings or for meeting all requirements of the Contract Documents. 3.10.11 The Contractor shall provide revised Shop Drawings to correct those which the Consultant rejects as inconsistent with the Contract Documents, unless otherwise directed by the Consultant. The Contractor shall notify the Consultant in writing of any revisions to the Shop Drawings other than those requested by the Consultant. 3.10.12 The Consultant will review and return Shop Drawings in accordance with the schedule agreed upon, or, in the absence of such schedule, with reasonable promptness so as to cause no delay in the performance of the Work. CCDC2-2008 File 007213 13 Note: This contract is protected by copyright. Use of o CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDC 2 copyright seal consfitu(es an infringement of copyright Only sign this contrac! if the document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal to de~nanstrate tha! it is intended by the parties [a be an accurate and unamended version of CCDC2- 2008 except La the exten! that any alterations, additions or modifications are setforfh in supplementary conditions. 1 GC 3.11 USE OF THE WORD ' 3.11.1 The Contractor shall confine Construction Equipment, Temporary Work, storage of Products, waste products and debris, and operations of erployees and Subcontractors to limits indicated by laws, ordinances, permits, or the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the Place of the Work. ' 3.11.2 The Contractor shall not load or permit to be loaded any part of the Work with a weight or force that will endanger the safety of the Work. GC 3.12 CUTTING AND REMEDIAL WORK ' 3.12.1 The Contractor shall perform the cutting and remedial work required to make the affected parts of the Work come together properly. ' 3.12.2 The Contractor shall co-ordinate the Work to ensure that the cutting and remedial work is kept to a minimum. 3.12.3 Should the Owner, the Consultant, other contractors or anyone employed by them be responsible for ill-timed work ' necessitating cutting or remedial work to be performed, the cost of such cutting or remedial work shall be valued as provided in GC 6.1 -OWNER'S RIGHT TO MAKE CHANGES, GC 6.2 -CHANGE ORDER and GC 6.3 -CHANGE DIRECTIVE. 3.12.4 Cutting and remedial work shall be performed by specialists familiaz with the Products affected and shall be performed in a ' manner to neither damage nor endanger the Work. GC 3.13 CLEANUP 3.13.1 The Contractor shall maintain the Work in a safe and tidy condition and free from the accumulation of waste products and ' debris, other than that caused by the Owner, other contractors or their employees. 3.13.2 Before applying for Substantial Performance of the Work as provided in GC 5.4 -SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, the Contractor shall remove waste products and debris, other than that resulting from the work of the Owner, other contractors or [heir employees, and shall leave the Place of the Work clean and suitable for use or occupancy by the Owner. The Contractor shall remove products, tools, Construction Equipment, and Temporary Work not required for the performance of the remaining work. 3.13.3 Prior to application for the final payment, the Contractor shall remove any remaining products, tools, Construction Equipment, Temporary Work, and waste products and debris, other than those resulting from the work of the Owner, other contractors or their employees. PART 4 ALLOWANCES GC 4.1 CASH ALLOWANCES 4.1.1 The Contract Price includes the cash allowances, if any, stated in the Contract Documents. The scope of work or costs included in such cash allowances shall be as described in the Contract Documents. 4.1.2 The Contract Price, and not the cash allowances, includes the Contractor's overhead and profit in connection with such cash allowances. 4.1.3 Expenditures under cash allowances shall be authorized by the Owner through the Consultant. 4.1.4 Where the actual cost of the Work under any cash allowance exceeds the amount of the allowance, the Contractor shall be compensated for the excess incurred and substantiated plus an amount for overhead and profit on the excess as set out in the Contract Documents. Where the acmal cost of the Work under any cash allowance is less than the amount of the allowance, the Owner shall be credited for the unexpended portion of the cash allowance, but not for the Contractor's overhead and profit on such amount. Multiple cash allowances shall not be combined for the purpose of calculating the foregoing. 4.1.5 The Contract Price shall be adjusted by Change Order to provide for any difference between the amount of each cash allowance and the actual cost of the work under that cash allowance. 4.1.6 The value of the work performed under a cash allowance is eligible to be included in progress payments. 4.1.7 The Contractor and the Consultant shall jointly prepare a schedule that shows when the Consultant and Owner must authorize ordering of items called for under cash allowances to avoid delaying the progress of the Work. CCDC 2-2008 Ff1e 007213 14 Note: This contract is protected by copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCOC 2 copyright seal constituter an infringement ofcopyrighf. Only sign this contract f the document cover page bears a CCOC 1 copyright seal to demonstrate that it it intended by the parties to be an accurate and unarnended version of CCDC 2-2008 exce-t to the extent that any atterafiarcr, additions ar modifications are set forth in supplementary conditions. 1 GC 4.2 CONTINGENCY ALLO~'JANCE ' 4.2.1 The Contract Price includes the contingency allowance, if any, stated in the Contract Documents. 4.2.2 The contingency allowance includes the Contractor's overhead and profit in connection with such contingency allowance. ' 4.2.3 Expenditures under the contingency allowance shall be authorized and valued as provided in GC 6.1 -OWNER'S RIGHT TO MAKE CHANGES, GC 6.2 -CHANGE ORDER and GC 6.3 -CHANGE DIRECTIVE. 4.2.4 The Contract Price shall be adjusted by Change Order to provide for any difference between the expenditures authorized ' under paragraph 4.2.3 and the contingency allowance. PARTS PAYMENT ' UIRED OF THE OWNER MATION RE GC 5.1 Q FINANCING INFOR 5.1.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Contractor, before signing the Contract, and promptly from time to time thereafter, ' famish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. 5.1.2 The Owner shall give the Contractor Notice in Writing of any material change in the Owner's financial azrangements to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract during the performance of the Contract. ul I I I I GC 5.2 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT 5.2.1 Applications for payment on account as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement -PAYMENT may be made monthly as the Work progresses. 5.2.2 Applications for payment shall be dated the last day of each payment period, which is the last day of the month or an alternative day of the month agreed in writing by the parties. 5.2.3 The amount claimed shall be for the value, proportionate to the amount of the Contract, of Work performed and Products delivered to the Place of the Work as of the last day of the payment period. 5.2.4 The Contractor shall submit to the Consultant, at least 15 calendar days before the first application for payment, a schedule of values for the parts of the Work, aggregating the total amount of the Contract Price, so as to facilitate evaluation of applications for payment. 5.2.5 The schedule of values shall be made out in such form and supported by such evidence as the Consultant may reasonably duect and when accepted by the Consultant, shall be used as the basis for applications for payment, unless it is found to be in error. 5.2.6 The Contractor shall include a statement based on the schedule of values with each application for payment. 5.2.7 Applications for payment for Products delivered to the Place of the Work but not yet incorporated into the Work shall be supported by such evidence as the Consultant may reasonably require to establish the value and delivery of the Products. GC 5.3 PROGRESS PAYMENT 5.3.1 After receipt by the Consultant of an application for payment submitted by the Contractor in accordance with GC 5.2 - APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT: .1 the Consultant will promptly inform the Owner of the date of receipt of the Conriactor's application for payment, 2 the Consultant will issue to the Owner and copy to the Contractor, no later than 10 calendar days after the receipt of the application for payment, a certificate for payment in the amount applied for, or in such other amount as the Consultant determines to be properly due. If the Consultant amends the application, the Consultant will promptly advise the Contractor in writing giving reasons for the amendment, .3 the Owner shall make payment to the Contractor on account as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement -PAYMENT on or before 20 calendaz days after the later of. - receipt by the Consultant of the application for payment, or - the last day of the monthly payment period for which the application for payment is made. CCDC 2-2008 File 007213 is Note: This contract is protected by copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDC 2 copyright seal cons[iiufes an infringemen[ of copyright Only sign this contract f fhe document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyrigh! seaf to demonstra[e [hat it is ircfended by the parses to be on accura(e and uoamended version of CCDC 1-1008 except to the extenf that any alterations, additions or mad fcatians are set Earth in supp/emenfary conditions. GC 5.4 SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK 5.4.1 When the Contractor considers that the Work is substantially performed, or if permitted by the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work a designated portion [hereof which the Owner agrees to accept sepazately is substantially performed, the Contractor shall, within one Working Day, deliver to the Consultant and to the Owner a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected, together with a written application for a review by the Consultant to establish Substantial Performance of the Work or substantial perforrrtance of the designated portion of the Work. Failure to include an item on the list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete the Contract. 5.4.2 The Consultant will review the Work to verify the validity of the application and shall promptly, and in any event, no later than 20 calendaz days after receipt of the Contractor's list and application: .1 advise the Contractor in writing that the Work or the designated portion of the Work is not substantially performed and give reasons why, or 2 state the date of Substantial Performance of the Work or a designated portion of the Work in a certificate and issue a copy of that certificate to each of the Owner and the Contractor. 5.4.3 Immediately following the issuance of the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, the Contractor, in consultation with the Consultant, shall establish a reasonable date for finishing the Work. GC 5.5 PAYMENT OF HOLDBACK UPON SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK 5.5.1 After the issuance of the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, the Contractor shall: 1 submit an application for payment of the holdback amount, 2 submit CCDC 9A `Statutory Declaration' to state that all accounts for labour, subcontracts, Products, Construction Equipment, and other indebtedness which may have been incurred by the Contractor in the Substantial Performance of the Work and for which the Owner might in any way be held responsible have been paid in full, except for amounts properly retained as a holdback or as an identified amount in dispute. 5.5.2 After the receipt of an application for payment from the Contractor and the statement as provided in paragraph 5.5.1, the Consultant will issue a certificate for payment of the holdback amount. 5.5.3 Where the holdback amount required by the applicable lien legislation has not been placed in a separate holdback account, the Owner shall, 10 calendar days prior to the expiry of the holdback period stipulated in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work, place the holdback amount in a bank account in [he joint names of the Owner and the Contractor. 5.5.4 In the common law jurisdictions, the holdback amount authorized by the certificate for payment of the holdback amount is due and payable on the first calendaz day following the expiration of the holdback period stipulated in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work. Where lien legislation does not exist or apply, the holdback amount shall be due and payable in accordance with other legislation, industry practice or provisions which may be agreed to between the parties. The Owner may retain out of the holdback amount any sums required by law to satisfy any liens against the Work or, if permitted by the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work, other third party monetary claims against the Contractor which aze enforceable against the Owner. 5.5.5 In the Province of Quebec, the holdback amount authorized by the certificate for payment of the holdback amount is due and payable 30 calendar days after the issuance of the certificate. The Owner may retain out of the holdback amount any sums required to satisfy any legal hypothecs that have been taken, or could be taken, against the Work or other third party monetary claims against the Contractor which aze enforceable against the Owner. GC 5.6 PROGRESSIVE RELEASE OF HOLDBACK 5.6.1 In the common law jurisdictions, where legislation permits and where, upon application by the Contractor, the Consultant has certified that the work of a Subcontractor or Supplier has been performed prior to Substantial Performance of the Work, the Owner shall pay the Contractor the holdback amount retained for such subcontract work, or the Products supplied by such Supplier, on the first calendaz day following the expiration of the holdback period for such work stipulated in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work. The Owner may retain out of the holdback amount any sums required by law to satisfy any liens against the Work or, if permitted by the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work, other third party monetary claims against the Contractor which aze enforceable against the Owner. CCDC 2-20a8 File 007213 t6 Nate: This contract is protected by copyright. Use oja CCDC l document not containing a CCDC 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement ofcopyright. Only sign Phis contract if the docunent cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal to demonstrate Lhat it is intended by the parties to be an acnerare ar~d unamended version of CCDC 2-2008 except to the extent that any alterations, additions or mod fcafions are set forth in supplementary candiiions. u 5.6.2 ha the Province of Quebec, where, upon application by the Contractor, the Consultant has certified that the work of a Subcontractor or Supplier has been performed prior to Substantial Performance of the Work, the Owner shall pay the Contractor the holdback amount retained for such subcontract work, or the Products supplied by such Supplier, no later than 30 calendar days after such certification by the Consultant. The Owner may retain out of the holdback amount any sums required to satisfy any legal hypothecs that have been taken, or could be taken, against the Work or other third party monetary claims against the Contractor which are enforceable against the Owner. 5.6.3 Notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding paragraphs, and notwithstanding the wording of such certificates, the Contractor shall ensure that such subcontract work or Products are protected pending the issuance of a final certificate for payment and be responsible for the correction of defects or work not performed regardless of whether or not such was apparent when such certificates were issued. GC 5.7 FINAL PAYMENT 5.7.1 When the Contractor considers that the Work is completed, the Contractor shall submit an application for final payment. 5.7.2 The Consultant will, no later than 10 calendaz days after the receipt of an application from the Contractor for final payment, review the Work to verify the validity of the application and advise the Contractor in writing that the application is valid or give reasons why it is not valid. 5.7.3 When the Consultand finds the Conlractor's application for final payment valid, the Consultant will promptly issue a final certificate for payment. 5.7.4 Subject to the provision of paragraph 10.4.1 of GC 10.4 -WORKERS' COMPENSATION, and any lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work, the Owner shall, no later than 5 calendaz days after the issuance of a final certificate for payment, pay the Contractor as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement -PAYMENT. GC 5.8 WITHHOLDING OF PAYMENT 5.8.1 If because of climatic or other conditions reasonably beyond the control of the Contractor, there aze items of work that cannot be performed, payment in full for that portion of the Work which has been performed as certified by the Consultant shall not be withheld or delayed by the Owner on account thereof, but the Owner may withhold, until the remaining portion of the Work is finished, only such an amount that the Consultant determines is sufficient and reasonable to cover the cost of performing such remaining work. GC 5.9 NON-CONFORMING WORK 5.9.1 No payment by the Owner under the Contract nor partial or entire use or occupancy of the Work by the Owner shall constitute an acceptance of any portion of the Work or Products which aze not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. PART 6 CHANGES IN THE WORK GC 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO MAKE CHANGES 6.1.1 The Owner, tluough the Consultant, without invalidatirig the Contract, may make: .1 changes in the Work consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions to the Work by Change Order or Change Directive, and 2 changes to the Contract Time for the Work, or any part thereof, by Change Order. 6.1.2 The Contractor shall not perform a change in the Work without a Change Order or a Change Directive. GC 6.2 CHANGE ORDER 6.2.1 When a change in the Work is proposed or required, the Consultant will provide the Contractor with a written description of the proposed change in the Work. The Contractor shall promptly present, in a form acceptable to the Consultant, a method of adjustment or an amount of adjustment for the Contract Price, if any, and the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any, for the proposed change in the Work. 6.2.2 When the Owner and Contractor agree to the adjustments in the Ccntract Price and Contract Time or to the method to be used to determine the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded in a Change Order. The value of the work performed as the result of a Change Order shall be included in the application for progress payment. CCDC2-2008 File 007213 17 ' Note: This contrac[ is pralec[ed by copyright. (Ise ofa CCDC 2 document not containing ¢CCDC 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement ofcapyright. Only sign this contract if fhe docun:en[ cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal [o demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be arz accurate and unamended version of CCDC 2 - 2008 except fo the exten/that any a![era[ians, additions or mad f cations are set forth in supplementary conditions. GC 6.3 CHAIOrG~ IDIRECTIVE 6.3.1 If the Owner requires the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work prior to the Owner and the Contractor agreeing ' upon the corresponding adjustment in Contract Price and Contract Time, the Owner, through the Consultant, shall issue a Change Directive. 6.3.2 A Change birective shall only be used to direct a change in the Work which is within the general scope of the Contract , Documents. 6.3.3 A Change Directive shall not be used to drect a change in the Contract Time only. ' 6.3.4 Upon receipt of a Change Directive, the Contractor shall proceed promptly with the change in the Work. 6.3.5 For the purpose of valuing Change Directives, changes in the Work that aze not substitutions or otherwise related to each other shall not be grouped together in the same Change Directive. 6.3.6 The adjustment in the Contract Price fox a change carried out by way of a Change Directive shall be determined on the basis of the cost of the Contractor's actual expenditures and savings attributable to the Change Directive, valued in accordance with pazagraph 6.3.7 and as follows: 1 If the change results in a net increase in the Contractor's cost, the Contract Price shall be increased by the amount of the net increase in the Contractor's cost, plus the Contractor's percentage fee on such net increase. 2 If the change results in a net decrease in the Contractor's cost, the Contact Price shall be decreased by the amount of the net decrease in the Contactor's cost, without adjustment for the Contactor's percentage fee. 3 The Contractor's fee shall be as specified in the Contract Documents or as otherwise agreed by the parties. 63.7 The cost of performing the work attributable to the Change Directive shall be limited to the actual cost of the following: 1 salaries, wages and benefits paid to personnel in the direct employ of the Contractor under a salary or wage schedule agreed upon by the Owner and the Contractor, or in the absence of such a schedule, actual salaries, wages and benefits paid under applicable bargaining agreement, and in the absence of a salary or wage schedule and bazgaining agreement, actual salaries, wages and benefits paid by the Contactor, for personnel (1) stationed at the Contractor's field office, in whatever capacity employed; (2) engaged in expediting the production or transportation of material or equipment, at shops or on the road; (3) engaged in the prepazation or review of Shop Drawings, fabrication drawings, and coordination drawings; or (4) engaged in the processing of changes in the Work. 2 contributions, assessments or taxes incurred for such items as employment insurance, provincial or territorial health insurance, workers' compensation, and Canada or Quebec Pension Plan, insofar as such cost is based on wages, salaries or other remuneration paid to employees of the Contractor and included in the cost of the Work as provided in paragraph 6.3.7.1; .3 travel and subsistence expenses of the Contractor's personnel described in paragraph 6.3.7.1; .4 all Products including cost of transportation thereof; .5 materials, supplies, Construction Equipment, Temporary Work, and hand tools not owned by the workers, including transportation and maintenance thereof, which are consumed in the perfomrance of the Work; and cost less salvage value on such items used but not consumed, which remain the property of the Contractor; 6 all tools and Construction Equipment, exclusive of hand tools used in the performance of the Work, whether rented from or provided by the Contractor or others, including installation, minor repairs and replacements, dismantling, removal, transportation, and delivery cost thereof; .7 all equipment and services required for the Contractor's field office; .8 deposits lost; .9 the amounts of all subcontracts; .10 quality assurance such as independent inspection and testing services; .11 charges levied by authorities having jurisdiction at the Place of the Work; 12 royalties, patent licence fees and damages for infringement of patents and cost of defending suits therefor subject always io the Contractor's obligations to indemnify the Owner as provided in paragraph 103.1 of GC 10.3 -PATENT FEES; .13 any adjustment in premiums for all bonds and insurance which the Contractor is required, by the Contract Documents, to purchase and maintain; 14 any adjustment in taxes, other than Yalue Added Taxes, and duties for which the Contractor is liable; .IS charges for long distance telephone and facsimile communications, courier services, expressage, and petty cash items incurred in relation to the performance of the Work; .16 removal and disposal of waste products and debris; and .17 safety measures and requirements. CCDC 2-2008 File 007213 18 Nate: Phis contract is protected by copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDC 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of copyrighf. Only sign this , contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal to demonstrate !ha! i[ is intended by the parties io be an accurate and unamended version of CCDC 2- 2008 except to fhe extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are se! forth in supplementary conditions. J 1 1 ~l L1 6.3.8 Notwithstanding any other provisions contained in the General Conditions of the Contract, it is rho intention of the parties that the cost of any item under any cost element refereed to in paragraph 6.3.7 shall cover and include any and all costs or liabilities attributable to the Change Directive other than those which are the result of or occasioned by any failure on the part of the Contractor to exercise reasonable care and diligence in the Contractor's attention to the Work. Any cost due to failure on the part of the Contractor to exercise reasonable care and diligence in the Contractor's attention to the Work shall be borne by the Contractor. 6.3.9 The Contractor shall keep full and detailed accounts and records necessary for the documentation of the cost of performing the Work attributable to the Change Directive and shall provide the Consultant with copies thereof when requested. 6.3.10 For the purpose of valuing Change Directives, the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access to all of the Contractor's pertinent documents related to the cost of performing the Work attributable to the Change Directive. 6.3.11 Pending determination of the final amount of a Change Directive, the undisputed value of the Work perforated as the result of a Change Directive is eligible to be included in progress payments. 6.3.12 If the Owner and the Contractor do not agree on the proposed adjustment in the Contract Time attributable to the change in the Work, or the method of determining it, the adjustment shall be refereed to the Consultant for determination. 6.3,13 When the Owner and the Contractor reach agreement on the adjustment to the Contract Price and to the Contract Time, this agreement shall be recorded in a Change Order. GC 6.4 CONCEALED OR UNKNOWN CONDITIONS 6.4.1 If the Owner or the Contractor discover conditions at the Place of the Work which aze: .I subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which existed before the commencement of the Work which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents; or 2 physical conditions, other than conditions due to weather, that are of a nature which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the chazacter provided for in the Contract Documents, then the observing parry shall give Notice in Writing to the other parry of such conditions before they are disntrbed and in no event later than 5 Working Days after first observance of the conditions. 6.4.2 The Consultant will promptly investigate such conditions and make a finding. If the fmding is that the conditions differ materially and this would cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost or time to perform the Work, the Consultant, with the Owner's approval, will issue appropriate instmctions for a change in the Work as provided in GC 6.2 -CHANGE ORDER or GC 6.3 -CHANGE DIRECTIVE. 6.43 If the Consultant finds that the conditions at the Place of the Work are not materially different or that no change in the Contract Price or the Contract Time is justified, the Consultant will report the reasons for this finding to the Owner and the Contractor in writing. 6.4.4 If such concealed or unknown conditions relate to toxic and hazardous substances and materials, artifacts and fossils, or mould, the parties will be governed by the provisions of GC 9.2 -TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, GC 9.3 - ARTIFACTS AND FOSSILS and GC 9.5 -MOULD. GC 6.5 DELAYS 6.5.1 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by an action or omission of the Owner, Consultant or anyone employed or engaged by them directly or indirectly, contrary to the provisions of the Contract Documents, then the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Consultant may recommend in consultation with the Contractor. The Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for reasonable costs incurred by the Contractor as the result of such delay. 6.5.2 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by a stop work order issued by a court or other public authority and providing that such order was not issued as the result of an act or fault of the Contractor or any person employed or engaged by the Contractor directly or indirectly, then the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Consultant may recommend in consultation with the Contractor. The Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for reasonable costs incurred by the Contractor as the result of such delay. CCDC2-008 Pile 007213 19 Note: This contract ispratected by copyright, Use ofa CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDC2 copyright seal eonsti&ter an infringement afcapyright. Onfy sign ihir contract if fhe document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal to demonstrate Thai it it intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version aJ" CCDC 2-2008 except to She extent that any alterations, additions ar modfcrnions are set forth in supplementary conditions. 6.5.3 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by: I labour disputes, strikes, lock-outs (including lock-outs decreed or recommended for its members by a recognized ' contractors' association, of which the Contractor is a member or to which the Contractor is otherwise bound), 2 fire, unusual delay by common carriers or unavoidable casualties, 3 abnormally adverse weather conditions, or ' .4 any cause beyond the Contractor's control other than one resulting from a default or breach of Contract by the Contractor, then the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Consultant may recommend in consultation with ' the Contractor. The extension of time shall not be less than the time lost as the result of the event causing the delay, unless the Contractor agrees to a shorter extension. The Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for costs incurred by such delays unless such delays result from actions by the Owner, Consultant or anyone employed or engaged by them directly or indirectly. , 6.5.4 No extension shall be made for delay unless Notice in Writing of the cause of delay is given to the Consultant not later than 10 Working Days after the commencement of the delay. In the case of a continuing cause of delay only one Notice in Writing shall be necessary. 6.5.5 If no schedule is made under paragraph 2.2.13 of GC 2.2 -ROLE OF THE CONSULTANT, then no request for extension shall be made because of failure of the Consultant to furnish instmctions until 10 Working Days after demand for such instructions has been made. GC 6.6 CLAIMS FOR A CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE 6.6.1 If the Contractor intends to make a claim for an increase to the Contract Price, or if the Owner intends to make a claim against the Contractor far a credit to the Contract Price, the patty that intends to make the claim shall give timely Notice in Writing of intent to claim to the other party and to the Consultant. 6.6.2 Upon commencement of the event or series of events giving rise to a claim, the parry intending to make the claim shall: 1 take all reasonable measures to mitigate any loss or expense which may be incurred as a result of such event or series of events, and 2 keep such records as maybe necessary to support the claim. 6.6.3 The party making the claim shall submit within a reasonable time to the Consultant a detailed account of the amount claimed and the grounds upon which the claim is based. 6.6.4 Where the event or series of events giving rise to the claim has a continuing effect, the detailed account submitted under pazagraph 6.6.3 shall be considered to be an interim account and the party making the claim shall, at such intervals as the Consultant may reasonably require, submit further interim accounts giving the accumulated amount of [he claim and any further grounds upon which it is based. The party making the claim shall submit a final account after the end of the effects resulting from the event or series of events. 6.6.5 The Consultant's findings, with respect to a claim made by either party, will be given by Notice in Writing to both parties within 30 Working Days after receipt of the claim by the Consultant, or within such other time period as may be agreed by the parties. 6.6.6 If such finding is not acceptable to either party, the claim shall be settled in accordance with Part 8 of the General Conditions -DISPUTE RESOLUTION. PART 7 DEFAULT NOTICE GC 7.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM THE WORK, TERMINATE THE CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT TO CONTINUE WITH THE WORK OR TERMINATE THE CONTRACT 7.1.1 If the Contractor is adjudged bankmpt, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors because of the Contractors insolvency, or if a receiver is appointed because of the Contractor's insolvency, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, terminate the Contractor's right to continue with the Work, by giving the Contractor or receiver or tmstee in bankruptcy Notice in Writing to that effect. 7.1.2 If the Contractor neglects to prosecute the Work properly or otherwise Fails to comply with the requirements of the Contract to a substantial degree and if the Consultant has given a written statement to the Owner and Contractor that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, give the Contractor Notice in Writing that the Contractor is in default of the Contractor's contractual obligations and instruct the Contractor to correct the default in the 5 Working Days immediately following the receipt of such Notice in Writing. CCDC 2-2008 File 007213 20 Note: This contract is protected by copyright Use of a CCDC 2 document mot containing a CCDC 2 copyright seal constituler an infringement ojcopyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright sea! to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version aj CCDC 2 - 2008 excep! to the exteat shat any alterations, additions or mod~calions are set forth in supplementary conditions 7.1.3 If the default cannot be corrected in the 5 Working Days specified or in such other time period as may be subsequently agreed in writing by the parties, the Contractor shall be in compliance with the Owner's instmctions if the Contractor: 1 commences the correction of the default within the specified time, and 2 provides the Owner with an acceptable schedule for such correction, and 3 corrects the default in accordance with the Contract terms and with such schedule. 7.1.4 If the Contractor fails to correct the default in the time specified or in such other time period as may be subsequently agreed in writing by the parties, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, the Owner may: 1 correct such default and deduct the cost thereof from any payment then or thereafter due the Contractor provided the Consultant has certified such cast to the Owner and the Contractor, or 2 terminate the Contractor's right to continue with the Work in whole or in part or terminate the Contract. 7.1.5 If the Owner terminates the Contractors right to continue with the Work as provided in paragraphs 7.1.1 and 7.1.4, the Owner shall be entitled to: .1 take possession of the Work and Products at the Place of the Work; subject to the rights of third parties, utilize the Construction Equipment at the Place of the Work; finish the Work by whatever method the Owner may consider expedient, but without undue delay or expense, and .2 withhold fruther payment to the Contractor until a final certificate for payment is issued, and 3 chazge the Contractor the amount by which the full cost of finishing the Work as certified by the Consultant, including compensation to the Consultant for [he Consultant's additional services and a reasonable allowance as determined by the Consultant to cover the cost of corrections to work performed by the Contractor that maybe required under GC 12.3 - WARRANTY, exceeds the unpaid balance of the Contract Price; however, if such cost of finishing the Work is less than the unpaid balance of the Contract Price, the Owner shall pay the Contractor the difference, and .4 on expiry of the warranty period, charge the Contractor the amount by which the cost of corrections to the Contractor s work under GC 12.3 -WARRANTY exceeds the allowance provided for such corrections, or if the cos[ of such corrections is less than the allowance, pay the Contractor the difference. 7.1.6 The Contractor's obligation under the Contract as to quality, correction and warranty of the work performed by the Contractor up to the time of termination shall continue after such termination of the Contract. GC 7.2 CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT TO SUSPEND THE WORK OR TERMINATE THE CONTRACT 7.2.1 If the Owner is adjudged bankrupt, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors because of the Owner's insolvency, or if a receiver is appointed because of the Owner's insolvency, the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, terminate the Contract by giving the Owner or receiver or trustee in bankruptcy Notice in Writing to that effect. 7.2.2 If the Work is suspended or otherwise delayed for a period of 20 Working Days or more under an order of a court or other public authority and providing that such order was not issued as the result of an act or fault of the Contractor or of anyone directly or indirectly employed or engaged by the Contractor, [he Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, terminate the Contract by giving the Owner Notice in Writing to that effect. 7.2.3 The Contractor may give Notice in Writing to the Owner, with a copy to the Consultant, that the Owner is in default of the Owners contractual obligations iE 1 the Owner fails to furnish, when so requested by the Contractor, reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner s obligations under the Contract, or 2 the Consultant fails to issue a certificate as provided in GC 5.3 -PROGRESS PAYMENT, or 3 the Owner fails to pay the Contractor when due the amounts certified by the Consultant or awarded by arbitration or court, or 4 the Owner violates the requirements of the Contract to a substantial degree and the Consultant, except for GC 5.1 - FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE OWNER, confums by written statement to the Contractor that sufficient cause exists. 7.2.4 The Contractor's Notice in Writing to the Owner provided under paragraph 7.2.3 shall advise that if the default is not corrected within 5 Working Days following the receipt of the Notice in Writing, the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, suspend the Work or terminate the Contract. 7.2.5 If the Contractor terminates the Contract under the conditions set out above, the Contractor shall be entitled to be paid for all work performed including reasonable profit, for loss sustained upon Products and Construction Equipment, and such other damages as the Contractor may have sustained as a result of the termination of the Contract. CCDC2-2o08 File 007213 z1 Note.' Thin contract is protected by copyright. Use ofa CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDC 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement afcopyrighr. Only sign this contract f [he document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal to demanslrafe [hat it is Intended by the parries to be an accurate and unamerrded version of CCDC2 -2008 except to the extent that any alterations, oddilions or modifications are seiforf6 in supplementary coxditfoas. PART 8 DISPUTE RESOLUTION GC 8.1 AUTHORITY OF THE CONSULTANT ' 8.1.1 Differences between the parties to the Contract as to the interpretation, application or administration of the Contract or any failure to agree where agreement between the parties is called for, herein collectively called disputes, which are not resolved ' in the first instance by findings of the Consultant as provided in GC 2.2 -ROLE OF THE CONSULTANT, shall be settled in accordance with the requirements of Part 8 of the General Conditions -DISPUTE RESOLUTION. 8.1.2 If a dispute arises under the Contract in respect of a matter in which the Consultant has no authority under the Contract to make a finding, the procedures set out in pazagraph 8.1.3 and paragraphs 8.2.3 to 8.2.8 of GC 8.2 -NEGOTIATION, MEDIATION AND ARBITRATION, and in GC 8.3 -RETENTION OF RIGHTS apply to that dispute with the necessary changes to detail as may be required. 8.1.3 If a dispute is not resolved promptly, the Consultant will give such instmctions as in the Consultant's opinion are necessary for the proper performance of the Work and to prevent delays pending settlement of the dispute. The parties shall act immediately according to such instmctions, it being understood that by so doing neither party will jeopardize any claim the party may have. If it is subsequently determined that such instmctions were in error or at vaziance with the Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay the Contractor costs incurred by the Contractor in carrying out such instmctions which the Contractor was required to do beyond what the Contract Documents correctly understood and interpreted would have required, including costs resulting from intermption of the Work. GC 8.2 NEGOTIATION, MEDIATION AND ARBITRATION 8.2.1 In accordance with the Rules for Mediation of Construction Disputes as provided in CCDC 40 in effect at the time of bid closing, the parties shall appoint a Project Mediator .1 within 20 Working Days after the Contract was awazded, or .2 if the parties neglected to make an appointment within the 20 Working Days, within 10 Working Days after either party by Notice in Writing requests that the Project Mediator be appointed. 8.2.2 A party shall he conclusively deemed to have accepted a finding of the Consultant under GC 2.2 -ROLE OF THE CONSULTANT and to have expressly waived and released the other party from any claims in respect of the particular matter dealt with in that finding unless, within 15 Working Days after receipt of that finding, the party sends a Notice in Writing of dispute to the other parry and to the Consultant, which contains the particulars of the matter in dispute and the relevant provisions of the Contract Documents. The responding party shall send a Notice in Writing of reply to the dispute within 10 Working Days after receipt of such Notice in Writing setting out particulars of this response and any relevant provisions of the Contract Documents. 8.2.3 The parties shall make all reasonable efforts to resolve their dispute by amicable negotiations and agree to provide, without prejudice, frank, candid and timely disclosure of relevant facts, information and documents to facilitate these negotiations. 8.2.4 After a period of 10 Working Days following receipt of a responding party's Notice in Writing of reply under paragraph 8.2.2, the parties shall request the Project Mediator to assist the parties to reach agreement on any umesolved dispute. The mediated negotiations shall be conducted in accordance with the Rules for Mediation of Constmction Disputes as provided in CCDC 40 in effect at the time of bid closing. 8.2.5 If the dispute has not been resolved within 10 Working Days after the Project Mediator was requested under pazagraph 8.2.4 or within such further period agreed by the parties, the Project Mediator shall terminate the mediated negotiations by giving Notice in Writing to the Owner, the Contractor and the Consultant. 8.2.6 By giving a .'Notice in Writing to the other party and the Consultant, not later than 10 Working Days after the date of termination of the mediated negotiations under paragraph 8.2.5, either party may refer the dispute to be finally resolved by arbitration under the Rules for Arbitration of Construction Disputes as provided in CCDC 40 in effect at the time of bid closing. The arbitration shall be conducted in [he jurisdiction of the Place of the Work. 8.2.7 On expiration of the 10 Working Days, the arbitration agreement under paragraph 8.2.6 is not binding on the parties and, if a Notice in Writing is not given under paragraph 8.2.6 within the required time, the parties may refer the unresolved dispute to the courts or to any other form of dispute resolution, including arbitration, which they have agreed to use. CCDC 2 - 2008 File 007213 2~ Note: This contrac( is protected by copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 documen[ no(containing a CCDC 2 capynght seal constifules an infringement of copyright. Only sign Uxu ' conhact if [he document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal ro demonstrate tha( it is intended by the parties ra be an accurate and unamended version of CCDC 2 - 2008 except La the extent that any afterations, additions ar madifica[ions are se(forth in supplementary conditions. 8.2.8 If neither party, by Notice fn Writing, given within 10 Working Days of the date of Notice in Writing requesting arbitration in paragraph 8.2.6, requires that a dispute be arbitrated immediately, all disputes referred to arbitration as provided in paragraph 8.2.6 shall be .1 held in abeyance until (1) Substantial Performance of the Work, (2) the Contract has been terminated, or (3) the Contractor has abandoned the Work, whichever is earlier; and 2 consolidated into a single arbitration under the rules governing the arbitration under paragraph 8.2.6. GC 8.3 RETENTION OF RIGHTS 8.3.1 It is agreed that no act by either party shall be construed as a renunciation or waiver of any rights or recourses, provided the party has given the Notice in Writing required under Part 8 of the General Conditions -DISPUTE RESOLUTION and has carried out the instructions as provided in paragraph 8.1.3 of GC 8.1 -AUTHORITY OF THE CONSULTANT. 8.3.2 Nothing in Part 8 of the General Conditions -DISPUTE RESOLUTION shall be construed in any way to limit a party from asserting any statutory right to a lien under applicable lien legislation of the jurisdiction of the Place of the Work and the assertion of such right by initiating judicial proceedings is not to be construed as a waiver of any right that party may have under paragraph 8.2.6 of GC 8.2 -NEGOTIATION, MEDIATION AND ARBITRATION to proceed by way of arbitration to adjudicate the merits of the claim upon which such a lien is based. PART 9 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY GC 9.1 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY 9. L 1 The Contractor shall protect the Work and the Owne/ s property and property adjacent to the Place of the Work from damage which may arise as the result of the Contracto/s operations under the Contract, and shall be responsible for such damage, except damage which occurs as the result of: .1 errors in the Contract Documents; .2 acts or omissions by the Owner, the Consultant, other contractors, their agents and employees. 9.1.2 Before commencing any work, the Contractor shall determine the location of all underground utilities and structures indicated in the Contract Documents or that are reasonably apparent in an inspection of the Place of the Work. 9.1.3 Should the Contractor in the performance of the Contract damage the Work, the Owner's property or property adjacent to the Place of the Work, the Contractor shall be responsible for making good such damage at the Contractor's expense. 9.1.4 Should damage occur to the Work or Owners property for which the Contractor is not responsible, as provided in pazagraph 9.1.1, the Contractor shall make good such damage to the Work and, if the Owner so directs, to the Owners property. The Contract Price and Contract Time shall be adjusted as provided in GC 6.1 -OWNER'S RIGHT TO MAKE CHANGES, GC 6.2 -CHANGE ORDER and GC 6.3 -CHANGE DIRECTIVE. GC 9.2 TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES 9.2.1 For the purposes of applicable legislation related to toxic and hazardous substances, [he Owner shall be deemed to have control and management of the Place of the Work with respect to existing conditions. 9.2.2 Prior to the Contractor commencing the Work, the Owner shall, .1 take all reasonable steps to determine whether any toxic or hazardous substances are present at the Place of the Work, and 2 provide the Consultant and the Contractor with a written list of any such substances that are known to exist and their locations. 9.2.3 The Owner shall take all reasonable steps to ensure that no person's exposure to any toxic or hazardous substances exceeds the time weighted levels prescribed by applicable legislation at the Place of the Work and that no property is damaged or destroyed as a result of exposure to, or the presence of, toxic or hazardous substances which were at the Place of the Work prior to the Contractor commencing the Work. 9.2.4 Unless the Contract expressly provides otherwise, the Owner shall be responsible for taking all necessary steps, in accordance with applicable legislation in force at the Place of the Work, to dispose of, store or otherwise render harmless toxic or hazardous substances which were present at the Place of the Work prior to the Contractor commencing the Work. CCDC 2 - 2008 File 007213 23 ' Note: This contract is projected by copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDC 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of copyright Only sign This contract jthe document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version of CCDC 2-2008 ezcept to the eztent that any alterations, adc$tians or mad~cationr are set forth in supplementary conditions. 9.2.5 If the Contractor .1 encounters toxic or hazardous substances at the Place of the Work, or ' 2 has reasonable grounds to believe that toxic or hazardous substances are present at the Place of the Work, which were not brought to the Place of the Work by the Contractor or anyone for whom the Contractor is responsible and which were not disclosed by the Owner or which were disclosed but have not been dealt with as required under pazagraph ' 9.2.4, the Contractor shall 3 take all reasonable steps, including stopping the Work, to ensure that no person's exposure to any toxic or hazardous substances exceeds any applicable time weighted levels prescribed by applicable legislation at the Place of the Work, and , .4 immediately report the circumstances to the Consultant and the Owner in writing. 9.2.6 If the Owner and Contractor do not agree on the existence, significance of, or whether the toxic or hazazdous substances were ' brought onto the Place of the Work by the Contractor or anyone-for whom the Contractor is responsible, the Owner shall retain and pay for an independent qualified expert to investigate and determine such matters. The expert's report shall be delivered to the Owner and the Contractor. 9.2.7 If the Owner and Contractor agree or if the expert refereed to in paragraph 9.2.6 detertines that the toxic or hazazdous ' substances were not brought onto the place of the Work by the Contractor or anyone for whom the Contractor is responsible, the Owner shall promptly at the Owner's own expense: 1 take all steps as required under paragraph 9.2.4; ' 2 reimburse the Contractor for the costs of all steps taken pursuant to paragraph 9.2.5; 3 extend the Contract time for such reasonable time as the Consultant may recommend in consultation with the Contractor and the expert referred to in 9.2.6 and reimburse the Contractor for reasonable costs incurred as a result of the delay; and ' 4 indemnify the Contractor as required by GC 12.1 -INDEMNIFICATION. 9.2.8 If the Owner and Contractor agree or if the expert referred to in pazagraph 9.2.6 determines that the toxic or hazardous substances were brought onto the place of the Work by the Contractor or anyone for whom the Contractor is responsible, the ' Contractor shall promptly at the Contractor's own expense: .1 take all necessary steps, in accordance with applicable legislation in force at the Place of the Work, to safely remove and dispose the toxic or hazazdous substances; '. 2 make good any damage to the Work, the Owner's propert}~ of property adjacent to the place of the Work as provided in ' pazagraph 9.1.3 of GC 9.1-PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY; .3 reimburse the Owner for reasonable costs incurred under patagmph 9.2.6; and 4 indemnify the Owner as required by GC 12.1 -INDEMNIFICATION. ' 9.2.9 If either party does not accept the expert's findings under pazagraph 9.2.6, the disagreement shall be settled in accordance with Part 8 of the General Conditions -Dispute Resolution. If such disagreement is not reso]ved promptly, the parties shall act immediately in accordance with the expert's determination and take the steps required by pazagraph 9.2.7 or 9.2.8 it being ' understood that by so doing, neither party will jeopardize any claim that party may have to be reimbursed as provided by GC 9.2 - TOXIC AND IIAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES. GC 9.3 ARTIFACTS AND FOSSILS ' 9.3.1 Fossils, coins, articles of value or antiquity, structures and other remains or things of scientific or historic interest discovered at the Place or Work shall, as between the Owner and the Contractor be deemed to be the absolute property of the Owner. 9.3.2 The Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions to prevent removal or damage to discoveries as identified in paragraph , 9,3.1, and shall advise the Consultant upon discovery of such items. 9.3.3 The Consultant will investigate the impact on the Work of the discoveries identified in paragraph 9.3.I. If conditions are ' found that would cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost or time to perform the Work, the Consultant, with the Owner's approval, will issue appropriate instmciions for a change in the Work as provided in GC 6.2 -CHANGE ORDER or GC 6.3 CHANGE DIRECTIVE. GC 9,4 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY 9.4.1 Subject to pazagraph 3.2.2.2 of GC 3.2 -CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR OTHER CONTRACTORS, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for construction safety at the Place of the Work and for compliance with the rules, regulations and practices required by the applicable construction health and safety legislation and shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Work. CCDC2-2008 File 007213 24 Note: This contract is protected by copyright. Use ofa CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDC2 copyright seal cons(ihater an infringement ofcopyright. Only stgn this , canbact if the document cover page bears a CCDC 1 copyright seal to demoutrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version of CCDC 1- 2008 except to the extent That any alterafions, addifians or mod fcations are set forth in supplementary conditions. GC 9.5 LVIOULD 9.5.1 If the Contractor or Owner observes or reasonably suspects the presence of mould at the Place of the Work, the remediadon of which is not expressly part of the Work, 1 the observing party shall promptly report the circumstances to the other party in writing, and 2 the Contractor shall promptly take all reasonable steps, including stopping the Work if necessary, to ensure that no person suffers injury, sickness or death and that no property is damaged as a result of exposure to or the presence of the mould, and 3 if the Owner and Contractor do not agree on the existence, significance or cause of the mould or as to what steps need be taken to deal with it, the Owner shall retain and pay for an independent qualified expert to investigate and determine such matters. The expert's report shall be delivered to the Owner and Contractor. 9.5.2 If the Owner and Contractor agree, or if the expert referred to in pazagraph 9.5.1.3 determines that the presence of mould was caused by the Contractor's operations under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly, at the Contractor's own expense: .1 take all reasonable and necessary steps to safely remediate or dispose of the mould, and 2 make good any damage to the Work, the Owner's property or property adjacent to the Place of the Work as provided in pazagraph 9.1.3 of GC 9.1 - PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY, and .3 reimburse the Owner for reasonable costs incurred under paragraph 9.5.1.3, and .4 indemnify the Owner as required by GC 12.1 -INDEMNIFICATION. 9.5.3 If the Owner and Contractor agree, or if the expert referred to in pazagraph 9.5.1.3 determines that the presence of mould was not caused by the Contractor's operations under the Contract, the Owner shall promptly, at the Owner's own expense: 1 take all reasonable and necessary steps to safely remediate or dispose of the mould, and 2 reimburse the Contractor for the cost of taking the steps under pazagraph 9.5.1.2 and making good any damage to the Work as provided in pazagraph 9.1.4 of GC 9.1 -PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY, and 3 extend the Contract Time for such reasonable time as the Consultant may recommend in consultation with the Contractor and the expert refereed to in paragraph 9.5.1.3 and reimburse the Contractor for reasonable costs incurred as a result of the delay, and .4 indemnify [he Contractor as required by GC 12.1 -INDEMNIFICATION. 9.5.4 If either party does not accept the expert's fording under pazagraph 9.5.1.3, the disagreement shall be settled in accordance with Part 8 of the General Conditions -DISPUTE RESOLUTION. If such desagreement is not resolved promptly, the parties shall act immediately in accordance with the expert's determination and take the steps required by pazagraphs 9.52 or 9.5.3, it being understood that by so doing neither party willjeopazdize any claim the party may have to be reimbursed as provided by GC 9.5 - MOULD. PART 10 GOVERNING REGULATIONS GC 10.1 TAXES AND DUTIES 10.1.1 The Contract Price shall include all taxes and customs duties in effect at the time of the bid closing except for Value Added Taxes payable by the Owner to the Contractor as stipulated in Article A-4 of the Agreement -CONTRACT PRICE. 10.1.2 Any increase or decrease in costs to the Contractor due to changes in such included taxes and duties after the time of the bid closing shall increase or decrease the Contract Price accordingly. GC 10.2 LAWS, NOTICES, PERMITS, AND FEES 10.2.1 The laws of the Place of the Work shall govern the Work. 10.2.2 The Owner shall obtain and pay for development approvals, building pemut, permanent easements, rights of servitude; and all other necessary approvals and permits, except for the pemvts and fees referred to in pazagraph 10.2.3 or for which the Contract Documents specify as the responsibility of the Contractor. 10.2.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for the procurement of pemuts, licences, inspections, and certificates, which are necessary for the performance of the Work and customarily obtained by contractors in the jurisdiction of the Place of the Work after the issuance of the building permit. The Contract Price includes the cost of these permits, licences, inspections, and certificates, and their procurement. 10.2.4 The Contractor shall give the required notices and comply with the laws, ordinances, roles, regulations, or codes which are or become in force during the performance of the Work and which relate to the Work, to the preservation of the public health, and to construction safety. CCDC2-2008 File 007213 25 Note: This contract is protected by copyright Use of a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDC 2 copyright sea constituter an infringement of copyright. Only sign this contract f the document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal m demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accssrate and vnamended version of CCDC2-2008 except to the extent That any alterations, additions or mod cations are set forth in supplementary conditions. 10.2.5 The Contractor shall not be responsible far verifying that the Contract Documents aze in compliance with the applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or codes relating to the Work. If the Contract Documents aze at variance therewith, or if, ' subsequent to the time of bid closing, changes aze made to the applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or codes which require modification to the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall advise the Consultant in writing requesting direction immediately upon such variance or change becoming known. The Consultant will make the changes required to the Contract ' Documents as provided in GC 6.1 -OWNER'S RIGHT TO MAKE CHANGES, GC 6.2 -CHANGE ORDER and GC 6.3 - CHANGEDIRECTIVE. 10.2.6 If the Contractor fails to advise the Consultant in writing; and fails to obtain direction as required in paragraph 10.2.5; and ' performs work knowing it to be contrary to any laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or codes; the Contractor shall be responsible far and shall correct the violations thereof; and shall bear the costs, expenses and damages attributable to the failure to comply with the provisions of such laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or codes. 10.2.7 If, subsequent to the time of bid closing, changes aze made to applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or codes of , authorities having jurisdiction which affect the cost of the Work, either party may submit a claim in accordance with the requirements of GC 6.6 -CLAIMS FOR A CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE. GC 10.3 PATENT FEES , 10.3.1 The Contractor shall pay the royalties and patent licence fees required for the performance of the Contract. The Contractor shall hold the Owner harmless from and against claims, demands, losses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings , arising out of the Contractors perforrrtance of the Contract which aze attributable to an infringement or an alleged infringement of a patent of invention by the Contractor or anyone for whose acts the Contractor may be liable. 10,3.2 The Owner shall hold the Contractor harmless against claims, demands, losses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings ' arising out of the Contractors performance of the Contract which are attributable to an infringement or an alleged infringement of a patent of invention in executing anything for the purpose of the Contract, the model, plan or design of which was supplied to the Contractor as part of the Contract Documents. , GC 10.4 WORKERS' COMPENSATION 10.4.1 Prior to commencing the Work, again with the Contractor's application for payment of the holdback amount following Substantia! Performance of the Work and again with the Contractor's application for fmal payment, the Contractor shall provide evidence of compliance with workers' compensation legislation at the Place of the Work, including payments due thereunder. 10.4.2 At any time during the term of the Contract, when requested by [he Owner, the Contractor shall provide such evidence of compliance by the Contractor and Subcontractors. PART 11 INSURANCE AND CONTRACT SECURITY GC 11.1 INSURANCE 11.1.1 Without restricting the generality of GC 12.1 -INDEMNIFICATION, the Contractor shall provide, maintain and pay for the following insurance coverages, the minimum requirements of which are specified in CCDC 41 -CCDC Insurance Requirements in effect at the time of bid closing except as hereinafter provided: 1 General liability insurance in the name of the Contractor and include, or in the case of a single, blanket policy, be endorsed to name, dte Owner and the Consultant as insureds but only with respect to liability, other than legal liability azising out of their sale negligence, azising out of the operations of the Contractor with regazd to the Work. General liability insurance shall be maintained from the date of commencement of the Work until one year from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work. Liability coverage shall be provided for completed operations hazards from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work, as set out in the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, on an ongoing basis for a period of 6 years following Substantial Performance of the Work. 2 Automobile Liability Insurance from the date of commencement of the Work until one year after the date of Substantial Performance of the Work. 3 Aircraft or Watercraft Liability Insurance when owned or non-owned aircraft or watercraft are used directly or indirectly in the performance of the Work 4 "Broad form" property insurance in the joint names of the Contractor, the Owner and the Consultant. The policy shall include as insureds all Subcontractors. The "Broad form" property insurance shall be provided from the date of commencement of the Work until the earliest of: Q) 10 calendar days after the date of Substantial Performance of the Work; CCDC 2 -2008 File 007213 26 Note: This contract is protected by copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDC 2 ropyrighl real constitutes an infringement ofcopyrigh(. Only sign this ' conbact if the document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version of CCDC 2- 2008 except fo [he extent that any alferatians, additions or mod (cations are se! jarth in supplementary conditions. (2) on the commencement of use or occupancy of any part or sectiotLOf the Work unless such use or occupancy is for construction purposes, habitational, office, banking, convenience store under 465 square metres in area, or parking purposes, or for the installation, testing and commissioning of equipment forming part of the Work; (3) when left unattended for more than 30 consecutive calendaz days or when constmction activity has ceased for more than 30 consecutive calendaz days. .5 Boiler and machinery insurance in the joint names of the Contractor, the Owner and the Consultant. The policy shall include as insureds all Subcontractors. The coverage shall be maintained continuously from commencement of use or operation of the boiler and machinery objects insured by the policy and until 10 calendaz days afrer the date of Substantial Performance of the Wark. 6 The "Broad form" property and boiler and machinery policies shall provide that, in the case of a loss or damage, payment shall be made to the Owner and the Contractor as their respective interests may appear. In the event of loss or damage: (1) the Contractor shall act on behalf of the Owner for the purpose of adjusting the amount of such loss or damage payment with the insurers. When the extent of the loss or damage is determined, the Contractor shall proceed to restore the Work. Loss or damage shall not affect the rights and obligations of either party under the Contract except that the Contractor shall be entitled to such reasonable extension of Contract Time relative to the extent of the loss or damage as the Consultant may recommend in consultation with the Contractor; (2) the Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the Owner, in addition to the amount due under the Contract, the amount which the Owner's interest in restoration of the Work has been appraised, such amount to be paid as the restoration of the Work proceeds in accordance with the progress payment provisions. In addition the Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the payments made by the insurer the amount of the Contractor's interest in the restoration of the Work; and (3) to the Work arising from the work of the Owner, the Owner's own forces or another contractor, the Owner shall, in accordance with the Owners obligations under the provisions relating to construction by Owner or other contractors, pay the Contractor the cost of restoring the Work as the restoration of the Work proceeds and as in accordance with the progress payment provisions. 7 Contractors' Equipment Insurance from the date of commencement of the Work until one year afrer the date of Substantial Performance of the Wark. 11.1.2 Prior to commencement of the Work and upon the placement, renewal, amendment, or extension of all or any part of the insurance, the Contractor shall promptly provide the Owner with confirmation of coverage and, if required, a certified tme copy of the policies certified by an authorized representative of the insurer together with copies of any amending endorsements applicable to the Work. 11.1.3 The parties shall pay their share of the deductible amounts in direct proportion to their responsibility in regazds to any loss for which the above policies aze required to pay, except where such amounts maybe excluded by the terms of the Contract. 11.1.4 If the Contractor fails to provide or maintain insurance as required by the Contract Documents, then the Owner shall have the right to provide and maintain such insurance and give evidence to the Contractor and the Consultant. The Contractor shall pay the cost thereof to the Owner on demand or the Owner may deduct the cost from the amount which is due or may become due to the Contractor. 11.1.5 All required insurance policies shall be with insurers licensed to underwrite insurance m the jurisdiction of the Place of the Work. 11.1.6 If a revised version of CCDC 41 -INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS is published, which specifies reduced insurance requirements, the parties shall address such reduction, prior to the Contractor's insurance policy becoming due for renewal, and record any agreement in a Change Order. 11.1.7 If a revised version of CCDC 41 -INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS is published, which specifies increased insurance requirements, the Owner may request the increased coverage from the Contractor by way of a Change Order. 11.1.8 A Change Directive shall not be used to duect a change in the insurance requirements in response to the revision of CCDC 41 - INSURANCEREQUIREMENTS. GC 11.2 CONTRACT SECURITY 11.2.1 The Contractor shall, prior to commencement of the Work or within the specified time, provide to the Owner any Contract security specified in the Contract Documents. CCDC 2-2008 File 007213 27 ' Nate: This contract it pro[eaed by copyright. Use ofa CCDC 2 document not corz[aining a CCDC 2 copyrrght seal ccnsti[ufes on injringemen! of copyright. Onty sign this contract if the document cove> page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal !o demonstrate :hat it is intended by the part?es Lo be an accurate and unamended version of CCDC 2- 2008 except to the exdent !fiat any adtera[ions, additions or mod cations are set forth in supplementary conditions. 11.2.2 If the Contract Documents require surety bonds to be provided, such bonds shall be issued by a duly licensed surety company authorized to transact the business of suretyship in the province or territory of the Place of the Work and shall be' maintained in good standing until the fulfillment of the Contract. The form of such bonds shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the CCDC approved bond forms. PART 12 INDEMNIFICATION, WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND WARRANTY GC 12.1 INDEMNIFICATION 12.1.1 Without restricting the parties' obligation to indemnify as described in paragraphs 12.1.4 and 12.1.5, the Owner and the Contractor shall each indemnify and hold harmless the other from and against all claims, demands, losses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings whether in respect to losses suffered by them or in respect to claims by third parties that arise out of, or are attributable in any respect to their involvement as parties to this Contract, provided such claims are: .1 caused by: (1) the negligent acts or omissions of the party from whom indemnification is sought or anyone for whose acts or omissions that party is liable, or (2) a failure of the party to the Contract from whom indemnification is sought to fulfill ifs terms or conditions; and 2 made by Notice in Writing within a period of 6 yeazs from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work as set out in the certificate of Substantial Performance of the l3rork issued pursuant to paragraph 5.4.2.2 of GC 5.4 -SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK or within such shorter period as may be prescribed by any limitation statute of the province or territory of the Place of the Work. The parties expressly waive the right to indemnity for claims other than those provided for in this Contract. 12.1.2 The obligation of either party to indemnify as set forth in paragraph 12.1.1 shall be limited as follows .1 In respect to losses suffered by the Owner and the Contractor for which inswance is to be provided by either party pursuant ~ to GC 11.1 -INSURANCE, the general liability insurance limit for one occurrence as referred to in CCDC 41 in effect at the time of bid closing. 2 In respect to losses suffered by the Owner and the Contractor for which insurance is not required to be provided by either party in accordance with GC 11.1 -INSURANCE, the greater oY' the Contract Price as recorded in Article A-4 - I CONTRACT PRICE or $2,000,000, but in no event shall the sum be greater than $20,000,000. ! .3 In respect to claims by third parties for direct loss resulting from bodily injury, sickness disease or death or to injury to or ' , , destruction of tangible property, the obligation to indemnify is without limit. In respect to all other claims for indemnity as a result of claims advanced by third parties, the limits of indemnity set forth ut paragraphs 12.1.2.1 and 12.1.2.2 shall apply. 12.1.3 The obligation of either party to indemnify the other as set forth in pazagraphs I2. L 1 and 12.1.2 shall be inclusive of interest and ! all legal costs. 12.1.4 The Owner and the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the other from and against all claims, demands, losses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings azising out of their obligations described in GC 9.2 -TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS , SUBSTANCES, 12.1.5 The Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless [he Contractor from and against all claims, demands, losses, costs, damages, actions, suits, cr proceedings: 1 as described in paragraph 10.3.2 of GC 10.3 -PATENT FEES, and 2 arising out of the Contractor's performance of the Contract which aze attributable to a lack of or defect in title or an alleged lack of or defect in title to the Place of the Work. ' 12.1.6 Ixt respect to any claim for indemnity or to beheld harmless by the Owner or the Contractor: 1 Notice in Writing of such claim shall be given within a reasonable time after the facts upon which such claim is based became known; ' .2 should any party be required as a result of its obligation to indemnify another to pay or satisfy a final order, judgment or awazd made against the party entitled by this contract to be indemnified, then the indemnifying party upon assuming all liability for any costs that might result shall have the right to appeal in the name of the party against whom such final order or judgment has been made until such rights of appeal have been exhausted. I 1 CC-C 2 - 2008 File 007217 28 Note: Thin contract is protected by copyright. Use of a CCDC 1 document not containing a CCDC 2 copyright seal constituter an infringement of copyright. Only sign this , contract f the document cover page bears a CCDC 1 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the panics to be an accurate and unamended version of CCDC 2-1008 except [o the extent Thai any alterations, additions or modifications are set forth in supplementary conditions. 1 GC 12.2 WAIVEdt OF CLAII4IS 12.2.1 SubjecT to any lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work, as of the fifth calendar day before the expiry of the lien period provided by the lien legislation applicable at the Place of the Work, the Contractor waives and releases the Owner from all claims which the Contractor has or reasonably ought to have knowledge of that could be advanced by the Contractor against the Owner arising from the Contractor's involvement in the Work, including, without limitation, those arising from negligence or breach of contract in respect to which the cause of action is based upon acts or omissions which occurred prior to or on the date of Substantial Performance of the Work, except as follows: .1 claims arising prior to or on the date of Substantial Performance of the Work for which Notice an Writing of claim has been received by the Owner from the Contractor no later than the sixth calendar day before the expiry of the lien period provided by the lien legislation applicable at the Place of the Work, .2 indemnification for clahns advanced against the Contractor by third parties for which a right of indemnification may be asserted by the Contractor against the Owner pursuant to the provisions of this Contract; .3 claims for which a right of indernniry could be asserted by the Contractor pursuant to the provisions of paagraphs 12.1.4 or 12.1.5 of GC 12.1-INDEMNIFICATION; and .4 claims resulting from acts or omissions which occur after the date of Substanhal Performance of the Work. 12.2.2 The Contractor waives and releases the Owner from all claims referenced in paragraph 12.2.1.4 except for those referred in paragraphs 12.2.1.2 and 12.2.1.3 and claims for which Notice in Writing of claim has been received by the Owner from the Contractor within 395 calendar days following the date of Substantial Performance of the Work. 12.2.3 Subject to any lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work, as of the fifth calendar day before the expiry of the lien period provided by the lien legislation applicable at the Place of the Work, the Owner waives and releases the Contractor from all claims which the Owner has or reasonably ought to have knowledge of chat could be advanced by the Owner against the Contractor arising from the Owner's involvement in the Work, including, without limitation, those arising from negligence or breach of conuact in respect to which the cause of action is based upon acts or omissions which occurred prior to or on the date of Substantial Performance of the Work, except as follows: 1 claims arising prior to or on [he date of Substantial Performance of the Work for which Notice fn Writing of claim has been received by the Contractor from the Owner no later than the sixth calendar day before the expiry of the lien period provided by the lien legislation applicable at the Place of the Work; .2 indemnification for claims advanced against the Owner by third parties for which a right of indemnification may be asserted by the Owner against the Contractor pursuant to the provisions of this Contract; 3 claims for which a right of indemnity could be asserted by the Owner against the Contractor pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 12.1.4 of GC 12.1 -INDEMNIFICATION; 4 damages arising from the Contractor's actions which result in substantial defects or deficiencies in the Work. "Substantial defects or deficiencies" mean those defects or deficiencies in the Work which affect the Work to such an extent or in such a manner that a significant part or the whole of the Work is unfit for the purpose intended by the Contract Documents; 5 claims arising pursuant to GC 12.3 -WARRANTY; and .6 claims azising from acts or omissions which occur after the date of Substantial Performance ofthe Work. 12.2.4 The Owner waives and releases the Contractor from all claims referred to in pazagraph 12.2.3.4 except claims for which Notice in Writing of claim has been received by the Contractor from the Owner within a period of six years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work should any limitation statute of the Province or Territory of the Place of the N'ork pemtit such agreement. If the applicable limitation statute does not permit such agreement, within such shorter period as may be prescribed by: .1 any ]imitation statute of the Province or Territory of the Place of the Work, or 2 if the Place of the Work is the Province of Quebec, then Article 2118 of [he Civil Code of Quebec. 12.2.5 The Owner waives and releases the Contractor from att claims referenced in pazagraph 12.2.3.6 except for those referred in paragraph 12.2.3.2, 12.2.3.3 and those arising under GC 12.3 -WARRANTY and claims for which Notice in Writing has been received by the Contractor from the Owner within 395 calendar days following the date of Substantial Performance of the Work. 12.2.6 "Notice :'n Writing of claim" as provided for in GC 12.2 -WAIVER OF CLAIMS to preserve a claim or right of action which would otherwise, by the provisions of GC 12.2 -WAIVER OF CLAIMS, be deemed to be waived, must include the following= 1 a cleaz and unequivocal statement of the intention to claim; .2 a statement as to the nature of the claim and the grounds upon which the claim is based; and 3 a statement of the estimated quantum of the claim. 12.2.7 The party giving "Notice in Writing of claim" as provided for in GC 12.2 -WAVER OF CLAIMS shall submit within a reasonable time a detailed account of the amount claimed. CCDC 2 - 2008 File 007213 29 Note: This contract is protected by copyright Use oja CCDC 2 document not containing a CCOCZ copyrfgh/seal constitutes an infringement ofcopynghf. Only sign th+r contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version of CCDC 2 - ZOUB except to the extent that any alferaiions, additions or modiftcatrons are setforth in supplementary conditions, 12.2.8 Where the event or series of events giving rise to a claim made under pazagraphs 12.2.1 or 12.23 has a continuing effect, the detailed account submitted under pazagraph 12.2.7 shall be considered to be an interim account and the party making the claim shall submit further interim accounts, at reasonable intervals, giving the accumulated amount of the claim and any further , grounds upon which it is based. The party making the claim shall submit a final account after the end of the effects resulting from the event or series of events. ' 12.2.9 If a Notice in Writing of claim pursuant to paragraph 12.2.1.1 is received on the seventh or sixth calendar day before the expiry of the lien period provided by [he lien legislation applicable at the Place of the Work, the period within which Notice in Writing of claim shall be received pursuant to paragraph 12.23.1 shall be extended to two calendaz days before the expiry of the lien period provided by the lien legislation applicable at the Place of the Work. ' 12.2.10 If a Notice in Writing of claim pursuant to pazagraph 12.2.3.1 is received on the seventh or sixth calendaz day before the expiry of the lien period provided by the lien legislation applicable at the Place of the Work, the period within which Notice in Writing of claim shall be received ptrsuant to pazagraph12.2.1.1 shall be extended to two calendaz days before the expiry of the lien ' period provided by the lien legislation applicable at the Place of the Work. GC 12.3 WARRANTY ' 12.3.1 Except for extended warranties as described in paragraph 12.3.6, the warranty period under the Contract is one yeaz from the 12.3.2 date of Substantial Performance of the Work. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper performance of the Work to the extent that the design and Contract ' Documents permit such performance. 12.3.3 The Owner, through the Consultant, shall promptly give the Contractor Notice in Writing of observed defects and deficiencies which occur during the one year warranty period. 12.3.4 Subject to paragraph 12.3.2, the Contractor shall correct promptly, at the Contractor's expense, defects of deficiencies in the Work which appeaz prior to and during the one year warranty period. 12.3.5 The Contractor shall correct or pay for damage resulting from corrections made under the requirements of paagraph 12.3.4, 12.3.6 Any extended warranties required beyond the one year warranty period as described in pazagraph 12.3.1, shall be as specified in the Contract Documents. Extended warranties shall be issued by the warrantor to the benefit of the Owner. The Contractor's responsibility with respect to extended warranties shall be limited to obtaining any such extended warranties from the warrantor. The obligations under such extended warranties are solely the responsibilities of the warrantor. CCDC2-2008 File 007213 30 Note: This contac! is protected by copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDC 2 copyright seal constineter an infringement of copyright. Only sign this ' contact ij the document cover page bears a CCDC 1 copyright seal to demonstrate Thal it it intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version of CCDC 2 -2008 except to the extent Shal any alleraHorar, additions or modifications are set forth in supplementary conditions. 1 Tender No. CL 2010-i3 SUPPLEMENTARY Ct7Nnlrlnnic GENERAL The General Conditions of the Contract contained in the Canadian Standard Construction Document CCDC 2 Stipulated Price Contract, 2008 Edition, together with the requirements cohtained herein, are applicable io all persons engaged in the Work of this Contract. The Contractor will be required to sign the foregoing document and to sign the Contract copy of drawings and specifications. The following conditions supplement the General Conditions of the Canadian Standard Construction Document CCDC 2 Stipulated Price Contract, 2008 Edition. Where the General Conditions of the Contract are not in agreement with the Supplementary Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions shall govern. The Standard Construction Document for Stipulated Price- Contract, 2008 English versioh, consisting of the Agreement Between Ownar and Contractor, Definitions, acid General Conditions of the Stipulated Price Contract, Parts 1 to 12 inclusive, governing same is hereby made part of these Contract Documents, with the following amendments, additions and modifications. Where these amendments, additions, and modifications specifically reference a change to the Agreement, Definitions, or General Conditions, these amendments, additions and modifications shall govern. ARTICLE A-6 -RECEIPT AND ADDRE33E5 FOR NOTICES IN WRITING Delete Article A-8.1 and substitute new article 6.1: 6.1 Nottces rn Wilting between the parties or between them and the Consultant shall be considered to have been received by the addressee on the date of receipt if delivered by hand or 6y commercial courier- or if sent during normal business hours by fax and addressed asset out below. Such Nottces in Writing will be deemed to be received by the addressee on the next business day if sent by fax after normal business hours or if sent by overnight commercia! courier. Such Notices in Writing will be deemed to be received by the addressee on the fifth Warking Day following the date of mailing, if sent by pre- pa(d registered post, when addressed as set out below. An address far a parry may be changed by Noftce in Writing to 4he other party setting out the new address in accordance with this Article. DEFINITIONS Add the following definition: 19a. Submittals Submitfa/s are documents or items required by the Contract Documents to be provided by the Contractor, such as: - Sbop Drawings, samples, models, mock-ups to indicate details or characteristics, before the portion of the Work that they represent can be incorporated into the Work; and - As-built drawings and manuals 4o provide instructions to the operation and maintenance of the Work. GENERAL No. 2009-19 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800.2 1.1 Where a General Condition or paragraph of the General Conditions of the ' Stipulated Price Contract is deleted by these Supplementary Conditions, the numbering of the remaining General Conditions or paragraphs shall remain , unchanged, and the numbering of the deleted item will be retained, unused. GC 1.7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1 Add to the end of subparagraph 1.1.2.2 Except where the Consultant shall be indemnified as a third party beneficiary as provided in subparagraphs 9.2.7.4, 9.5.3.4 and in 12.1.3. 2 Add new subparagraph 1.1.7.5: 1.1.7.5 In case of discrepancies, noted materials and annotations shall ' take precedence over graphic indications in the Contract Documents. GC 2.2 ROLE OF THE CONSULTANT ' 1 Add at the end of paragraph 2.2.9. "The Owner and the Contractor shall waive any claims against the Consultant arising out of the making of such interpretations and findings made in accordance with paragraphs 2.2.7., 2.2.8. and 2.2.9". 2 Delete the comma after the word "submittals" and add the words "which are provided" before the words "in accordance" in paragraph 2.2.14. GC 2.4 DEFECTIVE WORK 1 Add new subparagraphs 2.4.1.1 and 2.4.1.2: 2.4.1.1 The Contractor shall rectify, in a manner acceptable to the Owner and the Consultant, all defective work and deficiencies throughout the Work, whether or not they are specifically identified by the Consultant. ' 2.4.1.2 The Contractor shall prioritize the correction of any defective work which, in the sole discretion of the Owner, adversely affects the day to day operation of the Owner. ' GC 3.1 CONTROL OF THE WORK .1 Add new paragraph 3.1.3: , 3.1.3 Prior to commencing individual procurement, fabrication and construction activities, the Contractor shall verify, at the Place of the Work, all relevant measurements and levels necessary for proper and complete fabrication, assembly and installation of the Work and shalt further carefully compare such field measurements and conditions with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Where dimensions are nat included or contradictions exist, or exact locations are not apparent, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Consultant in writing and obtain written instructions from the Consultant before proceeding with any part of the affected work. , GC 3.4 DOCUMENT REVIEW 1 Delete paragraph 3.4.1 in its entirety and substitute new paragraph 3.4.1: , I , Project No. 2009-19 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800.3 GC 3.8 3.4.1 The Contractor shall review the Contract Documents and shall report promptly to the Consultant any error, inconsistency or omission the Contractor may discover. Such review by the Contractor shall comply with the standard of care described in paragraph 3.14.1 of the Contract. Except for its obligation to make such review and report the result, the Contractor does not assume any responsibility to the Owner or to the Consultant for the accuracy of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not be liable for damage or costs resulting from such errors, inconsistencies, or omissions in the Contract Documents, which the Contractor could not reasonably have discovered. If the Contractor does discover any error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents, 4he Contractor shall not proceed with the work affected until the Contractor has received corrected or missing information from 4he Consultant. LABOUR AND PRODUCTS Add new paragraph 3.8.4: 3.8.4 The Contractor is responsible for the safe on-site storage of Products and their protection (including Products supplied by the Owner and other contractors to be installed under the Contract) in such ways as to avoid dangerous conditions or contamination to the Products or other persons or property and in locations at the Place oflhe Work to the satisfaction of the Owner and the Consultant. The Owner shall provide all relevant information on the Products to be supplied by the Owner. GC 3.10 SHOP DRAWINGS 1 Add the words "AND OTHER SUBMITTALS° to the Title after SHOP DRAWINGS. 2 Add "and Submittals" after the words "Shop Drawings" in paragraphs 3.10.1,3.10.2,3.10.4,3.10.7,3.10.8,3.10.8.2,3.10.9,3.10.10,3.10.11, and 3.10.12. 3 Delete 3.10.3 in its entirety and substitute new paragraph 3.10.3 GC.3.10.3 Prior to the first application for payment, the Contractor and the Consultant shall jointly prepare a schedule of the dates for submission and return of Shop Drawings and any Submittals. GC 3.14 4 Delete the words `With reasonable promptness so as to cause no delay in the performance of the Work" and replace with `Within 10 working days or such longer period as may be reasonably required° in paragraph 3.10.12. PERFORMANCE BY CONTRACTOR Add new General Condition 3.14.1 3.14.1 In performing its services and obligations under the Contract, the Contractor shall exercise a standard of care, skill and diligence that would normally be provided by an experienced and prudent contractor supplying similar services for similar projects. The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that throughout the Contract, the Contractor's obligations, duties and responsibilities shall be interpreted in accordance with this standard. The Contractor shall exercise the same standard of due care and diligence in respect of any Products, personnel, or procedures which it may recommend to the Owner. ~i No. 2009-19 2 00800.4 , 1 I GC 4.1 GC 6.4 GC 6.5 DELAYS SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Add new General Condition 3.14.2 3.14.2 The Confractorfurther represents, covenants and warrants to the Owner that: .1 The personnel it assigns to the Project are appropriately experienced; 2 It has a sufficient staff of qualified and competent personnel to replace its designated supervisor and project manager, subject to the Owner's approval, in the event of death, incapacity, removal or resignation. CASH ALLOWANCES Delete paragraph 4.1.4 in its entirety and substitute new paragraph 4.1.4: 4.1.4 Where costs under a cash allowance exceed the amount of the allowance, unexpended amounts from other cash allowances shall be reallocated at the Consultant's direction to cover the shortfall. 2 Dele a paragraph 4.1.5 in its entirety and substitute new paragraph 4.1.5: 4.1.5. The net amount of any unexpended cash allowances, after providing for any reallocations as contemplated in paragraph 4.1.4, shall be deducted from the Contract Pnce by Change Order. .3 Delete paragraph 4.1.7 in its entirety and substitute new paragraph 4.1.7. 4.1.7 At the commencement of the Work, the Contractor shall prepare for the review and acceptance of the Owner and the Consultant, a schedule indicating the times, within the construction schedule referred to in GC 3.5, that items called for under cash allowances and items that are specified to be Owner purchased and Contractor installed or hooked up are required at the site to avoid delaying the progress of the Work. 4 Add new paragraph 4.1.8: 4.1.8 The Owner reserves the right to call, or to have the Contractor call, for competitive bids for portions of the Work, to be paid for from cash allowances. CONCEALED OR UNKNOWN CONDITIONS Add new subparagraph 6.4.5: 6.4.5 The Contractor confirms that, prior to bidding the Project, it carefully investigated the Place of the Work and applied to that investigation the degree of care and skill described in paragraph 3.14.1, given the amount of time provided between the issue of the bid documents and the actual closing of bids, the degree of access provided to the Contractor prior to submission of bid, and the sufficiency and completeness of the informatioh provided by the Owner. The Contractor is not entitled to compensation or to an extension of the Contract Time for conditions which could reasonably have been ascertained by the Contractor by such careful investigation undertaken prior to the submission of the bid. 1 I 1 I 1 I Delete the period at the end of paragraph 6.5.1, and substitute the following words: No. 2009-19 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS ", but excluding any consequential, indirect or special damages." 2 Add new subparagraph 6.5.6. 6.5.6 If the Contractor is decayed in the performance of the Work by an act or omission of the Contractor or anyone employed or engaged by the Contractor directly or indirectly, or by any cause within the Contractor's control, then the Contract Ttme shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Consultant may decide in consultation with the Contractor. The Owner shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for all reasonable costs incurred by the Owneras the result of such delay, including all services required by the Owner from the Consultant as a result of such delay by the Contractorand, in particular, the cost of the Consuffanf's services during the period between the date of Substantial Performance oftlre Work stated in Article A-1 herein as the same may be extended through the provisions of these General Conditions and any later, actual date of Substantial Performance of the Work achieved by the Contractor. GC 6.6 CLAIMS FOR A CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE Odd 4he words "as noted in paragraph 6,6.3" after the words `of the claim" in paragraph 6.6.5 and add the words "and the Consultant", at the end of paragraph 6.6.5. GC 8.2 NEGOTIATION, MEDIATION AND ARBITRATION 1 Add the following new paragraphs 8.2.9, 8.2.10, 8.2.11, 8.2.12., 8.2.13., and 8.2.14. 8.2.9 Within five days of receipt of the notice of arbitration by the responding party under paragraph 8.2.6, the Owner and the Contractor shall give the Consultant a written notice containing: a) a copy of the notice of arbitration b) a copy of supplementary conditions 8.2.9 to 8.2.14 of this Contract, and; c) any claims or issues which the Contractor or the Owner, as the case may be, wishes to raise in relation to the Consultant arising out of the issues in dispute in the arbitration 8.2.10 The Ownerand the Contractor agree that the Consultant may elect, within ten days of receipt of the notice under paragraph 8.2.9, to become a full party to the arbitration under paragraph 8.2.6 if the Consultant: i on; a) has a vested or contingent financial interest in the outcome of the arbitrat b) gives the notice of election to the Owner and the Contractor before the arbitrator is appointed; c) agrees to be a party to the arbitration within the meaning of the rules referred to in paragraph 8.2.6, and, d) agrees to be bound by the arbitral award made in the arbitration. 8.2.11 If an election is made under paragraph 8.2.10, the Consultant may participate in the appointment of the arbitrator and, notwithstanding the rules referred to in paragraph 8.2.6, the time period for reaching agreement on the appointment of the arbitrator shall begin to run from the date the respondent receives a copy of the notice of arbitration. 00800.5 8.2.12 The arbitrator in the arbitration in which the Consultant has elected under paragraph 8.2.10 to become a full party may: ~i GC 9.1 GC 9.2 No. 2009-19 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800.6 ~ I a) on application of the Owner or the Contractor, determine whether the ' Consultant has satisfied the requirements of paragraph 8.2.10, and; , b) make any procedural order considered necessary to facilitate the addition of the Consultant as a party to the arbitration. 8.2.13 The provisions of paragraph 8.2.9 shall apply mutatis mutandis to written notice to be given by the Consultant to any sub-consultant; 8.2.14 In the event of notice of arbitration given by the Consultant to a sub- consultant, the sub-consultant is not entitled to any election with respect to the proceeding as outlined in 8.2.10, and is deemed to be bound by the arbitration proceeding. PROTECTION OF WORtt AND PROPERTY 1 Dele a subparagraph 9.1.1.1 in its entirety and substitute new subparagraph 9.1.1.1: 9.1.1.1 errors in the Contract Documents which the Contractor could not have discovered applying the standard of care described in paragraph 3.14.1; 2 Delete paragraph 9.1.2 in its entirety and substitute the following new paragraph 9.1.2: , 9.1.2 Before commencing any Work, the Contractor shall determine the locations of all underground utilities and structures indicated in the Contract Documents, or that are discoverable by applying to an , inspection of the Ptace of the Work the degree of care and skill described in paragraph 3.14.1. TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES 1 Add to paragraph 9.2.6 after the word "responsible", the following new words: or whether any toxic or hazardous substances or materials already at the Place of the Work (and which were then harmless or stored, contained or otherwise dealt with in accordance with legal and regulatory requirements) were dealt with by the Contractor or anyone for whom the Contractor is responsible in a manner which does not comply with legal and regulatory requirements, or which threatens human health and safety or the environment, or material damage to the property of the , Owner or others, 2 Add "and the Consultant" after the word "Contractor' in subparagraph 9.2.7.4. 3 Add to paragraph 9.2.8 after the word "responsible", the following new words: or that any toxic or hazardous substances or materials already at the Place of the Work (and which were then harmless or stored, contained or otherwise dealt with in accordance with legal and regulatory requirements) were dealt with by the Contractor or anyone for whom the Contractor is responsible in a manner which does not comply with legal and regulatory requirements, or which threatens human health and safety or the environment, or material damage to the property of the Owner or others, 6 'roject No. 2009-19 GC 9.5 MOULD GC 10.2 GC 12.1 GC 12.3 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1 Add "and the Consultant' after "Contracto/' in subparagraph 9.5.3.4. LAWS, NOTICES, PERMITS, AND FEES 1 Delete from the first line of paragraph 10.2.5 4he word, "The' and substitute the words: "Subject to paragraph 3.14.1, the". INDEMNIFICATION 1 Add new clause 12.1.1.3 12.1.1. 3. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Consultant, its agents and employees from and against claims, demands, losses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings by 4hird parties 4hat arise out of, or are attributable to, the Contractor's performance of the Contract, provided such claims are attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property, and caused by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor or anyone for whose acts the Contractor may be liable, and made in writing within a period of 6 years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work as set out in the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, or within such shorter such period as may be prescribed by any limitation statute or the province or territory of the Place of Work. WARRANTY 1 Delete from the first line of paragraph 12.3.2 the word, "The" and ubstitu a the words: "Subject to paragraph 3.14.1, the...". 00800.7 Project No. 20Q9-19 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800.8 SC.15 GC3.13 CUTTING AND REMEDIAL WORK 3.13.1 Delete present text and substitute the following: The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting and remedial work that may be required to make the several parts of the work come together properly except: a) Sawcutting of existing concrete slabs on grade, including those with floor finishes in areas related to the installation of new sanitary services shall be the responsibility of DIVISION 15. b) Division l5 shall also be responsible for re-establishingthebase,subbaseandconcrefeslab in the sawcut areas concerned. c) The General Contractor shall be responsible for the resilient tile, ceramic and carpet repairs, ' and new cove base finishes related to the work referenced above. d) The General Contractor shall be responsible for repairing the wall finishes at locations where ',,existing division 15 piping ductwork have been scheduled for removal by Division 15. e) ;The General Contractor shall be responsible for cutting the existing wall construction for new mechanical pipe risers and repairing the wall construction and finishes at these locations throughout the work. f) .,The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for cutting access holes required for retrofit 'electrical devices and conduit scheduled to occur in existing wall construction. The general ;contractor shall be responsible for repairing the wall construction and finishes at these locations. g) ;'The General Contractor shall be responsible for cutting and patching new openings in jexisting roof structure and roof membrane as required to received scheduled division 15 and 16 items. h) !The trade(s) responsible for ill timed work shall be responsible to the general contractor for the cost of any resulting cutting and / or remedial work. i) !The General Contractor shall be responsible for the restoration of any damage to the existing ;asphalt paving, grass, plant materials, concrete sidewalks, roof membrane, building .structure, sanitary drains, wiring and other existing building components resulting from work iof this contract. END OF SECTION 00800 r Tender No. CL 2010-13 BOUND-IN ARCHITECTURAL SCHEDULES 00860 1 1. LIST OF CONTENTS APPENDIX A MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON Application for Certificate of Payment by Consultant CCDC 15A - 77 Contractor's Breakdown of Application for Payment CCDC 15B - 77 Contractor's Breakdown of Application for Payment CCDC 9A - 2001 Statutory Declaration to be made by the Contractor when applying for release of hold- back, security deposit, second and subsequent progress payment, upon Substantial or Total Performance CCDC 9B - 2001 Statutory Declaration to be made by the Subcontractor to accompany the second and subsequent progress claims and when applying for release of holdback 1977 1977 2001 2001 END OF SECTION 00860 1VS~JI~IICIPAI,I'T~' ®F' CI.f1I~II~GT®l~i ' APPLICATY®l~i F'®I8 CEI2'i'II+TCA~'E ®I' PAYMENT ~Y COI~dSiJL,T~IT FROM CONTRACTOR: Application No.: , TO OWNER: Municipality of Clazington Project 40 Temperance Street Bowmanville, Ontario Project No. L1C 3A6 Attention: Contract No. BY CONSULTANT: 7.R. Preethv Architect We hereby certify that in accordance with your Contract dated the Municipality of Clarington the Contractor is entitled to $ for the work performed and/or holdback releases for [he period to Consultant Tifle Dale: The issuance of this Certificate for Payment shall no[ be taken as a representation that the Consultant has made any examination to ascertain how and for what the Contractor h as discharged the obligations imposed by law under the Workplace Safety and Insurance Boazd, or other applicable statues, non- compliance with which may render the Client personally liable for the Contractor's default. STATEMENT OF ACCOUNTS AMOUNT (GST NOT INCLUDED) 1. Original Conuact Amount $ 2. Changes: Summaries of Approved Change Orders and Approved Change Directives attached (See CCDC 15-B-77) 3. Current Contract Amount 4. Total Value of Work Performed to date 5. Holdback of $ 6. Less Holdback Released $ 7. Holdback Retained 8. Total Value of Work Performed (less holdback) 9. Less Amount previously certified 10. Amount of [his application c I1. GST /HST Amount (Value Added Taxes) 12. Total $ I3. Ba]ance of Contract to Complete $ IMPORTANT: Bylaw, the amount certified is subject to reduction by the amount of any lien for which the Owner has received notice. This certificate is not negotiable and is payable to the payee named in it; issuance, payment and acceptance aze without prejudice to anyrights of the Owner or Contractor under the Contract. DLSTRIBUTION: RECOMMENDED Dt 2 Copies to Owner for Approval FOR PAYMENT (for) Municipality of Clarington RECEIPT OF PAYMENT TO BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY CONTRACTOR Contractor Date ~^ 1 ~i 1 ~~~~ ~~~~~~~o®r~ ®f Pr®gress Payment ®estributi®n by C®ntract®r Standazd Construction Document CC®C 9A - X001 To be made by the Contractor prior to paymentwhen required as a condition for either: second and subsequent progress payments; or release of holdback. Identification of Contract Nazne of Owner Name of Contractor Identification of Declarant __ Name of Declarant Posrtion or Title (e[orfwmete wlm Coavzator) Declaration Ciry/!'own andPravince ' Declared before me in in the yeaz Signature ofDeclarani Name of Contract (Location and description of the Work as it appears in the Contract Documents) Date of Contract: Day Month Year I solemnly declaze that, as of the date of this declaration, I am an authorized signing officer, partner or sole proprietor of the Contractor named in the Contract identified above, and as such have authority to bind the Contractor, and have personal knowledge of [he fact [ha[ al] accounts for labour, subcontracts, products, services, and constmction machinery and equipment which have been incurred directly by the Contractor in the performance of [he work as required by the Contract, and far which the Owner might is any way be held responsible, have been paid in full as required by~the Contract up to and including the latest progress payment received, as identified above, except for: I) holdback monies properly retained, 2) payments deferred by agreement, or 3) amounts withheld by reason of legitimate dispute which have been identified to the party or parties, from whom payment has been withheld. I make this solemn declaration conscientiously believing it to be tme, and knowing that it is of the same force and effect as if made under oath. The last application for progress payment for which the Declarant has received payment is No. dated the day of in the yeaz this day of (A Cammrssioner far Oafhs, Nalary Public, Justice oflhe Peace, etc.) The making of a false or fraudulent declaration is a contravention Apply a CCDC 9 of the Criminal Code of Canada, and could carry, upon conviction, penalfies including fines or imprisonment. COpyrlght Seal 11eT'e. Use of this form without a CCDC 9 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of copyright. Use of this form with a CCDC 9 copyright seal demonstrates that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version of CCDC 9A - 2001. Copyright 2001 Canadian Constmction Documents Committee ~~® ®~~ ~ ~C~as ~'e-~~1~ Standard Constmction Document ®f ~r~gress Payrr~ent9L®/d I~I~GG4~t~lributi®n by Subs®ntract®r CC®C 9 ~ 2001 To be made by the Subcontractor prior to payment when required as a condition for either second and subsequent progress payments; or release of holdback. Ydentification of Subcontract The last application for progress payment for which the Declazant has received payment is No. dated the day of in the yeaz Name of Subcontract (Location and description of the Work as it appears in the Subcontract Documents) Date of Contract: Day Monrh Year Name of Contractor Name of Subcontractor Identification of Declarant Name of Declarant Position or Title (of orfice neta.rim snbcono-eaor) Declaration I solemnly declare that, as of the date of this declaratioq I am an authorized signing officer, partner or sole proprietor of the Subconuactor named in the Subcontract identified above, and as such have authority to bind the Subcontractor, and have personal knowledge of the fact that all accounts for labour, subcontracts, products, services, and construction machinery and equipment which have been incurred directly by the Subcontractor ur the performance of the work as required by the Subcontract, and for which the Contractor might in any way be held responsible, have been paid in full as required by the Subcontract up to and including the latest progress payment received, as identified above, except for: 1) holdback monies properly retained, 2) payments deferred by agreement, or 3) amounts withheld 6y reason of legitimate dispute which have been identified to the party or parties, from whom payment has been witithetd. I make this solemn declaration conscientiously believing it to be true, and knowing that it is of the same force and effect as if made under oath. Declared before me in this day of Ciry/1'awn and Province in the year Commissioner The making o a false or fraudulen4 declaration is a contravention Apply S CCDC 9 of the Criminal Code of Canada, and could carry, upon conviction, penalties including fines or imprisonment. COpyrlght SOal 110T'0. Use of this farm without a CCDC 9 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of copyright. Use of this form with a CCDC 9 copyright seal demonstrates that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version of CCDC 9B - 2001. Copyright 2001 Canadian Constmction Documents Cotnmittee Tender No. CL 2010-13 ADDENDUM 00900.1 1. Additions, deletions and additional instructions in all amendments apply to and govern the Contract Documents in accordance with GCi as amended by the Supplementary Conditions. 2. LIST OF CONTENTS ADDENDUM PAGES DATE AMENDMENT DRAWINGS NO. INCLUDED: As per specification section 00010 "List of Documents" and as amended by Addendum no. 1, dated May 3, 2010 Post Addendum no. 1, dated May 19, 2010 Post Addendum no. 2, dated May 20, 2010 Post Addendum no. 3, dated May 21, 2010 END OF SECTION 00900 T6nder No CL2010-13 ADDENDUM NO. 1 PAGE 1 INTERIOR RENOVATIONS TO GARNET B. RICKARD RECREATIONAL COMPLEX Change Room and Seating Renovations Tender CL 2010-13 1.1 The following additions, deletions and additional instructions shall apply to and govern the contract documents. 1.2 Electrical: 1.2.1 As per electrical addendum No. E.1 attached herein. Received A NO. 1 -MAY 03, 2010 '~ ' MANUEL ~J ELECTRICAL ,J JORDAO AND ASSOCIATES LIMITED ENGINEERING TO: J.R, Freethy Architect 5 Silver Street Bowmanville, Ontario L1C 3C2 Attn: Michael Martin DATE: Msy 3, 2010 PROJECT NO: 2009-202 PROJECT: Garnet B. Rickard Change Room 8c Seating Alteration ADDENDUM ADD. NOa R-1 ADDENDUMS ARE 49SUED TO PROVE7E DIRECTION TO THE CONTRACTOR 7'O RiCLUD~B M HIS TENDER PRICE FOR A CHANGE TO THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SHALL BE BJCLUDED AS PART OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE FOLIAWING REVISIONS, ADDITIONS OR DELEI70N3 SHALL BB INCLUDED IN THE STIPULATED WHOLB SUM TENDER WH@~l SUBMrI'rED. 1.0 Reference 1.1 Drawing E-101, "Specification, Legend and Details"• 1.2 Drawing E-202, "New Construction Floor Plan -Lighting". 2A Drawing E-101 (Not Issued with Addendum) 2.1 In "Lighting Fixture Schedule" add Emergilite `IPE' Series as equal for Type `F' & `Fl' lnminerie3, 2.2 Tn "Lighting Fixture Schedule" revise voltage for Types `F', `Fl', `FZ', `F3' & `Z' to 120V from 347V. 2.3 Revise "Legend of Symbols" as per attadled Sketch SI{E01-1. 3.0 Drawirlg_E-202 (Not Issued with Addert~) 3.1 In Alteration `A' area revise lighting fixture designations as follows: • Type `Fl' to read Type `F'. • Type `F1A' to read Type `Fl'. End of Addendum E-1. 556 Edward Ave., Unit 82, Richmond Hill, Ontario, Canada l4C 9Y5 Phone: (906) 780-8590 Fax: (905) 780-8581 Email: mjordao~mjeeng.com 1 I PL~4 ^~ C/W PILOT LIGHT, wy~ WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR HUBBELL "HI-MOSS° C/W ADAPTING TECHNOLOGY ANO MANUAL AUTO CONTROL CAT. N AD1277W1 OR EQUAL OF WATTS70PPER AND SENSOR SWITCH. I TO 8E CORA STYLE WHITE IN COLOUR WITH MATCHING COVERPLATE. WALL MOUNTED TELEPHONE OUTLET C W WVERPLATE MATCHING ADJACENT CONVENIENCE ~ ~ OUTLETS. MH 12" AF.F. UNLESS NOT D OTHERWISE EXTEND }/4' EMPTY CONDUIT 7D ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. I WALL MOUNTED DATA OUTLET C/W COVERPLATE MATCHING ADJACENT CONVENIENCE OUTLETS. D MH 12° AF.F. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE EXTEND 3/4' EMPTY CONDUIT TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. ~ CONNECTION TO 120V MOTOR OR POWER OUTLET AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. I CONNECTION TO 20BV 1 PHASE MOTOR OR POWER OUTLET A5 INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. ® CONNECTION TO 20BV 3 PHASE MO70R OR POWER OUTLET AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. ® CONNECTION TO 600V 3 PHASE MOTOR OR POWER OUTLET AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. Q CONNECTION 70 BOOV 1 PHASE MOTOR OR POWER OUTLET AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. []J DISCONNECT SWITCH SIZED AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR TO SUIT. m MO70R STARTER SUPPLIED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR BUT INSTALLED AND WIRED BT ELECTRICAL. CONTRACTOR. I ELECTRIC BASEBOARD HEATER 20BV 1 PHASE C/W BUILT-IN THERMOSTAT UNLESS ~ fNO1CATED OTHERWISE. CHROMALOX OR APPROVED EQUAL. WATTAGE OF UNITS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. ~3 RECESSED ELECTRIC FORCE FLOW NEATER 20BV T PHASE C/W BUILT-IN THERMOSTAT TAMPERPROOF. CHROMALOX RFI SERIES. WATTAGE OF UNITS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. ® JUNCTN)N BOX, CEILING MOUNTED C/9V CNtCUR AS NOTED FOR FUTURE POWER CONNECTIONS. (,~ SPEED CONTROLLER SUPPUED, INSTALLED ANO WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ~ PUSHBUTTON (HC -DENOTES HANDICAP PUSHPLATE) p p CIRCULATING FAN SUPPLIED, BJSTALLED k WIRED BY THIS ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. OO CANARM MODEL MC-10 Q FIRE ALARM MANUAL PULL STATION. FIRE ALARM BELL Q FlRE ALARM HEAT DETECTOR, 133'F RATE OF RISE. 1~ FlRE ALARM HEAT DETECTOR, 200' FIXED TEMPERATURE. ~ FlRE ALARM SMOKE DETECTOR. WP DENOTES WEATHER PROOF. ER DENOTES EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED. RL DENOTES EXISTING IN RELOCATED POSRION. EX DENOTES ESOSTINC TO REMAIN. R DENOTES EXISTING TO BE REMOJED. ® SECURITY SYSTEM MOTION SENSOR N.LC ® SECURITY SYSTEM DOOR CONTACT, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ROUGH-IN COMPRISN4G BACKBOXES, EMPTY CONDUT, ETC. ® SECURTIY SYSTEM KEYPAD SEE NOTES- ON DRAWINGS. ®HD RECESS MOUNTED ELECTRIC AUTOMATIC HANDRYER AT MOUNTING HEIGHTS INDICATED ON ARCHITECTS DRAWINGS. TO BE NOVA 4 AIRFORCE° RECESS MODEL 0710 (2000W, 1B AMP, 12OJ) WHITE IN COLOUR. AT 2WC SENSOR C/W POWERPAK, HUBBELL "HI-MOSS' ADAPTING ® UNCAT TEC OLOGY P MANUEL JORDAO & ASSOCIATES LTp. PROJECT NAME: GARNET B RICKARD 2oas-zoz 556 EDWARD AYE., UNIT 82 RI CH S~s c N 1~ ~~w HWY No. 2 & MARTIN RD. - B `MAY 03/10 4 A A DA OWMANVILLE, ONTARIO I ; PHONE: (905) 780-8580 nn ` PART ADD. E101 F x - PLAN OF DRAWING E-101 sX ( ) A : eas Teo asst SKED1-t [1 r !~ I' I' Tender No. CL 2010-13 POST TENDER ADDENDUM NO. 1 PAGE t INTERIOR RENOVATIONS TO GARNET B. RICKARD RECREATIONAL COMPLEX Change Room and Seating Renovations Post Tender Addendum CL 2010-13 1.0 PART 1: 1.1 The three low bidders are requested to revise and resubmit their stipulated lump sum tender price for Alteration Area A. The stipulated lump sum tender prices for Alteration Areas `B'and `C' shall remain as per the bids submitted on Thursday May O6, 2010. 1.2 The bidders shall submit their revised bids on the enclosed supplemental tender form section 00500 bound herein. The supplemental tender form section 00500 shall be submitted to: The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Office of the Clerk 40 Temperance Street Bowmanville, Ontario at the specified closing date and time of not later than 2:00:00 pm local time, Friday May 28, 2010. 1.3 Suppiementaltenderformsection00400shalibecompletedandsubmittedwiththebidresubmission. 1.4 The supplemental tender forms must be submitted in a sealed envelope identifying the bidders firm and address with the enclosed label attached to the envelope. 1.5 All terms and conditions of tender no. CL2010-13 remain in force. 1.6 Project scheduling remains as set forth in Part 10, Project Scheduling of the Instructions to Bidders spec section 00100 except construction date is amended to June 21, 2010. 2.0 PART 2: Architectural Revialone to Alteration Area 'A' 2.1 Alteration Area `A' is hereby revised as described on Architectural drawing ASK.02 titled "Alternate Changeroom Plans and Sections, dated May 18, 2010 and Architectural sketch ASK.03, fitted "Alternate Change Room Elevations, dated May 18, 2010. 2.2 Delete specification section 02513, Asphaltic Concrete Paving and the scope of work identified therein. 2.3 Delete specification section 03350, Concrete Curbs and Sidewalks and the scope of work identified therein. 2.4 Delete the reinforcement of the roof structure for new unit RTU.1, RTU.1 is deleted. 2.5 Delete the dismounting and reinstallation of the existing AHU canopy structure. 2.6 Delete the tlemolition and modifications to the exterior concrete sidewalk and curbs. Contractor shall be responsible for sod and mulch restoration only as required to fit new construction to existing. 2.7 Refer to specification section 01021, Allowances. Delete cash allowance no. 2, Fire Stopping and Smoke Seals. Total revised cash allowances shall be $3,500.00. Tender No. CL 2010-13 POST TENDER ADDENDUM NO. 1 PAGE 2 2.8 At the existing 2 showers the existing ceramic wall file finish shall remain. At patching locations for plumbing connections, contractor shall use the specified 4" x 4" ceramic wall tile. The existing floor slab within the 2 showers shall be removed. 2.9 Finishing Hardware and Door schedule is revised as follows: ' Delete doors D02 and D06 /frames and scheduled hardware set no. 2. Delete door nos. D04 and DOS /frames and scheduled hardware set no. 4. ' 2.10 11 Provide one 1200 x 1200 marker board in room #118 and 125 as indicated on ASK.02. Ch b h 2. ange room enc lengths are revised as set forth on ASK.02. 2.12 Stick racks are not in the contract. 2.13 Trainers tables are not in the contract. 2.14 At barrier free washrooms lAV 120, lAV 123 cut and patch existing masonry wall and ceramic file ' finish as required to install pipe carriers for the 2 lavs and related plumbing. 2.15 Provide a new 100mm thick concrete slab on grade in LAV 120 and LAV 123. ' 2.16 Hand dryers are not in the contract. 3.0 1 3 PART 3 MECHANICAL AT ALTERATION AREA `A' D lete RTU 1 . e . 3.2 Revise sprinkler configuration at AReration Area 'A' to suit new layout as indicated on ASK.02 in ' accordance with NFPA 13 latest edition. 3.3 Provide new spiral duct work for existing roof top AHU to serve both change rooms. 3.4 Plumbing fixtures, carriers remain as specified. 3.5 Revise plumbing connections to suit new layout on ASK.02. ' 3.6 Electrical force flow heaters provided by division 16. 4.0 PART 4 ELECTRICAL AT ALTERATION AREA `A' ' 4.1 Electrical scope of work forAlteration Area'A' is hereby revised as described on Electrical drawings: E101, Specifications, Legend, and Details, revision #3, dated May 18, 2010 ' E201, Selective Demolition Floor Plan and Key Plan, revision #2, dated May 18, 2010 E202, New Construction Floor Plan -lighting, revision #3, dated May 18, 2010 E203, New Construction Floor Plan -Power, revision #2, dated May 18, 2010 E301, Part Plan New Seating Area Electrical, revision #2, dated May 18, 2010 bound herein. PER J. R. FREETHY ARCHITECT END OF POST TENDER ADDENDUM NO. 1 -MAY 19, 2010 THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON ' PURCHASING DIVISION GARNET B. RICKARD RECREATION COMPLEX RENOVATIONS -CHANGE ROOM AND SEATING RENOVATION5 Page 28 of 28 CL2010.13 SCHEDULE (I) ADDRESS LABEL PLEASE FIRMLY AFFIX THIS ADDRESS LABEL TO THE ENVELOPE CONTAINING YOUR SUBMISSION FOR SUBMITTING BY MAIL OR COURIER. ', ---------_------------------------------cut here-------_----------------------------------- POST TERDER ADDENDUM ENVELOPE RETURN NAME: NAME ................................................ ADDRESS .......................................... ' TELEPHONE ...................................... CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON OFFICE OF THE CLERK 40 TEMPERANCE ST. BOWMANVILLE, ONTARIO L1 C 3A6 TENDER NUMBER: CL2010-13 SPECIFICATION: GARNET B. RICKARD COMPLEX -CHANGE ROOM AND SEATING RENOVATIONS CLOSING TIME & DATE: 2:OOPM (HOURS) 00 MINUTES, 00 SECONDS LOCAL TIME FRIDAY MAY 28, 2010 SEALED BID -----------------------------------------cut here---__------------____-~~~------ Note: Should you decide to use your own return envelope in lieu of the envelope provided, the label above ' must be affixed to the front of your envelope. ALL of the information shown on the above label must be complete. ' The Municipality of Clarington cannot be held responsible for documents submitted in envelopes that are not labelled in accordance with the above instructions. If you have any questions, feel free to ' contact Purchasing at 905-623-3379. Tender No. CL 2010-73 SUPPLEMENTAL TENDER FORM 00500.1 I GARNET B. RICKARD COMMUNITY COMPLEX POST TENDER ADDENDUM -ALTERATION AREA `A' Change Room and Seating Renovations ' Bowmanville, Ontario Tender CL 2010-13 1. Having carefully examined the: INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS /POST TENDER ADDENDUM PTA-1 THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT (Canadian Standard Construction Document CCDC 2, 2008 Stipulated Price Contract) .SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND POST TENDER ADDENDUM NO. DATED ADDENDUM NO. DATED ' ADDENDUM NO. DATED ADDENDUM NO. DATED ' as prepared by the Consultant J. R. FreethyArchitect, and having visited the Project site; we, the undersigned, hereby offer and agree to f urnish all and every kind of labour, scaffolding, tools, implements, machinery, plant, ' services and materials required to complete in a satisfactoryand workmanlike manner all the work required to complete the Alteration Area `A' in accordance with the said Documents for the stipulated sum of: and /100 Dollars ($ _ 1 excluding GST and HST, in lawful money of Canada it notified of the acceptance of this offer within ninety (t30) days of the time set for the opening of Tenders. We hereby agree that this offer shall remain open for the said time whether any other Tender has previously been accepted or not. I / W e untlerstand that our stipulated lump sum tender prices for Alteration Areas `B' and `C' shall remain at the price tendered in our bid submission of May 06, 2010. Tender No CL 2010-13 SUPPLEMENTAL TENDER FORM 00500.2 I / We certify that I / We have the authority to bind the Company Name of Signing Officer(s) Telephone Number of Signing Officers SIGNATURE SIGNATURE NAME OF COMPANY ADDRESS OF COMPANY GST REGISTRATION NUMBER CORPORATE SEAL • Bids ere to remain open for and are subject to acceptance for a period of ninety (90) days from cloeing date. Tender No. CL 2010-13 SUPPLEMENTARY TENDER FORM 00400.1 POST TENDER ADDENDUM GARNET B. RICKARD OOMPLEX Change Room and Seating Renovations Bowmanville, Ontario Tender CL 2010-13 Municipality of Clarington 40 Temperance Street Bowmanville, Ontario L1 C 3A6 LIST OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS The following list of Subcontractors whom the Contractor proposes to retain for this project and whose quotations have been used in completing the form of Tender must be completed by the General Contractor. No deviation from this list will be permitted during the performance of Contract without written permission from the Architect and the Owner. Selective Demolition Earthwork Cast-in-Place Concrete Unit Masonry Structural Steel Miscellaneous Metal Finish Carpentry Architectural Millwork Firestopping and Smoke Seals Sealants Roofing Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Finishing Hardware Gypsum Board Tender No. CL 2010-13 SUPPLEMENTARY TENDER FORM 00400.2 Porcelain /Ceramic Tile Athletic Flooring Painting Marker Boards Spectator Seating Unlts Mechanical Electrical SUBMITTED BY: I / We certify that I / We have the authority to bind the Company Name of Signing Officer(s) Telephone Number of Signing Officers SIGNATURE SIGNATURE NAME OF COMPANY ADDRESS OF COMPANY GST REGISTRATION NUMBER CORPORATE SEAL r-- Tender No. CL 2010-13 POST TENDER ADDENDUM NO. 2 PAGE 1 INTERIOR RENOVATIONS TO GARNET B. RICKARD RECREATIONAL COMPLEX Change Room and Seating Renovations Post Tender Addendum CL 2010-13 2.0 AP RT 1: MECHANICAL DRAWI 2.1 Alteration area'A' ,mechanical systems are hereby revised as follows 2.2 Mechanical drawing M.1, revision 2 is hereby replaced by M.1, revision 3, dated May 19, 2010 Mechanical drawing M.2, revision 2 is hereby replaced by M.2, revision 3, dated May 19, 2010 Mechanical drawing M.3, revision 2 is hereby replaced by M.3, revision 3, dated May 19, 2010 Mechanical drawing M.5, revision 2 is hereby replaced by M.5, revision 3, dated May 19, 2010 Mechanical drawing M.6, revision 2 is hereby replaced by M.6, revision 3, dated May 19, 2010 Mechanical drawing M.7, revision 2 is hereby replaced by M.7, revision 3, dated May 19, 2010 bound herein. _ _NDER ADDENDUM N0.2 -MAY 20, 2010 Tender No. CL 2010-13 POST TENDER ADDENDUM NO. 3 PAGE 1 INTERIOR RENOVATIONS TO GARNET B. RICKARD RECREATIONAL COMPLEX Change Room and Seat)ng Renovations Post Tender Addendum CL 2010-13 3.0 PART 1: STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 3.1 Alteration area 'A' ,Structural systems. are hereby revised as follows: 3.2 Structural drawing S201, revision 2 is hereby replaced by S201, revision 3, dated May 21, 2010 Structural drawing S401, revision 2 is hereby replaced by S401, revision 3, dated May 21, 2010 bound herein. PE J. R. FREETHY ARCH ECT END OF POST TENDER ADDENDUM NO. 3- MAY 21, 2010 Tender No. CL 2010-13 SUMMARY OF WORK 01010.1 PART 1 WORK OF THIS CONTRACT 1.1 Shall include but not be limited to: 1.2 PROVIDE: 1.2.1 Temporary barriers /protection /utilities /security /controls /services /selective demolition 1.2.2 Full time site supervision 1.2.3 Maintenance of temporary construction access routes during entire duration of construction including supervision of all delivery and construction vehicles entering and leaving the site. 1.2.4 Temporary protection, shoring, barriers, security, controls, services fencing to isolate active work zones and the contractors site occupation limits as required to protect the public. 1.2.5 Complete interior and exterior alterations at designated locations. 1.2.6 Selective removal and reinstallation of existing HVAC components as required to fit new construction to existing. 1.2.7 Cast-in place concrete /floor slab repairs 1.2.8 Unit masonry, masonry accessories. 1.2.9 Structural steel, miscellaneous metal, railings, guards 1.2.10 Prefabricated spectator seating -Alteration area `B' - 103 seats, alteration area `C' - 91 seats 1.2.11 Gypsum board ceilings 1.2.12 Thermal and moisture protection 1.2.13 All required cutting and patching of existing masonry including repairs to anchor removallocations 1.2.14 All required cutting and patching as required to erect new structural components 1.2.15 Protection of existing floor surfaces in active work zones including protection of in slab refrigerant lines on Pad 'A' rink surface supply and return mains 1.2.16 Provisions and maintenance of portable 8'-0"height omega fence barriers to enclose active work zones and storage compounds 1.2.17 Structural modifications to the existing building as indicated on the structural drawings 1.2.18 Athletic flooring including cutting and patching of existing flooring, rubber cove base, porcelain tile, ceramic file 1.2.19 Unit masonry, masonry accessories 1.2.20 2 ply modified bitumen roofing membrane, insulaticn vapour barrier, thermal barrier 1.2.21 Prefinished metal flashing 1.2.22 Cutting and patching of existing Pad 'A' corridor ceilings as required to run new mechanical and electrical service connections 1.2.23 Reinforcement of existing roof structure to support new RTU #1 and resultant snow shadow loading increase 1 Tender No. CL 2010-13 SUMMARY OF WORK 01010.2 1.2.24 Cutting and patching of existing roof membrane, built up asphalt, structural deck, vapour barrier and reinforcement for new mechanical penetrations of the roof construction 1.2.25 Cutting and patching of existing Pad 'B' ceilings as required to extend sprinkler system to alteration area 'B' and `C' 1.2.26 Modifications to the existing foundations at alteration area `A' 1.2.27 Dismounting and reinstallation of the existing ANU canopy structure 1.2.28 Fire protection engineering of the modifications to the existing wet sprinkler system zones within the alteration areas `A', 'B' and `C' 1.2.29 Air balancing and commissioning of the HVAC systems modifications. 1.2.30 Overtime premiums for labour costs in order to maintain schedule including weekend work. 1.2.31 Restoration of existing mulch planting bed, concrete walkway, sod restoration as required to install change room addition 1.2.32 Cutting and patching of existing 4 ply BUR roof membrane, thermal insulation, vapour barrier thermal barrier as required to fit new construction to existing. 1.2.33 Bracing, structural modifications, cutting and patching of the existing building wall and roof construction as required to install new construction 1.2.34 Security of the alterationareafromcommencementofconstructionuntilcertificationofsubslantial completion 1.2.35 Interior signage 1.2.36 V'Jashroom accessories, marker boards 1.2.37 Air balancing HVAC systems /ESA permit fees /fire alarm verification 1.2.38 Field supervision, engineering 1.2.39 Establishment of a fire safety plan during construction for the construction site occupation limits 1.2.40 All the above as described on the drawings and as hereinafter specified 1.3 WORK NOT IN THlS CONTRACT 1.3.1 The Owner will apply for and pay for the building permit. PART 2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 2.1 Timing of the Work of this contract shall be as set forth in the Instructions to Bidders and the Tender Form and as itemized herein. 2.1.1 Contractor shall achieve substantial performance of the total contract scope not later than September 15, 2010. 2.1.2 Contractor shall achieve total performance not later than October 15, 2010 2.1.3 Conform to all Divisions and all parts of all Divisions of the Contract Documents commencing with Bidding and Contract Requirements.. 2.1.4 Notes on the drawings supplement the specifications subject to the General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, 2.1.5 Wherever the words, "approved", "satisfactory", "directed" "permitted", "inspected", "instructed", 'required", "submit", "ordered", or similar words or phrases are used in the Contract Documents, it shall be understood, unless the context provides otherwise, that "by (to) the Consultant" follow. Tender No. CL 2010-13 SUMMARY OF WORK 01010.3 2.1.6 The contractor shall maintain the existing fire alarm system fully operational throughout the duration of construction. The contractor shall be responsihle for verification of any modifications to the fire alarm by a qualified independent inspection agency. 2.2 ACCESS TO BUILDING The Owner, Consultant and authorities having jurisdiction shall have access to the work at all times. 2.3 PROVIDE MEANS. SUPPLY AND INSTALL: The words "bv others" when used in the Specifications or on the Drawings shall not mean by someone other than the Contractor. The only means by which something shown or specified shall be indicated as not being in the Contract is bythe use of the initials "NIC" or the words "not in the Contract", "bv Owner", or "~ Owner's forces". 2.4 THE WORD "ALL" Whether used or not, is intended to apply to all products and cases (events) mentioned in the Specifications, unless the context clearly and specifical{y provides otherwise. Example: it may be specified in one place that blocks shall be free from chips and in another place it may stipulate that all blocks shall be clean. It shall be understood from this that all blocks shall be free from chips and clean. 2.5 In all cases where a device or part of the equipment is referred to in the Specifications in the singular number, it is intended that such reference shall apply to as many such devices as are required to complete the installation. PART 3 EXECUTION AND COMPLETION OF THE WORK 3.1 Commence no work on site until contract is signed or letter of intent is received authorizing construction to proceed pending signing of the formal agreement. 3.2 The contractor shall not commence work on site until the building permit has been issued and is posted on site. 3.3 Commence the work within seven days of 4he signing of the Conirac4 or upon receip4 of authorized letter of intent, subject to item 3.2 above. 3.4 If necessary, due to special construction conditions, or if it becomes necessary in order to complete the Work within the contract time, to work overtime, the Contractor shall pay all necessary overtime costs and shall provide all necessary permits, co-ordination, etc. for same. 3.5 It shall be understood that the Contract Price includes sufficient funds for the provisions of temporary heating, temporary shoring, temporary shelters and other necessary measures to enable all sub trades to proceed without delay regardless of weather or field conditions. 3.6 Access to existing building fire exits must be maintained at all times during construction. 3.7 The Contractor may obtain temporary water and power from the existing building at points approved by the Owner. 3.8 The Consultant will chair the preconstruction meeting. 3.9 The Contractor shall chair and m inute bi-weekly construction meetings throughout the duration of the construction. 3.10 The work zone shall be secured by the contractor at all times during execution of work of this contract. Tender No. CL 2010-13 SUMMARY OF WORK 01010.4 3.11 Contractor is responsible for the professional structural engineering design and installation of all temporary shoring (~ existing wall /roof construction cutting and patching locations. Shoring design to be submitted for review by structural consultant in accordance with Secfion 01300 Submi44als 3.12 All debris resulting from selective demolition operations shall be placed in disposal bins / containers within the fenced construction compound 3.13 An area will be designated at the preconstruction meeting for construction vehicle parking during construction. Fire access routes which must not be blocked. 3.14 The existing building fire alarm system must remain in full operation during construction. Provide protective covers on heat and smoke detectors within the active work zones. 3.15 Contractor shall provide temporary hoarding in the form of 5/8" thick plywood and 2 x 4 support framing at 24" o/c to secure all exterior wall openings during construction and tarps to prevent water infiltration to the existing building during demolition and construction operations. Hoarding and weather protection must be reinstated at the end of each working day to secure the sarena. 3.16 Contractor shall co-ordinate sequential review of the scheduled masonry reinforcement with the consultant and municipal building department as the work progresses. 3.17 One block from every 2"tl skid /mortar cubes, concrete cylinders shall be taken and tested in accordance with section 01021 inspection and testing cash allowances. 3.18 Temporary barriers, protection, utilities, security, controls, services 3.19 Full time site supervision 3.20 Maintenance of temporary construction access routes during entire duration of construction including supervision of all delivery and construction vehicles entering and leaving the site 3.21 Temporary 2.44 metre height portable chain link or omega fence to isolate active work zones as required to protect the public and personnel. 3.22 Temporary heat, power, lighting, sanitary facilities, telephone and weather protection 3.23 All new glazing shall be cleaned by the contractor at substantial performance 3.24 All cutting and patching as required to fit new construction to existing 3.25 The Work involves sequential occupancy of sections of the Work. Timing of the Work of this contract shall be as set forth in the Instructions to Bidders and the Tender Form. It is the intent of these documents that, the Contractor shall promptly organize and co-ordinate shop drawing 3.26 Conform to all Divisions and all parts of all Divisions of the Contract Documents commencing with Division 00, Bidding and Contract Requirements. 3.27 Notes on the drawings supplement the specifications subject to the General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract. 3.28 Wherever the words, "approved", "satisfactory", "directed" "permitted", "inspected", "instructed", "required", "submit", "ordered", or similar words or phrases are used in the Contract Documents, it shall be understood, unless the context provides otherwise, that "by (to) the Consultant" follow. 3.29 Wherever the words, "approved", "satisfactory", "directed" "permitted", "inspected", "instructed", "required", "submit", "ordered", or similar words or phrases are used in the Contract Documents, iY shall be understood, unless the context provides otherwise, that "by (to) the Consultant" follow. Tender No. CL 2010-13 SUMMARY OF WORK 01010.5 3.30 The contractor shall maintain the existing fire alarm and security system fully operational thToughoutthedurationofconstruction. The contractorshallberesponsibletorverificationofany modifications to the fire alarm system by a qualified independent inspection agency. , 3.31 The contractor shall ensure that all construction personnel do not enter the occupied portions of the school. ' 3.32 The contractor's farces are restricted to use of the temporary sanitary facilities to be provided under this contract. 4.1 ACCESS TO BUILDING 4.1.1 The Owner, Consultant and authorities having jurisdiction shall have access to the work at all times. 4.1.2 The Owner and other Contractors shall have the right to enter, use and occupy the work site, in whole or in part, and place fittings and equipment before completion of the contract. The Contractor and his Subcontractors shall observe the right of other Contractors or persons authorized by the Owner or Consultant to use the work site. 4.1.3 All of the above as shown or described on the drawings and as hereinafter specified. END OF SECTION 01010 Tender No. CL 2010-13 ALLOWANCES 01021.1 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 1.1. Cash Allowances 2. CASH ALLOWANCES 2.1 Refer to GC.4.1. 2.2 Include in the Contract Price, cash allowances stated herein. The intent of this Specification is 4hat Cash Allowances shall be carried by 4he General Contractor, not by individual subcontractors. Contractor shall read entire Specification prior to bidding and shall include in the Stipulated Contract Sum, all Cash Allowances called for in this or any section of the Specifications. If allowances specified herein are repeated in Trade Sections, or if allowances are specified in Trade Sections but not listed in this section, Contractor is requested to inform Consultant immediately in order that action may be commenced to implement the express intent that all Cash Allowances be carried by General Contractor. 2.3 Conform to General Instructions, Section 01010. 2.4 Cash Allowances, unless otherwise specified, cover the net cost to the Contractor of services, products, construction machinery and equipment, freight, unloading, handling, storage, installation and other authorized expenses incurred in performing the work stipulated under the individual Cash Allowance. 2.5 The Contract Price, and not the Cash Allowances, includes the Contractor's overhead and profit in connection with such Cash Allowances. 2.6 Where authorized expenditures under Cash Allowances exceed the aggregate sum of all of the Cash Allowances the Contractor shall be entitled to compensation for the overrun plus an amount for overhead and profit as specified in the Contract Documents. 2.7 The Contract Price shall be adjusted by written order to provide for any increase or decrease to the aggregate of all of the Cash Allowances as a Change Order. 2.8 Disbursemen4s from Cash Allowances shall be authorised by the Consu14an4 and owner in wri4ing as a Cash Allowance Debit Memo. 2.9 Progress payments on account of work authorized under cash allowances shall be included in the Contractor's monthly certificate for payment. 2.10 Unexpended amounts of Cash Allowances may be reallocated to other specified Cash Allowances ai the sole discretion of the Owner and or Consultant. 2.11 No refund of mark-up will be expected from the Contractor if actual expenditure against specified purpose Cash Allowances is less than the aggregate total of such allowances. 3. CASH ALLOWANCES 3.1 The following Cash Allowances shall be included under Part 1(Alteration Area `A') of the contract: Allowance No. 1 Inspection and testing $ 3,500.00 Allowance No. 2 Fire Stopping and Smoke Seals $ 5.000.00 TOTAL CASH ALLOWANCE $ 8,500.00 END OF SECTION 01021 Tender No. CL 2010-13 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01150.1 1. APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 1.1 Applications for monthlypayments shall be submitted for review bn CCDC Forms 15-77,15-A-77, 15-B-77 (see Section 00860) showing the full schedule of values as per Section 01300, in rough draft form and approved by the Owner, Consultant and Contractor. Draft shall be submitted five (5) days before submission of the formal application in triplicate with one (1) copy each retained by the Owner and Consultant. All Change Orders as approved during the preceding month shall be entered on the application form and shall be kept up-to-date month by month. All expenditures against Cash Allowances shall be similarly claimed for the month that they were invoiced and must be supported by accompanying invoices. Show each Change Order and Cash Allowance items individually and total of Change Orders and Allowances on each application. 1.2 The Consultant shall review and evaluate the draft application with the Owner and the Contractor. Upon approval of the Consultant, the Contractor shall submit the formal application for payment (5 copies required ). 1.3 The Contractor must provide athis /her expense with each application after the first, a Statutory Declaration on CCDC 9A - 2001 certifying that all accounts have been paid for which he /she has received payment as set forth therein. The Statutory Declaration must bear an original CCDC 9 copyright seal. 1.4 Majorsubtradeslistedonsec4ion00400Supplemen4alTenderFormmus4providewi4h4he second and subsequent progress draws a sta4utory declaration on CCDC 9B -2001 a4 his /her expense certifying 4hat all accoun4s have been paid for which he /she has received payment from the contractor. The sta4utory declaration must bear an original CCDC9 copyrigh4 seal or the draw will not be processed. 1.5 VALUATION OF CHANGES IN THE WORK 1.5.1 As set forth in the General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract and as follows: 1.5.2 Upon receipt of a C.C.N. by the Contractor, all Work affected by the contemplated change shall be suspended until a C.O. signed by the Owner is received, or until written notification is received from the Consultant cancelling the C.C.N. In case of delay in issue of a C.O., or where progress of the Work demands, the Consultant, with the approval of the Owner, may give written instruction to the Contractor to proceed with the contemplated change before issue of a C.O. or resolution of any dispute over change to the Contract Price or Time. 1.5.3 If the quotation received is unacceptable as regards price or time, the Consultant will reject same and request a revised quotation from the Contractor. If an acceptable quotation is not received within thirty (30) days of the original issue of a C.C.N., the Consultant will then proceed with a Change Order on the basis of his /her own evaluation as per the general conditions of the contract. 1.5.4 The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all subcontractors with the required copies of C.C.N.'s and change orders. END OF SECTION 01150 lender No. CL 2010-13 SUBMITTALS 01300.1 PART 1 DESCRIPTION 1.1 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED: 1.1.1 Schedule of Values, Construction Schedule, Certificates and Transcripts, Shop Drawings and Product Data, Samples, Record Drawings, and Operating Manuals and Reference Data. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED: f.2.1 Make submittals to the Consultant as called for 4hroughout the Contract Documents, in conformance with this Section. 1.2.2 Make any changes in subm ittals which the Consultant may require, consistent with the Contract Documents and resubmit unless othenuise directed by the Consultant. PART 2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 2.1 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBMITTALS; 2.7.1 When making any submittal, the Contractor shall notify the Consultant, in writing, separate from the submittal, of changes made therein from the Consultant's Drawings or Specifications. The Consultant's review of such submittals or of the revised submittals shall not relieve the Contractor trom responsibility for changes made from the Consultant's Drawings or Specifications not covered by the Contractor's written notification to the Consultant. 2.7.2 The review of submittals by the ConsultanYis for the sole purpose of ascortaining conformance with the general design concept. This review shall not mean that the Consultant approves the detail design inherent in the submittals, responsibility for which shall remain with the Contractor submitting same. Such review shall nct relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for errors or omissions in the submittals, or of his responsibility for meeting all requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the Site, for information that pertains solely to fabrication processor or to techniques of construction and installation, and for co-ordination of the work of all Subcontractors. 2.1.3 The ContractorshallassumeresponsibilityforanyconflictsoccurringbetweentheSubcontractors which result from lack of comparison and co-ordination of submittals of the work of the affected trades. 2.1.4 The review of submittals does not authorize changes in cost or time, 2.1.5 The Work shall conform with reviewed submittals subject to the above conditions.. 2.1.6 All submittals shall be checked by the Contractor for conformity to Drawing and Specifications and his contractual requirements before submission to the Consultantfor review. All submittals must bear the stamp of the Contractor and the signature of an authorized official in the Contractor's organization indicating in writing that such submittals have been checked and co- ordinated by the Contractor and his /her site superintendent . 2.2 SCHEDULING TIME OF SUBMITTALS: ' 2.2.1 Make subm ittals with reasonable promptness and in an orderlysequence so as tocause nodelay in the Work or in the work of other contractors. Be responsible for delays, make up time lost and pay added costs incurred because of not making submittals in due time to permit proper review by the Consultant and the Owner. 2.3 SAMPLES: 2.3.1 Samples shall be constructed of the same materials as specified for the sampled element of the Work. Samples of assemblies shall be prepared so as to hold together as a unit. Tender No. CL 2010-13 SUBMITTALS 01300.2 2.4 TITLE: 2.4.1 Each sheet or sample shall bear a title block or label giving the following information: a) Name of the Work; b) Descriptive name of subject matter; c) Name, address and telephone number of fabricator; d) Name, address and telephone number of person responsible for preparation of submittals; e) Fabricator's project and submittal reference numbers; f) Date prepared, and scale; g} Date approved and initial of authorized person; h) Signature and seal of subconsultant where required by the Documents or authorities. PART 3: SCHEDULE OF VALUES 3.1 Submit a schedule of values, broken down Section by Section and Subcontractor by Subcontractor on the monthly application for payments CCDC Form 15-A-77. PART 4 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 4.i Submit a construction schedule to the Consultant within ten (10) days of award of Contract. 4.2 The construction schedule shall be in the form of a bar chart showing the commencement date, duration, completion--.date and any anticipated interruptions of each Section and each Subcontractor, major material and / or equipment delivery dates. 4.3 All Sections shall be made aware of this Schedule, agree that is feasible and acknowledge their commitment to it. 4.4 Show the date of commencement of work and the dates of Substantial Completion and Total Performance. 4.5 Post, maintain and enforce the schedule in accordance with Section 01040, Co-ordination. PART 5 CERTIFICATES AND TRANSCRIPTS 5.1 Immediately upon award of Contract, submit Workplace Safety & Insurance Board Certificate of Clearance, transcrip4 of insurances executed bonds and copy of Ministry of Labour Notice of Project. PART 6 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA 6.1 Manufacturer's publications are acceptable for non-custom items of equipment. Where manufacturer's catalogues, excerpts from catalogues, pamphlets or other data sheets are submitted for items of equipment in lieu of, or together with prepared shop drawings, submit same number of copies of such publications and specifically indicate the items involved; submissions showing only general information are not acceptable. 6.2 Copies of shop drawings may be required by all or any of the following: Consultant, Subconsultants, Authority, Owner, Contractor, Subcontractor, Fabricator and Operating Manuals and Reference Data. 6.3 Provide the following number of copies of shop drawings: a) All Sections 8 copies: b) One copy of ail Shop Drawings shall be submitted directly to owner's representative at the Owner's address by the Contractor when submittals are being made to the Consultant. Tender No. CL 2010-13 SUBMITTALS 01300.3 6.4 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA SHOW ALL: Necessary plans, elevations, sections and details to show all applicable information as required herein; dimensions; configurations, types and sizes required: Identify each unit type on drawing and on product; placing patterns, spacing, layout, locations, erection diagrams;. integral reinforcement, framing, fabrication; anchoring, anchoring devices; control joints, joints and connections between elements; preparation and reinforcementfornther products to be attached; welds: For structural welds use AWS symbols and clearly show net weld lengths, sizes and sequence; design loads for engineered products such as deck, mechanical and electrical equipment; descriptions of materials; metal, glass, board, panel, etc. thicknesses; finishes, shop and integral including thicknesses, colours, textures; glues, adhesives, joinery; installation details and instructions (for products to be installed by other Subcontractors); functions. PART 7 SAMPLES 7.1 Submit 2 'identical samples of each item required showing specified or proposed materials, construction, finish, colour, texture and pattern. 7.2 One of each pair of accepted samples will be returned 4o the contractor who shall hold it on Site until removal of it from the Site is permitted by the Consultant. 7.3 Any materials or assemblies, whether incorporated in the Work or not, which do nat match approved samples, shall be removed and replaced at no extra cost to the Owner. PART 8 RECORD DRAWINGS 8.1 The Contractor shall obtain from the Consultant a complete and separate set of white prints to keep on the Site at all times. 8.2 These prints shall be marked up by responsible personnel of the Contractor and Subcontractors to record clearly, neatly, accurately and promptlyall Locations of buried mechanical and electrical work and deviations from the Contract bocuments. 8.3 The accurate location, depth, size and type of each underground utility and service line shall be recorded before concealment to ensure accurately directed future access to these concealed services. PART 9 OPERATING MANUALS AND REFERENCE DATA 9.1 The Contractor shall forward the following to the Consultant in conformance with the specified take-over procedures: 8.2 !n triplicate in matching loose leaf binders: a) List of all Subcontractors,majorsuppliers,andlocalequipmentservicerepresentatives,thoir addresses and telephone numbers; b) Date of substantial completion (commencement of warranty periods) and termination dates of warranties; c) operating manuals including lubricating, repair and other instructions to keep all mechanical and electrical !electronic equipment in good working order. Reviewed shop drawings of mechanical and electrical equipment d) final hardware schedule, including lock manufacturer's descriptive and service literature; e) maintenance instructions for all types of floor finish and other special finishes; 1 ~i Tender No. CL 2010-13 SUBMITTALS 01300.4 maintenance and service instructions and manufacturer's literature for all special architectural features -window hardware sources, parts lists, joint sealants used on this project ' g) all duly completed and signed extended warranties, etc.; h) One copv of each of the following in one of the binders: Statutory Declarations on CCA Forms 9A and 9C; Workplace Safety and Insurance Board Certificate; Electrical Safety , Authority Certificate of Inspection; Fire Alarm Verification, Sprinkler Verification, Extended Warranties. h bi h ll b f d Th " " ' 9.3 ear: er s e cover o eac n a format, hard cover. x11 The three binders shall be 8-1/2 9.3.1 Name of Project: "GARNET B. RICKARO -CHANGE ROOM AND SEATING RENOVATIONS" , 9.3.2 Name of Owner: Municipality of Clarington hite t h A R F 9.3.3 rc c reet y . Name of Consultant: J. 9.3.4 Name of Contractor: ~ PART 10 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS 10.1 Subsequent to commencement of work and thereafter at weekly intervals, provide the Consultant with 2 colour copies of each photographs, each recording the construction progress. 10.2 The following submissions shall be provided, subject to revision by the Architect to suit construction schedule. 12 views each bi-weekly period 10.3 Date and note locations on back of each photograph. The prints shall be 4" x 6" in size, mounted in three-hole clear plastic covers suitable for binding in loose-leaf binder. Provide each photograph at the lower right hand corner with a white patch and the name of the Project, the date and location of the exposure, printed on the patch. Location and date may be typed. END OF SECTION 01300 ' Tender No CL 2010 13 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 01600.1 PART 1 DESCRIPTION 1.1 Requirements Included: General Instructions 1.2 Related Requirements: GC.25, "Contractor's responsibility and control of the Work" PART 2 EXAMINATION/REVISIONS 2.1 The Contractor affirms that before tendering the Contractor did examine 4he Site and ascertain the extent and nature of all conditions affecting the performance of the Work including the location of all underground services which may have to be removed, relocated or protected. 2.2 The Contractor affirms tnai nerore cenaering use wnuaci~~ ~~u Cncnitica4inns nrawinesandotherTenderdocuments4horoughly. It shall be 2.3 Drawings are intended to convey the scope of the Work and indicate general and approximate location, size and configuration of equipment, fixtures, ducts, piping, conduit, outlets. Obtain more accurate information about the location, arrangement, connectors and sizes from co- ordination of Shop drawings, field conditions, Specifications and the Drawings including architectural, structural, mechanical and electrical discussions. Where field conditions require reasonable changes in indicated location and arrangements/make such changes at no extra cost to the Owner. 2.4 Inform the Consultant of all problems encountered. Make no revisions without the Consultant's knowledge and approvals. PART 3 SERVICES AND UTILITIES 3.1 Verify the location and/or availability of sewers, gas, water, telephone, electrical, etc. within the building site, adjoining properties, sidewalks, streets, etc. Contractor shall immediatelynotifythe Consultant of any variance with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.2 Protect, relocate or maintain existing active services whenever they are encountered. 3.3 Cap off inactive services and remove the unwanted sections to the approval of the authorities, public utilities and/or the Consultant. 3.4 In the event of damage to active services, notify the Utilities, Authorities and the Consultant immediately. Make all required repairs under the direction of the appropriate utility. Pay all costs of such repairs including overtime as required to restore service(s). PART 4 FINISHED DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS 4.1 Finished work shall be plumb, flush, true to lines, levels and accurate in all respects. Provide all required dimensional co-ordination between the various sections of the Work including field engineering. PART 5 DAILY RECORD 5.1 The Contractor shall maintain a daily written record on Site outlining the progress of the Work; Daily weather conditions; number of men engaged on the Work daily including Subcontractors; commencement and completion dates of all trades, sections of the Work; conditions such as strikes, manufacturing delays affecting the execution of the Contract. 5.2 This record shall be open to inspection by the Consultant upon request. PART 6 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 6.1 Post a copy of the Construction Schedule in the Site office. Update the schedule on a weekly basis. Tender No. CL 2010-13 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 01600.2 PART 7 MODULAR CO-ORDINATION 7.1 The Work incorporates both metric and imperial components. Conform to the modular unit and joint requirements for all components. PART 8 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS 8.1 The specifications are not intended as a detailed description of installation methods, but serve to indicate particular requirements in the completed work. 8.2 Where the specifications do not provide all information necessary for complete installation of an item, then the manufacturer's instructions for first qualityworkmanship shall be strictly complied with. 8.3 Notify the Consultant in writing of conflicts between the specifications and manufacturer's instructions, so that the Consultant may establish the course of action. PART 9 FASTENINGS 9.1 Supplyallfastenings,anchorsandaccessoriesandadhesiverequiredforfabricationanderection of the Work. Exposed metal fastenings and accessories shall be of same texture, colour and finish as base metal on whichtheyoccur. Keep exposed fasteningstoaminimum,evenlyspread and laid out. Exposed means visible by the occupants at Completion of the Work, unless scheduled, indicated or specified otherwise. 9.2 Metal fastenings shall be of the same material as the metal component they are anchoring or of a metal which will not set up an electrolytic action which would cause damage to the fastening or metal component under moist conditions. In general, exterior anchors for windows, roofing sheet metal and anchors occurring on or in an exterior wall or slab shall benon-corrosive, hot dip galvanized steel or stainless steel. 9.3 Anchoring and fastening devices or adhesive, shall be of appropriate type and shall be used in sufficient quantity in such a manner as to provide positive permanent anchorage of the unit to be anchored in position. Install anchors at spacing to provide for required load carrying capacity. Fastenings which cause spalling or cracking of material to which anchorage is being made are not permitted. 9.4 Attach and fasten fittings and fixtures in place in a safe, sturdy and secure manner so that they cannot work loose or fall or shift out of position during the occupancy of building as a result of vibration or other causes during the normal use of building. 9.5 Do not use powder-actuated fastening devices which are stressed in withdrawal on any part of the work without written Consultant's approval. 9.6 Properly size expansion shield anchor holes in concrete and drill cleanly to avoid over-sizing. 9.7 Wood plugs in masonry are not permitted. Fastenings shall be of permanent type. PART 10 DISSIMILAR METALS 10.1 Insulate metals where necessary to prevent corrosion due to contact between dissimilar metals, and between metals and masonry, concrete or gypsum board. Use bituminous paint, butyl tape, building paper or other approved means. Use bituminous paint only on aluminum surfaces. PART 11 THRESHOLDS 11.1 Set all thresholds in a bed of sealant. Tender No. CL 2010-13 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 01600 3 ' PART 12 EMBEDDED CONDUIT PIPE AND SLEEVES ' 12.1 Fill all unused sleeves and holes not otherwise filled. If unused sleeve is in a fire or sound barrier, it must be filled in such a way as to restore the integrity of the fire or sound barrier. 12.2 Sleeves, conduits and pipes which pass through suspended slabs, beams or walls, shall be in approved locations which do not impair the strength of 4he construction. Space them at not Tess than 3 diameter o.c. For conduit greater than one-third slab thickness, depress subgrade to maintain minimum 65 mm concrete above and below conduit, extend coverage 150 mm ' minimum each side of conduit. Where crossovers occur, one conduit or pipe shall be depressed to pass under the other and the subgrade depressed to increase the slab thickness locally. 12.3 Conduits or pipes embedded in concrete slabs on grade shall not be larger in outside diameter than one-third the thickness of the slab, and shall have minimum 50 mm concrete cover to the finished surface. 12.4 Where electrical or telephone boxes are back to back, serving each side, locate them at least 200 mm apart laterally. PART 13 FLOOR SURFACES 13.1 Adequately protect trowelled concrete floors and finished flooring from damage. Take special measures when moving heavy loads or equipment on them. Keep floors free of materials likely to stain or impair bond of applied finishes. PART 14 CONCEALED SERVICES 14.1 Install and arrange all ducts, piping, conduit, wiring and equipment and fixtures in such a wayas ' to conserve headroom and space to provide minimum interference. Except as otherwise noted, run pipes, ducts, tubing and conduit, vertical, horizontal and square with building grid. Conceal pipes, ducts tubing and conduit above ceilings, behind furring or in walls, except in mechanical rooms, equipment rooms and unfinished spaces, unless indicated or specified otherwise. PART 15 DEFLECTION ' 15.1 Provide allowances at the head of non-bearing partitions for deflection of the structure above. Clearance shall be based on span/360 (due to live load only) of old members supporting the floor or roof deck except as indicated otherwise on the drawings or specifications. Maintain the integrity of wall or partitions as fire or acoustic barrier. PART 16 SUSPENDED CEILING SUPPORT 16.1 Provide adequate support for electrical fixtures in suspended ceilings. If separate support for ' such fixtures is not specified and fixtures are to be supported by suspended ceiling ensure that such support is adequate as required by the designated Electrical Inspection Department having jurisdiction and the Ontario Building Code. ' If light fixtures are not supported independent of the ceiling system, then provide certification that adequate support is provided by the suspended ceiling and in particular conformance to the specified design. PART 17 TRADEMARKS AND LABELS 17.1 Locate trademarks and labels on concealed or inconspicuous surfaces or remove by grinding if ' necessary or paint out where surfaces painted. If located conspicuously in exposed location. 17.2 All strippable coatings shall be removed prior to occupancy. END OF SECTION 01600 Tender No. CL 2010-13 PRODUCTS 01610.1 PART 1 DELIVERY/SCHEDULING 1.1 It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that the supplier and/or distributor of the materials specified, which he! she intends to use, are on She Site when required. All field dimensions of the existing field conditions and openings must be fully correlated by the Contractor and related subcontractors and / or suppliers prior to fabrication of the new construction components. The Contractor shall obtain written confirmed delivery dates from the suppliers and ! or distributors. 1.2 Notify the Owner and Consultant of any anticipated delays for the supply of product(s) and/or equipment. PART 2 STORAGE. HANDLING AND PROTECTION 2.1 Store products in original and undamaged conditions with manufacturer's labels intact, protected from weather. The scheduling of the material and equipment iscriticaltoachievingthestipulated occupancy date. The contractor will provide secure enclosed containers on site within 4he designated exterior site occupation limits. 2.2 Store doors and millwork on flat solid supports in secure area under similar temperature and humidity conditions to finished work. 2.3 Paints shall not be stored in the building. 2.4 Damaged products shall be replaced at no cost to Owner. 2.5 Handle products in accordance with WHMIS. END OF SECTION 01610 Tender No. CL 2010-13 CLEANING 01640.1 1. DESCRIPTION 1.1 Requirements Included: 1.1.1 Cleaning of the Work in progress. 2. GENERAL CLEANING 2.1 The Contractor shall clean up the building and Site each day during the construction period. All ' debris and excess material shall be removed from the Site. 2.2 Should the Contractor fail to perform such clean up and /or removal, then the Consultant shall, on behalf of the Owner, notify the Contractor in writing that he /she is in default of his /her contractual obligations and instruct the Contractor to undertake said work within 24 hours of receiving the notice. 2.3 If the Contractor fails to comply with the direction, then the Owner may undertake such work and may deduct the cost thereof from the payment then or thereafter due the Contractor. 2.4 Remove oily rags and waste and other combustible debris from the active work zone at close of each day, or more often it required, and from site construction compound at least once a week. 3. STRIPPABLE COATINGS AND LABELS 3.1 Remove from finished surfaces ail labels and strippable protective coatings before they thermoset. All glazing shall be cleaned by the contractor prior to substantial performance. 4. FINISHED SURFACES 4.1 Clean finished surfaces upon the completion of the work of each Section for inspection by the Consultant. END OF SECTION 01640 Tender No. CL 2010-13 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700.1 1. 1.1 Requirements Included: 1.1.1 Take-Over Procedure; 1.1.2 Finished Areas; 1.1.3 Final Cleaning; 1.1.4 Systems Demonstrations; 1.1.5 Documents; 1.1.6 Project Commissioning. 2 TAKE-OVER PROCEDURE 2.1 General: 2.1.1 The procedure forcompleting contracts and acceptance bythe Owner is to be in accordance with the method described in the OAA/OGCA Document 100 and any additional requirements described below. The procedure described in the document consists of the following seven stages: Stage 1 Contractor's Inspection for Substantial Performance Stage 2 Contractor's Application for Certificate of Substantial Performance Stage 3 Consultant's Certificate of Substantial Performance Stage 4 Consultant's Certificate for Payment of Holdback Monies Stage 5 Final Inspection for Total Performance Stage 6 Consultant's Final Payment Certificate Stage 7 Warranty Period(s) 2.1.2 All stages will be reviewed at the pre-construction meeting to ensure that all parties understand their responsibilities. 2.2 The Lien Period: The Lien Period commencement, procedure and release of holdback monies will be in accordance with the Construction Lien Act 1997. 2.3 Certificate of Substantial Performance: The Certificate of Substantial Performance is to be prepared in the form required by the Construction Lien Act, 1997. When issued, it is to have attached a normal Progress Certificate showing the statement of account to-date and is to besub-titled "Substantial Performance". 2.4 Publication Copy: Submit promptly one copy of the construction trade newspaper containing publication of copy of the Certificate of Substantial Performance. 2.5 Defect and Deficiency: 2.5.1 A defect is an item of the Work required by the Contract which has been installed but requires repair and/or replacement at a specific time. 2.5.2 A deficiency is an item of the Work required by the Contract which has not been installed or put into operating condition. Tender No. CL 2010-13 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700.2 2.5.3 A warranty item is an item of work, installed under a contract which a manufacturer or installer agrees to maintain in, or restore to perfect condition for a specific period of time, after the Owner's acceptance of the Work as being substantially complete. 2.5.4 When, in the Consultant's opinion, the Work under the Contract is substantially complete, and prior to the final inspection by the Owner, a preliminary inspection shall be made at which time all defects and deficiencies shall be listed, taking care to distinguish between the two. 2.5.5 Deficiency List: Neither the Owner's representatives nor the Consultant will be responsible for the issue of extensive lists of deficiencies. The Contractor shall understand that the prime responsibility for ensuring that all items shown on the Drawings and described in the Specification are complete is his /hers. Any inspections to approve Certificates of Substantial Performance shall be immediately cancelled if it becomes obvious that extensive deficiencies are outstanding. 2.5.6 During Phe inspection, decision must be made as to which defects must be rectified before the building can be accepted and which defects are to be treated as warranty items. Deficiencies shall be made good before the Contract is considered complete. 3.1 FINISHED AREAS 3.1.1 Ctose rooms and areas when Work of finished glazing, and painting is at the final application stage and / or complete. 4.1 FINAL CLEANING 4.1.1 Remove waste materials and debris from the Site at regularly scheduled times or dispose of as directed by the Consultant. Do not burn waste materials on site, unless approved by the Owner, Consultant and authorities having jurisdiction. 4.1.2 Make arrangements with and obtain permits from authorities having jurisdiction for disposal of waste and debris. 4.1.3 Leave the work room clean before the inspection process commences. 4.1.4 Immediately prior to occupancy by Owner, clean and dust and remove all stains and smudges from all finished surfaces, and all exposed fixtures and equipment. 4.1.5 Remove dust and soil form all surfaces by vacuuming, damp mopping, washing and scrubbing, as required. Vacuum behind grilles, Louvers and screens. Do not wax terrazzo or resilient the floor finishes. 4.1.6 Glazing surfaces shall be cleaned. 4.1.7 Clean all casework, specialties and accessories. 4.1.8 Remove all necessary labels, protective coating, markings and tags, thoroughly clean surfaces of adhesives. 4.1.9 Avoid contamination of surrounding surfaces with cleaning fluids. 4.1.10 Methods and materials for cleaning shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for the finishes involved. 5.1 SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION 5.1.1 Prior to final inspection, demonstrate operation of each system to Owner and Consultant. Tender No. CL 2010-13 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 3 5.1.2 Instruct personnel in operation, adjustment and maintenance of equipment and systems, using provided operation and maintenance data as the basis for instruction. The Contractor and responsible personnel from the Subcontractors whose work is being demonstrated shall be present at these demonstrations. 6.1 DOCUMENTS 6.1.1 Within 42 days of commencement of Work, the Contractor shall make the first submittal required by OAA! OGCA Document 100, Take-Over Procedures. 6.1.2 Submit a final statement of account giving total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and monies remaining due. 6.1.3 All required documents shall be submitted along with request for certification of Substantial Performance. 7.1 PROJECT COMMISSIONING 7.1.1 Expedite and complete deficiencies and defects identified by the Consultant. 7.1.2 Review maintenance manual contents (operating, maintenance instructions, record "as-built" drawings, materials) for completeness. 7.1.3 Review cash allowances in relation to Contract Price, change orders, holdbacks and other Contract Price adjustments. 7.1.4 Submit required documentation such as statutory declarations, Workplace Safety and Insurance Board Certificate, warranties, certificates of approval or acceptance from the authorities. 7.1.5 Review inspection and testing reports to verify conformance to the intent of the documents and that changes, repairs or replacements have been completed. 7.1.6 Arrange and co-ordinate instruction of Owner's staff in maintenance and operation of mechanical equipment. 7.1.7 When partial occupancy of uncompleted project is required by the Owner, co-ordinate Owner's uses, requirements, access, with Contractor's requirements to complete project. 7.1.8 Provide on-going review,inspectionandattendancetobuildingcall-back,maintenanceandrepair problems during the warranty periods. 7.1.9 Finished areas shall be sequentiallyturned over to the Owner for custodian's to access the work. 7.1.10 Air balancing must be completed not later than September 24, 2010. END OF SECTION 01700 ' Tender No. CL 2010-13 WARRANTIES 01740.1 PART DESCRIPTION 1.1 Requirements Included Definitions; Submittals; Effective date of warranty period; extended or special warranties. 1.2 Related Requirements GC.24, Warranty; Special Conditions section 00800. PART 2 DEFINITIONS 2.1 Defect The failure of equipment or systems to operate in the manner in which they were intended or designed to operate shall constitute a defect. The term "defect" shall not be construed as embracing such imperfections as would naturallyfollow m isuse, tailure to perform recommended maintenance, accident, or the wear and Year of normal use. 2.2 Any manufactured item or material which, when used as directed, must be capable of such use for the duration of the specified warranty period. Failure to comply with this requirement shall be considered as being a "defect". PART 3 SUBMITTALS 3.1 Submit a fully executed and notarized copy of each extended warranty and each warranty with special provisions, worded as per the specifications, along with the application for Certificate of Substantial Completion. PART 4 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF WARRANTY PERIOD 4.1 The Warran4y period for each product or installation shall commence on the date of Substantial Performance as certified by the Consultant or the date of acceptance of a product or system, whichever comes later: 4.2 Execute transition of Performance and Labour acrd Materials Payment Bonds to Warranty period requirements. PART 5 EXTENDED OR SPECIAL WARRANTIES 5.1 In accordance with GC 24, Warranty, as amended by Supplementary Conditions, the following is a list of extended or special warranties. (IE: Warranties which extend beyond the 12 months required under the General Conditions of the Contract or have special conditions attached to them.) This list is given for convenience only and may be incomplete. Warranties may exist elsewhere in the Contract Documents or warranties may be available for products supplied for the Workwithout said warranties being stipulated in the Contract Documents. All such warranties are applicable and in force whether listed in this summary or not. Tender No. CL 2010-13 WARRANTIES 01740.2 PART 6: LIST OF EXTENDED AND SPECIAL WARRANTIES ITEM SECTION WARRANTY PERIO® Section 03345 Concrete Floor Finishes 2 years Section 06400 Architectural Woodwork 2 years Section 07620 Flashing and Sheet Metal 5 years Section 07900 Sealants 5 years Section 08111 Steel Frames 5 years Section 08800 Glazing 5 years Section 09660 Athletic Tile Flooring 2 years END OF SECTION 01740 Tender No. CL 2010-13 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02010.1 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Conditions 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction Document CCDC2-2008 and the SupplementaryGeneral Conditions included in this Specification shall form part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.1.2 The work associated with this section shall complyto all pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements 1.2 Work included: 1.2.1 Work consists of performing selective demolition work on elements of existing building as designated on the drawings and as herein specified and as required bythe work. 1.2.2 Provide all required temporary shoring. 1.2.3 Remove resultant debris from the site. 1.2.4 Patch and make good all adjacent interior and exterior wall, floor and roof construction !interior finishes and millwork damaged by the removal of existing construction. 1.2.5 Remove existing 4 free standing bleacher units and move to exterior ball field on site as directed by the owner. 1.3 Existrna conditions: 1.3.1 Concealed elements of the existing hydronic piping and structure may contain asbestos materials. It is the intent of these specifications that, this material is to be removed under a separate contract by a ifcenced asbestos removal contractor retained by the Owner in accordance with the requirements of 4he applicable legislation, 1.3.2 Demolition of spray or trowel-applied asbestos can be hazardous to health. Should material resembling spray or trowel applied asbestos be encountered in the course of demolition work in other areas, stop work immediately. Do no4 proceed until written instructions have been received from 4he consultant. 1.3.3 The Owner will remove all uniforms computers, furniture and equipment from the entire work zones prior to work of 4his section proceeding. 1.4 Protection: t.4.1 Prevent movement, settlement or damage of adjacent parts of existing building to remain. Provide bracing, sharing as required. Make goad, damage caused by demolition. 1.4.2 Take precautions to support affected structures and, if safety of building appears to be endangered, cease operations and notify consultant. PART 2 EXECUTION 2.1 General: 2.1.1 Dispose of demolished materials except where noted otherwise and in accordance with authorities having jurisdiction. 2.1.2 Install shoring as required to execute the work. Tender No CL 2010-13 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02010 2 2.1.3 Provide temporary weather protection and secure alteration area `A' throughout the execution of the work. 2.1.4 Cut openings for new beams, channels, angles, bearing plates, columns, base plates, lintels, misc. metal items as required to install scheduled items as identified on the drawings and specifications. 2.1.5 Remove and dispose of existing change roam benches and millwork items scheduled for demolition. 2.1.6 Cut openings for new door frames as required to install scheduled lintels and door frame assemblies including related anchors /thresholds. 2.1.7 Remove selectivesectionsofexistingexteriorloadbearingwallconstruction, flashings,sealants, anchors, blocking, shims, sheathing, shelving, miscellaneous framing, masonry, internal wall (lashings at the locations designated and as required to tit new work to existing construction as indicated on the drawings. 2.1.8 Contractor shall inspect bases of existing foundations exposed during demolition operations and notify consultant immediately if defective bearing or condition of concealed members is deteriorated. 2.1.9 Co-ordinate temporary capping off /disconnection of existing active services or services to be abandoned with division 15 and 16. 2.1.10 Provide shoring and remove selective sections of existing bearing and non load-bearing masonry partitions as identified on the drawings. Provide temporary shoring and cut back structural steel members as indicated on the structural drawings. 2.1.11 Cut back roof membrane as required to fit new construction to existing. 2.1.12 Remove existing hollow metal doors and frames complete with all related hardware at the scheduled locations. 2.1.13 Rout and fill all cracks encountered in existing concrete floor slabs. 2.1.14 Remove existing athletic flooring, rubber cove base within the change room alteration areas. 2.1.15 Grind or chip off all adhesive under athletic flooring and cove base removal locations. 2.1.16 Patch masonry wall surfaces at all anchor removal locations. 2.1.17 Remove existing tackboards and prepare existing wall finish for new scheduled finish. 2.1.18 Patch and make good all adjacent finishes as required to fit the new construction to existing conditions. 2.1.19 All floor slab removal locations shall be sawcut. 2.1.20 Remove pipe space enclosures to access plumbing, conduits,ductwork. Remove all abandoned piping /conduit ductwork. Relocate conflicting active services to new concealed locations. 2.1.21 Patch all holes in masonry walls scheduled for new paint finish. 2.1.22 Provide temporaryweatherprotection and secure work zones throughout execution of the work. 2.7.23 Sawcut and remove sections of existing concrete slab on grade, below grade foundation wall construction at the location designated on the drawings in alteration area `A' and as required fo fit new construction to existing. ' Tender No CL 2010-13 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02010.3 2.1.24 Remove existing wall mounted wooden change room bench seating and related support brackets. Cut back metal built in anchors. 2.1.25 Remove existing wall mounted wall mounted steel coat hooks and related anchors. 2.1.26 Arrange for division 15 to remove all existing ductwork in alteration area `A'. 2.1.27 Remove the metal cladding on the existingAHUpenthouseenclosure. Temporarilydismountthe assembly. 2.1.28 Remove all existing wall mounted shelving /marker boards, mirrors, washroom accessories. 2.2 General: 2.2.1 Prepare exposed substrates for new scheduled finishes. 2.2.2 Dispose of all resultant debris in accordance with the requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Recycle debris where possible. 2.2.3 Contractor shall protect existing floor fiinishes scheduled to remain and doors from damage as a result of demolition and disposal operations. 2.2.4 Existing smoke detectors within areas subject to dust generation shall be protected with purpose made temp. caps. 2.2.5 Rout and fill all cracks in existing concrete floor slabs with Sika Pronto 11 "self levelling mortar". 2.2.6 Contractor shall inspect bases of existing steel /wood columns exposed during demolition operations and notify consultant immediately if defective bearing or condition of concealed members is deteriorated. 2.2.7 Co-ordinate temporary capping off /disconnection of existing active services or services to be abandoned with division 15 and 16. 2.2.8 Cut openings in existing structure for scheduled new components. Provide shoring and remove selective sections of existing bearing and non load-bearing masonry panitions as identified on the drawings. Provide temporary shoring and cut back structural steel members as indicated on the structural drawings. 2.2.9 Remove existing hollow metal door frames, doors related hardware, frame anchors, thresholds, at scheduled locations. 2.2.10 Patch and make good all adjacent finishes as required to fit the new construction to existing conditions. 2.2.11 Remove pipe space enclosures to access plumbing, conduits, ductwork. Removealfabandoned piping /conduit. Relocate conflicting active services to new concealed locations. 2.2.12 Remove sections of existing drywall ceilings, acoustic ceiling file assemblies, plaster bulkheads, drywall bulkheads related support framing, fasteners, hanger rods suspension wires, corner beads, j mouldings related accessories, mouldings as required to fit new construction to existing. 2.2.13 Exercise caution at underside of root structure during demolition operations to minimize risk of damage to roof membrane. 2.2.14 Remove existing rubber cove base and as required bythe work to fit new construction to existing. Tender No. CL 2010-13 ELE TIVE DEMOLITION 02010 4 , 2.2.15 Cut back /remove existing gypsum board bulkheads, ceilings to suit new construction. 2.2.16 Arrange for division 16 to remove force flaw heaters at designated locations. 2.2.17 Dispose of demolished materials in accordance with authorities having jurisdiction. All glass shards must be immediately removed from areas accessible by students. 2.2.18 All demolition debris must be in bins within the construction compound not left on the sod / asphalt /play surfaces. 2.2.19 Contractor shall secure the arena building at the end of each work daywith minimum 16mm thick plywood anchored to prevent forced entry. In addition temporary weather protection must be maintained as the work progresses. 2.2.20 Debris resulting from operations of this section must be removed from the active work zones. 2.2.21 No obstructions or debris in the corridors is permitted at any time during construction. 3.1 TEMPORARY SHORING 3.1.1 Contractors shall take all necessary measures to ensure safety to his workers and building occupants during demolition operations. Prevent movement, settlement or damage of adjacent parts of existing building to remain. If safety of building appears to be endangered cease operations and notify Owner and Consultant immediately. 3.1.2 Remove all resultant debris from the job site and dispose of in accordance with the applicable legislation. 3.2 RESTORATION 3.2.1 Upon completion of work, remove any remaining debris, trim surfaces and leave work site clean. 3.2.2 Dispose of demolished materials in accordance with authorities having jurisdiction. All glass shards must be immediately removed from areas accessible by students. 3.2.3 All demolition debris must be in bins within the construction compound not left on the sod / asphalt /play surfaces. END OF SECTION 02010 Tender No. CL 2010-13 EARTHWORK 02210.1 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Conditions 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction Document CCDC2-2008 and the Supplementary General Conditions included in this Specification shall form part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.1.2 The work associated with this section shall complyto all pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 Work Included 1.2.1 Excavation, backfilling, compaction temporary sedimentation and erosion control measures. 1.2.2 Furnish all labour, materials and equipment to complete all site preparation, excavation, trenching, filling, compaction related to the building foundation modifications and concrete slabs on grade and restoration of subgrade within selective building demolition areas. 1.2.3 If any additional materials are required they shall be supplied by the Contractor. Any surplus material shall be removed from the site and disposed of. 1.2.4 Drain the excavations as required, to maintain a dry condition. 1.2.5 All shoring, bracing, guard rails etc. as required to meet the requirements of the Construction Safety Act and the Trench Excavator's Protection Act. 1.2.6 This Contractor shall pay fees, secure all permits and make all necessary arrangements with Utility Companies and local authorities having jurisdiction or owning services on or adjadent to the site. 1.2.7 The Contractor shall be responsible for keeping adjacent public roadways clean on a daily basis. 1.2.8 All surplus material shall be removed from site to a location arranged for and at the expense of the Contractor. 1.2.9 Provide sedimentation and erosion control measures. 1.2.10 Provide excavation and finish grading as required to fit new construction to existing. 1.2.11 All of the above as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein and as required by the work. 1.3 Related Work 1.3.1 Granular base course under asphaltic concrete paving areas provided by Section 02513. 1.3.2 Water, storm and sanitary services and mechanical work including excavation and backfill for same within the building area provided by Division 15 Mechanical shall be in conformance with this Section. 1.3.3 Electrical work and excavation and backfill for same provided by division 16 Electrical shall be in conformance with this Section. Tender No. CL 2010-13__ EARTHWORK 02210.2 1.4 Existing Services and Utilities ~ 1.4.1 Prior to commencing any excavation work, the Contractor shall establish as near as possible the location and state of use of all buried utilities or services. The location shall be clearly marked to prevent accidental disturbances during the work. 1.4.2 Protect all above ground service facilities from damage during the work of this Section. , 1.5 Examination of Site 1.5.1 F_xamine the site, and note all characteristics and features affecting the work. No allowance will ~ ~ be made by the Owner for difficulties encountered or expenses incurred on account of any site condition, or any item existing thereon, visible or known to exist when tender is submitted. ' 1.5.2 Establish the extent and nature of materials necessary to be removed or fill to reach or provide depths, levels, grades and required soil-bearing value. all in conformity with the drawings and specifications. ' 1.5.3 Information shown on drawings regarding levels, is provided in good faith for the Contractor's guidance, but shall in no way relieve the Contractor of responsibility for confirming existing conditions. 1.5.4 When, from information on the drawings or specifications and from site conditions, it is reasonably apparent that additional work or new material is required for completion of the job to ' the Lull intent of the drawings and specification, no extras will be considered for either removal of excess or rejected excavation material from the site or for additional backfilling materials. PART 2 ?RODUCTS 2.1 Backfill 2.1.1 All fill inside the building and under paving, concrete sidewalks, curbs, shall be clean, granular, inorganic material. 2.2 Materials 2.2.1 Type 1 Fill: Granular "A" per Ontario Provincial Standard Specification (OPSS) 1010, clean hard, durable crushed gravel or stone, free from shale, clay, friable materials, organic matter and other deleterious substances and graded within the following limits when tested and giving a smooth curve without sharp breaks when plotted on a semi-log grading chart: MTO Sieve Designation % Passing 37.5m m 100 16.Omm 62 - 100 9.5mm 48 - 73 4.75mm 33 - 55 1.18mm 15 - 45 0.300mm 5 - 22 0.075 0 - 8 2.2.2 Type 2 fill: Granular "B"clean, hard, durable sand, gravel or crushed stone, free from shale, clay, friable materials, organic matter and other deleterious substances and graded within the following limits when tested and giving a smooth curve without sharp breaks when plotted in a sem-log grading chart: L Tender No. CL 2010-13 EARTHWORK 02210.3 MTO Sieve Designation % Passing 150mm 100 26.5mm 50 - 100 4.75mm 20 - 55 1.18mm 10 - 40 0.300mm 5 - 22 0.075m m 0 - 8 2.2.3 Type 3 till: selected material from excavation or other sources, approved by Consultant for use intended, unfrozen and free trom rocks larger than 100mm, cinders, ashes, sods, refuse or other deleterious materials. 2.2.4 Type 4 till: Clean sharp sand free from stone larger than 6mm. 2.3 TOpS011 ' 2.3.1 In addition to any reusable topsoil available from the site, any additional topsoil material to be supplied shall be a sandy loam, screened and free from stones and roots. 2.4 Fill Under Slabs on Grade 2.4.1 Slabs on grade shall be placed on a bed of well compacted granular "A" gravel at least 8" (200mm) thick well rolled to an even surface. Base shall be compacted to provide a hard dense base for the concrete slabs. Compaction shall be a 100% dry density as determined by the Standard Proctor Test. 2.5 Trench Bedding and Backfill 2.5.1 Trench bedding material shall be Granular "A" compacted to 100% Standard Proctor Density. 2.5.2 Trench Backfill material shall be approved native Backfill compacted to 95% Standard Proctor Density (SPD) beneath landscaped areas and Granular "B" compacted to 95% SPD beneath roadway parking areas. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Site Preparation Within Existing Building Alteration Areas 3.1.1 The Contractor shall grade the area of the building and compact approved structural fill as required. 3.1.2 The Contractor shall till and compact the resultant excavation in the selective demolition areas with type 2 fill compacted to 95 proctor. 3.1.3 A representative from a soil testing firm shall be on the site during all filling and compaction activities. 3.1.4 Compact native subgrade before backfilling commences. ' 3.1.5 subgrade to be verified by the Soils Inspection Engineer. 3.2 Excavation 3.2.1 Remove all obstructions of whatever nature encountered in the course of excavation. Tender No. CL 2010-13 EARTHWORK 02210.4 3.2.2 Excess materials not required for other purposes shall be hauled away. Stockpiling on the site will 6e permitted only if the stockpiles do not interfere with construction. All materials and equipment required to fulfil this contract shall be supplied by this Contractor. 3.2.3 The bottom of atl excavations where footings occur shall be levelled and free from all loose or organic materials. All excavations shall be made to clean lines so as to minimize quantity of fill materials required. 3.2.4 Excavation to greater than required depth shall be corrected by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner in the manner as directed by the Consultant. When bearing surfaces are unintentionally over excavated, they shall be protected as necessary and left unaltered until after inspection by the Architect. The bearing surface elevation shall be brought back to that required by the drawings, using concrete of a strength specified by the Consultant or by other means as directed by him. 3.2.5 Notify Consultant to inspect excavations when these are completed to the required depth. 3.2.6 Earth bottoms of excavations to be undisturbed soil, level, free from loose, soft or organic matter 3.2.7 Obtain Consultant's approval of completed excavation. 3.2.8 Remove unsuitable material from trench bottom to extent and depth as directed by Consultant 3.2.9 Where required due to unauthorized over-excavation, fill under bearing surfaces and footings with concrete specified for footings. Fill under other areas withType2fillcompactedtominimum of 95% Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density. 3.2.10 Hand trim, make firm and remove loose material and debris from excavations. Where material at bottom of excavation is disturbed, compact foundation soil to density at least equal to undisturbed soil. 3.2.11 Excavation for all services, water lines and plumbing lines and plumbing is to extend to Competent Native Soil and then backfilled to 95% maximum dry density as determined by the Standard Proctor Test, as to the level of installation of the service. 3.3 Exterior Filling and Backfillin 3.3.1 Exterior new concrete and paved areas to be graded and filled to a level approximately 150mm (6"), below the underside of the finish materials and to receive the appropriate base materials to match details. 3.3.2 Excavateto receive new asphaltic paving and granular base course as specified in Section 02513 3.4 Gradin 3.4.1 All exterior grades shall be executed in accordance with the drawings to each scheduled elevation with allowance for finish as indicated, i.e. topsoil, seeding, sodding, sidewalk or paving. In forming existing grades, remove any large stones, etc., which could interfere with the final dressing of the topsoil. 3.4.2 Surplus excavated material shall be removed from site to a location arranged for and at the expense of the Contractor. Tender No. CL 2010-13 EARTHWORK 02210.5 3.5 Additional Excavation 3.5.1 Should the footing invert bearings at the levels indicated be found by the Consultant to be insufficient, the Consultant may order the excavation carried to the proper bearings. Such work shall be classed as additional work and the cost thereof shall be, determined on a change ' directive basis. 3.6 Water and Excavation 3.6.1 Care must be taken to keep foundations dry during construction by use of trenches, sumps or ' pumps. Entire excavation shall be kept clear of water until footings have taken a permanent set. 3.6.2 Protect open excavations against flooding and damage due to surface run-off. f k i 3.6.3 on o wor Dispose of water in a manner not detrimental to public and private property, or any port completed or under construction . ' 3.6.4 Provide settling basins, or othertreatmentfacilitiestoremovesuspendedsolidsorothermaterials before discharging to storm sewers, water courses or drainage areas. 3.7 Fill Tyges and Compaction 3.7.1 Use fill of types as indicated or specified below. Unless otherwise specified, compact to following densities. 3.7.1.1 Type 1:95% Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density to ASTM D698-78. L 3.7.1.2 Type 2: 95% Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density to ASTM D698-78. 3.7.1.3 Within building area: use Type 2 to underside of base course forfloor slabs. Compact to 100% Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density to ASTM D698-78. Lay in layers not to exceed 200mm. 3.7.1.4 Under concrete slabs: provide 200mm compacted thickness base course of Type 1 fill to underside of slab to suit finish floor elevations shown on drawings. Compact base course to 100% Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density to ASTM D698-78. 3.7.1.5 Retaining walls: use Type 2 fill to subgrade level on high side for minimum 500mm from wall and compact to 95% Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density to ASTM D698-75. Use Type 2 or 3 fill compacted to 95% Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density to ASTM D698-78 for remainder of fill. 3.7.1.6 If, during progress to work, tests indicate fills do not meet specific requirements, remove defective fills, replace and retest at no extra cost. 3.8 Backfillinq 3.8.1 Do not proceed with backfilling operations until Consultant has inspected and approved installation. 3.8.2 Areas to be backfilled to be free from debris, snow, ice, water and frozen ground. 3.8.3 Do not use backfill material which is frozen or contains ice, snow or debris. 3.8.4 Place backfill material in uniform layers not exceeding 300mm compacted thickness to levels required for surfacetreatmentasindicated. Compact each layer before placing succeeding layer. 1 I Tender No CL 2010-13 EARTHWORK 02210.6 ' 3.9 Backfilling Around Installations 3.9.1 Place bedding and surround material as specified elsewhere. 3.9.2 Do not backfill around or over cast-in-place concrete within 72 hours after placing of concrete. 3.9.3 Place layers simultaneously on both sides of installed work to equalize loading. Difference not to exceed 0.600m. 3.9.4 Where temporary unbalanced earth pressures are liable to develop on walls or other structure, permit concrete to cure for minimum 14 days or until it has sufficient strength to withstand earth and compaction pressure and approval obtained from Consultant. 3.10 Underslab Granular Fill 3.10.1 Excavate and remove soft spots and foreign material in the subgrade. 3.10.2 Properly grade and compact granular base after installation of all underground services. 3.10.3 Level fill to required elevations within a tolerance of 13mm (1/2") under a 3050mm (10'-0") straight edge. 3.10.4 Compact porous fill thoroughly with vibratory compactors to 100% Standard Proctor Density. 3.11 Filter Fabric (Erosion Control Measures) 3.11.1 Install in accordance with requirements of M.T. R.C.A. Provide 2-foot overlap between adjoining sheets. Maintain throughout duration of construction. 3.12 Guard Rails and Hoardings 3.12.1 Guard rails, warning and safety lights shall be furnished and erected and maintained as required until the foundations and work under this Division is complete. A temporary 2.44 metre height chain link fence is to be constructed around the active construction zones and is to be maintained for the duration of the construction period. 3.13 Shoring 3.13.1 All shoring, bracing, sheet piling and cribbing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and meet all requirements of the Construction Safety Act and the Trench Excavator's Protection Act. 3.14 Temporary Construction Access The Contractor is responsible for constructing and maintaining temporary construction access routes as required to complete the work. 3.15 Clean Uo 3.15.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for good housekeeping during work of this Section. 3.15.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for keeping the surrounding public roadways free of excessive solid deposits from material hauling trucks. Trucks shall be loaded carefullyto prevent spillage or wind carrying. Any temporary roads on the site shall be kept clean and accessible during the construction period. 3.15.3 Wherever these safeguards are insufficient to prevent street soilage, immediate arrangements will be made to clean road surfaces to the satisfaction of the requirements of the local Municipal Authority. END OF SECTION 02210 i~ Tender No. CL 2010-13 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 02573 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 Conditions 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction Document CCDC2-2008 and the SupplementaryGeneral Conditions included in this Specification shall form part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.1.2 The work associated with this section shall comply to all pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2. Description 1.2.1 Work Included: Provide asphaltic concrete paving and granular base and tine grading for: .1 All required cutting and patching related to dernolished sections of the existing parking lot asphalt and related to work of this contract. All of the above as described on the drawings and as specified herein. 1.2 Related Work 1.2.1 Pavement markings by Section 09900. 1.2.2 Concrete curbs and sidewalks by Section 03350. 1.2.3 Rough grading and stripping of topsoil by Seciion 02210. 1.3 Quality Assurance 1.3.1 Conform to requirements of the specifications of the Ministry of Transportation Ontario, latest revision. 1.4. Submittals 1.4.1. Certificates: Provide proof of quality and quantity of materials brought to the Site, upon request. 1.5. Job Conditions 1.5.1. Field Conditions: Verify job conditions are adequate for commencement of work of this section. 1.5.2. Ensure that all topsoil has been stripped from the area scheduled for paving and excavation and fill have been provided to establish thesubgradeattherequiredelevations. NotifytheContractor of any soft spots or defects. Contractor shall correct such defects prior to commencement of work of this section. 1.5.3. Any damage to adjoining pavement, sod, sidewalks etc., shall be repaired or replaced at no cost to the Owner. Tender No. CL 2010-13 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 02513 2 1.6 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS 1.6.1 Heaw Duty Asphalt /Fire Route /Parking Areas i) 40mm HL 3A surface course ii) SOmm HL 8 base course iii) 150mm gran "A" base iv) 400mm gran "B" subbase PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials 2.1.1 Granular Base Course: 19mm crusher run limestone, granular'A'. 2.1.2 Asphaltic base course: HL8 Hot mix bituminous surfaces 2.1.3 Asphaltic Surface Course: HL3A Hot mix bituminous surfaces 2.1.4 Pavement Edge Sealer: Emulsified asphalt, CGSB CAN2-16.2M77 2.2 EQUIPMENT 2.2.1. Pavers shall be capable of spreading the mixture true to line and grade, and of laying a smooth, consistent, satisfactory mat. Compact with six tonne roller. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Subprade Inspection 3.1.1 It is the responsibility of this Contractor to check the compaction and condition of the grade excavated before placing granular base courses and asphalt under this contract. 3.1.2 The excavated grade shall be made good as required and is to be well compacted using rolling equipment weighing not less than 6 tons to a Proctor Density rating of 95%. 3.1.3 The granular "B" and "A" base courses shall be accurately shaped to conform to the thickness and contours as described on the drawings and finished by blading and rolling to 98% Proctor Density Rating so that the surface is the requisite depth below the finished pavement grade. 3.1.4 Defective areas and soft spots shall be removed to sufficient depth to obtain a solid foundation and refilled with granular materials Class "A" and Class "B" as previously described. Place base and sub-base material only on clean unfrozen surface, properly shaped and compacted, and free from snow and ice. 3.1.5 Place granular sub-base to compacted thickness as indicated. 3.1.6 Place granular base to compacted thickness as indicated. ' Tender No CL 2010 13 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 02513.3 ' 3.1.7 Place in layers not exceeding 150mm compacted thickness. Compact to density not less than 98% Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density with ASTM D698-78. 3.1.8 Finish base surface to be within 10mm of specified grade and shall not deviate more than 3mm on a 3m template. 3.2 Asphalt Concrete Paving 3.2.1 Obtain Consultants approval of base prior to placing asphalt. 1 3.2.2 Place asphalt mix only when base or previous course is fry and air temperature is above 7°C. 3.2.3 When temperature of surface on which material is to be placed falls below 10°C, provide extra rollers as necessary to obtain required compaction before cooling. 3.2.4 Do not place hoY mix asphalt when pools of standing water exists on surface to be paved, during rain, or when surface is damp. ' 3.2.5 Place asphalt concrete in compacted layers as per schedule not exceeding 55mm to thickness, lines and grades indicated. ' 3.2.6 Minimum 120°C mix temperature required when spreading. 3.2.7 Maximum 160°C mix temperature permitted at any time. ' 3.2.8 Compact each course with roller as soon as it can support roller weight without undue cracking or displacement. 3.2.9 On the base course, lay an hot mix, hot laid asphaltic binder course finished to the required thickness. 3.2.10 All paving shall have a uniform grade to adequately surface drain the area and be free from ' depressions in excess of 3mm under a 3m straight edge. 3.2.11 Gver the base paving course install a hot mix, hot laid asphaltic cement surface course finished to the required thickness. ' 3.2.12 Joints between old and new pavement or between successiveday's work shall be carefullymade is such a manner to ensure a thorough and continuous bond between the old and new surfaces. Joints between surface courses shall be staggered from the joints in the underlying course. ' 3.2.13 Hand tamp the asphalt with hot tempers adjacent to manhole covers, catch basins, walks, etc. 3.2.14 Finish asphaltsurfaces straight and true to established levels, free from cracks undrained areas ' or depressions exceeding 3mm as measured with a 3m straight edge parallelling the centre line of the crowned profile. Asphalt shall not vary more than 6mm from the specified thickness. Crown changes in slopes to a gradual curve. ' 3.2.15 Provide at least two rollers and as many additional rollers as necessary to achieve specified pavement density. When more than two rollers are required, one roller must be pneumatic tire type. ' 3.2.16 Overlap successive passes of roller by at least one half width of roller and vary pass lengths. 3.2.17 Roll until roller marks are eliminated. Compact to density not less than 95% of density obtained ' with Marshall specimens prepared in accordance with ASTM D1559-82 from samples of mix being used. 3.2.18 Keep roller speed slow enough to avoid mix displacement and do not stop roller on fresh pavement. 11 Tender No CL 2010-13 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 02513 4 ' I 3.2.19 Moisten roller wheels with water to prevent mix adhesion but do not over water. 3.2.20 Where rolling causes displacement of material, loosen affected areas at once with lutes or shovels and restore to original grade of loose material before rerolling. 3.3 Joints 3.3.1 Cut bituminous course to full depth, unless otherwise noted, in neat lines to expose fresh vertical surfaces. Remove broken and loose material. 3.3.2 Paint exposed vertical edge of asphalticjoints, edges of manholes and catch basin frames, curbs and similar items with hot asphalt cement or emulsified asphalt prime prior to placing asphalt courses. 3.3.3 Where paving comprises two courses, overlap longitudinal joints minimum 150mm. 3.3.4 Carefully place and compact hot asphaltic material against joints. 3.3.5 Cold plane all asphalt joints to a width of 750mm and depth of 40mm. 3.4 Defective Work 3.4.1 Correct irregularities which develop before completion of rolling by loosening surface mix and removing or adding material as required. If irregularities or defects remain aftertinal compaction. remove surface course promptly and lay new material to form a true and even surface and compact immediately to specified density. 3.4.2 Repair areas showing checking or rippling. 3.4.3 Adjust rolleroperationandscreedsettingsonpatertopreventfurtherdefectssuchasripplingand checking of pavement. END OF SECTION 02513 Tender No. CL 2010-13 CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHES 03345.1 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Conditions 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction CCDC2-2008 and the Supplementary General Conditions included in this Specification shall form part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.2.1 The work associated with this section shall comply with the pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements 1.2 Related Work .1 Cast-in place concrete Section 03300 .2 Ceramic Tile Section 09310 1.3 Reference Standards 1.3.1 Do concrete floor finishing work in accordance with CAN3-A23.1-M94 excep4 where specified otherwise. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials 2.1.1 Non-metallic floor hardener: premixed, quartz aggregate abrasion resistant hardener (outdoor storage area only). 2.1.2 Chemical hardener: magnesium fluosilicate and zinc fluosilicate blend. 2.1.3 Use compatible additives, admixtures and hardeners. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Floor Finish 3.1.1 Finish concrete in accordance with CAN3-A23.1-M94 Class A. 3.1.2 Concrete floors scheduled to receive athletic flooring shall be steel trowelled to a smootherfinish. Defects shall be ground off to ensure they will not show through scheduled floor finish. 3.1.3 At areas scheduled for porcelain tile, leave concrete slabs rough but level at elevation to receive finish. 3.1.4 Apply floor hardener to manufacturer's instructions. Cure to manufacturer's recommendations. Outdoor storage area shall receive quartz aggregate hardener. 3.1.5 Do not sprinkle dry cement or dry cement and sand mixture over concrete surfaces. 3.1.6 Saw cut crack-control joints to CAN3-A23.1- M94. END OF SECTION 03345 ~1 Tender No. CL 2010-13 CONCRETE CURBS AND SIDEWALKS 03350.1 ' I PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Conditions 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction CCDC2-2008 and the Supplementary General Conditions included in this Specification shall form part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.1.2 The work associated with this section shall comply with the pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 Work Included: 1.2.1 This work of this section consists of the supply of all labour, material and equipment to construct concrete sidewalks where shown on the drawings. 1.2.2 All concrete shall be minimum 32 mpa, 5 - 8%air entrainment and reinforced with fibermesh fibre reinforcement. Alternately W.W. F. with C.2 exposure class corrosion inhibitors, and shall be placed 3" above granular base surface. 1.2.3 Concrete shall be trowelled with 2'h" wide edger at all panel joints and coarse broom finish texture on a 45° angle in one direction. 1.3 Qualifications 1.3.1 Concrete supplier to be a member of the Ready-Mixed Concrete Association of Ontario 1.3.2 Cement finisher to have at least five (5) years of specialized experience PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Cement to be in accordance with CSA Standard A23.1. 2.2 Water to be in accordance with CSA Standard A23.1. 2.3 Use only those chemical admixtures and air entraining agents currently approved for use by the Ontario M.T.C. in accordance with Form 1303, Material Specifications for Air Entraining Agents and Chemical Admixtures. 2.4 All concrete for walks and curbs shall have "pozzolith" plus M.B.V.R. added, used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Entrained air content shall not be less than 5% and not more than 8%. 2.5 Concrete for all sidewalks and curbs shall be 4000p.s.i., 32 M.P.A. 2.6 Joint filler shall be 13mm (Yi') Korkpak (as supplied by J.E. Goodman Sales) or equal. 2.7 Reinforcement and welded wire mesh are to be free from loose or flaking rust, mud, oil, etc. 2.8 Concrete curbs shall be completed in accordance with OPSS353, except as amended herein PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Lines and Levels 3.1.1 EmployacompetentsurveyortoestablishandmaintainallrequiredlinesandLevels. Reportfield dimensions which do not agree with drawing dimensions to the Consultant immediately. ' Tender No. CL 2010-13 CONCRETE CURBS AND SIDEWALKS 03350.2 3.2 Formwork 3.2.1 Before proceeding with formwork verify all lines and Levels and ensure dimensions agree with drawings. ' 3.2.2 Constructformstoproducefinishedconcreteconformingtotheshape,dimensions,locationsand Levels shown on the drawings. 3.2.3 The proper time for form removal shall be approved by the Consultant. ' 2 3 4 Remove forms in accordance with CSA Standard CAN3-A23 1 M77 . . . - . ' 3.3 Placement of Reinforcing 3.3.1 Place reinforcing steel to CAN3-A23. 1-M77. 3.3.2 Obtain Consultant's approval of reinforcing steel and placing before placing concrete. 3.3.3 Clean reinforcing bofore placing concrete. ' 3.4 Placement of Concrete 3.4.1 Place concrete in accordance with CAN3-A23-1-M77. 3.4.2 Ensure reinforcement and inserts are not disturbed during concrete placement. 3.4.3 Obtain Architect's approval of proposed method for protection of concrete during placing and curing in adverse weather, prior to place of concrete. 3.5 Finishing 3.5.1 Fill and rub all exposed concrete, except sidewalk, with Carborundum. 3.5.2 Rub all exposed sharp edges with Carborundum to produce 3mm (1/8") radiused corners. ' 3 Fi ° 3.5. nish sidewalk surfaces with a fine coarse broom finish 45 angle. Finish edges all around and at joints with a tool producing rounded edge. 3.6 Concrete Sidewalks 3.6.1 The granular base below the concrete sidewalks shall be well watered and compacted to 98% ' Standard Proctor Density. 3.6.2 Place wooden forms ai sides, straight and true and securely braced. ' 3.6.3 Where walks on grade butt up against adjacent construction (curbs) to which they are not bonded, provide 13mm (~/z") premouldod joint filler for the full depth of the shallower member, less one inch and continuing for the full length of the contact. Seal the space over flush with hard ' setting mastic. 3.6.4 Place a well tampered bed of 19mm (3/4") stone 150mm (6") deep full width of walk. ' 3.6.5 Pour 5" of 4Q00 p.s.i. concrete with 4% to 6°i° air entrainment sloped slightly to the curb. 3.6.6 Divide the walks transversely by 13mm (34") wide expansion joints as indication on the drawings incorporating full face 13mm (Yz") thick Korkpak premouldod joint filler of slab depth and width. ' 3.6.7 Divide concrete paving into squares approximately 1200mm (4'-0") x 1500mm (5'-0"). Tender No. CL 2010-13 CONCRETE CURBS AND SIDEWALKS 03350 3 ' 3.6.8 Walk slabs shall be 127mm (5") thick concrete. 3.6.9 Reinforce with 150mm (6") x 150mm (6") x 6/6 welded wire mesh C.2 exposure class -corrosion inhibitors lapped 150mm (6") on all sides and set 2" clear of the top. 3.7 Curing of Sidewalks 3.7.1 Curing of sidewalk slabs shall be effected by using wall-lapped sheets, tarpaulins orheavyquality building paper laid down on the wetted surface of the slab which shall be continuously wet for a minimum of ten (10) days. 3.7.2 All non tinted concrete sidewalks and curbs to be sprayed with Pete-Cure M.T.C. specified grade or two (2) coats of linseed oil thinned with napha, mineral spirits, or turpentine applied in accordance with the procedures set out in Portland Cement Association brochure "Protection of Concrete Pavements from Salt and Calcium chloride. 3.8 Clean Up 3.8.1 Upon acceptance completion of any and all portions of the concrete work, all debris and excess materials shall be removed from the site and it left in a neat and tidy condition to the satisfaction of the consultants. END OF SECTION 03350 Tender No CL 2010-13 MASONRY PROCEDURES 04050.1 1.1 Conditions 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction Document CCDC2-2008 and the Supplementary General Conditions included in this Specification shall form part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.1.2 The work associated with this section shall comply to all pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements 1.2 References 1.2.1 CSA A179-M1994 Mortar and Grout for Unit Masonry. 1.2.2 CAN3-A371-M94 Masonry Construction for Buildings. 1.3 Product Delivery, Storage and Handling 1.3.1 Deliver materials to job site in dry condition. 1.3.2 Keep materials dry until use, except where wetting of bricks is specified. 1.3.3 Store under waterproof cover on pallets or plank platforms held off ground by means of plank or timber skids. 1.4 Protection 1.4.1 Protect masonry and other work from marking and other damage. Protect completed work trom mortar droppings. Use non-staining coverings. 1.4.2 Provide temporary bracing of masonry work during and after erection until permanent lateral support is in place. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials 2.1.1 Masonry materials are specified in related Sections 04100, 04150, 04220 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Workmanship 3.1.1 Do masonry work in accordance with CAN3-A371 except where specified otherwise. 3.1.2 Build masonry plumb, level, and true to line, with vertical joints in alignment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1.3 Layout coursing and bond to achieve correct coursing heights, and continuity of bond above and below openings, with minimum of cutting. 3.2 Tolerances 3.2.1 Tolerances in notes to Clause 5.3 of CAN3-A371 apply. Tender No. CL 2010-13 MA ONRY PRO EDURES 04050 2 ' 3.3 Exposed Masonry 3.3.1 Remove chipped, cracked, and otherwise damaged units in exposed masonry and replace with undamaged units. 3.4 Jointin 3.4.1 Allow joints to set just enough to remove excess water, then tool with round jointer to provide smooth, compressed, uniformly concave joints. Joints shall be 10mm thick. 3.4.2 Strike flush all joints concealed in walls and joints in walls to receive plaster, tile, insulation, or other applied material except paint or similar thin finish coating. 3.5 Cuttin 3.5.1 Cut out neatly for electrical switches, outlet boxes, and other recessed or built-in objects. 3.5.2 Make cuts straight, clean, and free from uneven edges. 3.6 Building-In 3.6.1 Build in all items required to be built into masonry. 3.6.2 Prevent displacement of built-in items during construction. Check plumb, location and alignment frequently, as work progresses. 3.6.3 Brace door jambs to maintain plumb. Fill spaces between jambs and masonry with mortar. 3.7 Support of Loads 3.7.1 Use 20 MPa concrete to Section 03300 -Cast-in-Place Concrete, where concrete fill is used in lieu of solid units. 3.7.2 Use grout to CSA A779 where grout is used in lieu of solid units. 3.7 Support of Loads 3.7.3 Install building paper below voids to be filled with concrete; keep paper 25 mm back from faces of units. 3.8 Provision for Movement 3.8.1 Leave 3 mm space below shelf angles. 3.8.2 Leave 12 mm space between top of non-load bearing walls and panitions and structural elements. Do not use wedges. Pack void between u/s structural element and masonrywith A/D Fire barrier mineral wool firestopping at rated walls, roxul mineral fibre Batts at non-rated walls. 3.9 Loose Steel Lintels 3.9.1 Install loose steel lintels. Centre over opening width. Provide 8" bearing at each end. 3.10 Control Joints 3.10.1 Provide continuous control joints on drawings at junctures between new partitions and existing construction, and max 20' 0" centres. Tender No. CL 2010-13 MASONRY PROCEDURES 04050.3 3.11 Existing Work 3.11.1 Make goad existing work. Use materials to match existing. Existing masonry in good condition may be cleaned and reused to patch new openings in existing construction. 3.11.2 Make provisions for existing rain water leaders, existing structural elements, light fixtures, hose bibbs, receptacles to suit field conditions. All piping penetraeing masonry Yo be sleeved. Receive sleeves from miscellaneous metal division /division 15. Install in unit masonry. 3.11.3 All masonry materials and equipment must be kept within the designated storage compound and active work zone fenced areas. END OF SECTION 04050 Tender No. CL 2010-13 MORTAR AND GROUT FOR MASONRY 04100.1 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Conditions 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction CCDC2-2008 and the Supplementary General Conditions included in this Specification shall form part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.1.2 The work associated with this section shall complywith the pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 Related Work 1.2.1 Masonry procedures: Section 04050 1.3 References 1.3.1 CSA A179-M1994 Mortar and Grout for Unit Masonry. 1.4 Samples 1.4.1 Submit manuf. colour chart in accordance with Section 01300 -Submittals for selection of tinted mortar by Consuitant. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials 2.1.1 Mortar and grout: CSA A179-94 2.1.2 Use aggregate passing 1.18 mm sieve where 6 mm thick joints are indicated. 2.1.3 Colour: ground coloured natural aggregates or metallic oxide pigments. 2.1.4 Dirt resistant additives: aluminum tristearate, calcium stearate or ammonium stearate. 2.2 Material Source 2.2.1 Use same brands of materials and source of aggregate for entire project. Mortar for exterior masonry above grade: .1 Lcad-bearing: Type S. .2 Non-Load-bearing: Type N. 2.2.2 Mortar for foundation walls masonry at or below grade: Type S. 2.2.3 Mortar for interior masonry: 1 Load-bearing: Type S. 2 Non-Load-bearing: Type N. 2.2.4 Propriety cement mortar mixes to produce applicable mortar type. Colour, natural gray. Tender No. CL 2010-13 MORTAR AND GROUT FOR MASONRY 04100.2 2.4 Acceptable Manuf. 2.4.1 Domtar; St. Mary's Cement; St. Lawrence Cement; Canada Cement; Lake Ontario Portland Cement. 2.5 Coloured Mortar 2.5.1 Coloured mortar: use colouring admixture not exceeding 10% of cement content by mass, or integrally coloured masonry cement, to produce coloured mortar to match approved sample. Consultant shall select onecolourfromNorthernPigment"H"seriesstandard range available or equal by Bayferox. 2.5.2 Use coloured mortar to match existing for all exterior architectural concrete veneer wythes. 2.6 Grout 2.6.1 Grout: to CSA A179 Table 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Mixing 3.1.1 Do masonry mortar and grout work in accordance with CSA A179 except where specified otherwise. 3.1.2 Mix grout to semi-fluid consistency. 3.1.3 Incorporate colour admixture into mixes in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.1.4 Prehydrate pointing mortar by mixing ingredients dry, Yhen mix again adding just enough water to produce damp unworkable mix that will retain its form when pressed into ball. Allow to stand for not less than 1 hour not more than 2 hours then re-mix with sufficient water to produce mortar of proper consistency for pointing. 3.1.5 Use of calcium chloride accelerators in the mortar mix is prohibited. END OF SECTION 04100 Tender No. CL 2010-13 MASONRY ACCESSORIES 04150.1 PART1 GENERAL 1.t Conditions 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction CCDC2-2008 and the Supplementary General Conditions included in this Specification sha{I form part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.1.2 The work associated with this section shall comply with the pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 Related Work 1.2.1 Cast-in-place concrete: Section 03300 1.2.2 Masonry procedures: Section 04050 1.2.3 Mortar and grout for masonry: Section 04100 1.2.4 Miscellaneous Metal: Section 05500 1.3 References 1.3.1 CAN3-A371-M94 Masonry Construction for Buildings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials 2.1 Masonrv Wall Tles 2.1.1 Horizontal Masonrv Tie Tvpe 1: Dur-O-Wall DW2D0 Ladur Series 4.76 mm dla. longitudinal rods / 3.66mm cross rods class 3 for above grade masonry. Below grade installations shalt be hot dipped galvanized to 457 g/m2 after fabrication. Provide prefabricated corners and tees at all intersecting wall conditions. 2.1.2 Horizontal masonry 4ie 4vge 2: Fero Shear Truss "Block Shear Connector" assembly consisting of 16ga. steel connector plate hot dipped galvanized to CSA CAN 3-A370 and ASTM requirement of 401 g/m3, V -tie and insulation support. V-tie shall be 4.76 dia. wire conforming to CSA Standard G30.3, hot dipped galvanized to 458g / m x CSA CAN 3-A370. Legs of V-tie shall be sized to mortared in place at the centre of the exterior architectural masonrywy[he (60mm length). The insulation support clip shall be polyethylene as supplied with the Fero block shear system. 2.1.3 Supplemental Masonrv Tie Tvpe 3 (Interior locations onlv): Dur-o-wall DA2200 joint stabilization anchor, 8ga. 2.1.4 Supplemental Wall Tie at Column Locations: (Tie Tvpe.4): Dur-o-wall 4ype F/P column flange flies. 9 guage hot dipped galvanized to 457 g/m~. Spacing ~OOmm vertically. 2.1.5 Supplemental Wall Tie at Structural Channel Locations: (Tie Tvpe 5): Dur-o-wall MSSA anchors mechanically secured with self tapping galvanized Dur-o-Wall SX fasteners. Hot dipped to 457 g/m2. Drill pilot hole in channel for SX fasteners. Tender No. CL 2010-13 MASONRY ACCESSORIES 04150.2 ^ 2.2 Control Joint Bond Break: No. 15 asphalt felt. ' 2.3 Internal wall flashing: Blueskin A.G. thru wall flashing membrane by Monsey Bakor /Sopraseal 1100 by Soprema or ' Perma Barrier System 4000. 2.4 Dampproof course at: ' "Blueskin A.G. Width 50mm less than masonry thickness or equal by Soprema /Grace. 2.5 Masonry Veneer Weep Vents: 90mm x 90mm Blok-Lok aluminum or plastic weephole ventilators. 2.6 Internal Rainscreen Wall Cavity Vent Backup: 1"thickness "Mortar Net" Product #MN10-1 as distributed by J.V. Building Supply, Woodbridge, Ontario. Telephone # 905-851-3744, (1500mm lengths). At base on wall cavity (airspace), provide a continuous installation of the specified mortar net system for the full length of the new exterior wall construction. At base of all exterior steel lintels provide the mortar net system for the full length of the lintel. 2.7 Wall Flashing Adhesive: Air Bloc 21FR by Bakor or as recommended by Membrane Manf. 2.8 Vapour Barrier Membrane: Blueskin A.G. /Sopraseal 1100 / or Perma Barrier System 4000. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Dampproof Course: ' 3.1.1 Install dampproof course at top of all concrete and masonryfoundation walls. Dampproof course shall be 50mm narrower than masonry wythe above and centred on the masonry wythe. 3.2 Flexible Sheet Flashings: 3.2.1 Install flexible sheet flashings in masonry in accordance with CAN3 A371 as follows: .1 Install flashings under exterior masonry veneer bearing on foundation walls /slabs. Base flashing shall project 12mm beyond exterior face of foundation wall. Carry membrane under outer wythe, then up exterior face of air vapour barrier membrane 200mm and embed flashing 25mm in joint of inner structural wythe. Lap end joints minimum 400mm and seal with m anuf. recommended adhesive to ensure watertight seal. Caulk exposedjointwith Butyl sealant prior to erecting veneer. ' 2 Provide flexible through wall flashings at all exterior masonry bearing on lintels, shelf angles, steel plates, steel beam locations. Flashing shall project 12mm beyond exterior face steel supports, then carryflashing under outer wythe, then up backing to exterior face of insulation minimum 200mm. Continue flashing upwards maintaining positive slope to the exterior h ' throug insulation (bevelled) to next inner block course (400mm above lintel) over vapour barrier membrane. Embed flashing 25mm in joint of inner wythe. Tender No. CL 2010-13 MASONRY ACCESSORIES 04150.3 ' 3.3 Masonry Wall CavlYV Pressure Equalization System (Mortar Guard): 3.3.1 At base of all lintel locations provide the mortar net system as described above for full width of all lintel, shelf angles, steel plates, beam locations. 3.4 Masonry WaII Ties / Reinforcemen4 Schedule of Systems 3.4.1 Interior Concrete Unit Masonry Loadbearina and Rion Loadbearina Walls: Provide 4ype 1 masonry ties at 400mm o/c vertically (ie. every second course) for full height of wall section. Provide prefabricated corners and tees at each intersecting new wall location. Lap splices minimum 305mm. Supplemental ties Yype 3 are mandatory at partitions at intersections with existing walls (corrugated brick Ries are not acceptable). Vertical spacing shall not exceed 400mm o/c. Provide additional reinforcement as set forth on the structural drawings. Supplemental ties 4ype 4 shall only be used at col. intersections where insufficient masonrydepth restricts placement of flat bar anchor scheduled by division 5. 3.4.2 Above grade exterior wall construction: 3.4.3 Install first row of masonry type 2 Fero block shear connectors oriented vertically at a spacing commencing 8" (200mm) above top of existing masonry foundation wall and horizontal spacing of 60Dmm (24"). 3.4.4 Install additional ties above first row a maximum horizontal spacing of 600mm and maximum vertical spacing of 400mm. 3.4.5 Atadistance200mm(8")from top of new andrepairareaexteriormasonrywythelocationsinstall an additional row of ties spaced 600mm c/c maximum horizontally. 3.4.6 Provide additional row of ties at each control joint location as detailed on the drawings. 3.4.7 Install type 1 masonry ties at 400mm o/c vertically at inner structural wythe as coursing progresses. 3.4.8 Upon completion of block shear connector installation notify consultant for structural review prior to application of air vapour barrier by section 07790. 3.4.9 Co-ordinate installation of air /vapour barrier system with section 07190. This section shall set the 'V' -ties once division 7 has completed their work and the consultant has approved the installation. 3.4.10 Install the 'V' -ties at all masonry tie locations. Ensure 'V' -ties are set properly to provide full effective restraint of the composite action exterior masonry wythe locations. 3.4.11 Type 4 or type 5 anchors shall be used at intersecting steel col. or concrete conditions to secure masonry veneer and maintain anchor spacing referenced above for type 2 anchors. 3.4.12 Provide type 3 anchors at 400mm o/c at 140 block wall nib locations and juncture of new partitions with existing masonry construction. 3.5 Masonry Vents: 3.5.1 Provide masonry vents as the wythes progress at the scheduled locations in the exterior rainscreen wall veneer as scheduled herein: .1 Base of Wall Cavit 800mm o c. Locate over through wall flashing 2 Exterior Lintel Locations /Architectural Face Brick Masonr Veneer 600mm o c. Locate in vertical joint immediate y over through wall f ashings. .3 Top of Architectural Face Brick Masonry Veneer Wall System Provide vents 800mm o/c at the third course from the top veneer course. END OF SECTION 04150 Tender No. CL 2010-13 UNIT MASONRY 04220.1 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Conditions 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction CCDC2-2008 and the Supplementary General Conditions included in this Specification shall form part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.1.2 The work associated with this section shall comply with the pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 Work Included: 1.2.1 Provide lightweight concrete masonry units for all scheduled new interior concrete block partitions, loadbearing walls, infill areas, pipe space enclosures, cutting and patching locations except where structural drawings indicate requirements for normal weight block. 1.2.2 Provide all required cutting and patching masonry repairs at new and existing door opening locations and interior masonry wall alteration areas. 1.2.3 Provide all required cutting and special shapes required to fit masonry to scheduled structural steel, loose lintels. 1.2.4 Provide new exterior rainscreen wall construction at designated locations. Provide additional reinforcing and concrete fill as detailed on structural drawings. 1.2.5 Provide all required cutting and patching at new sleeve locations. Co-ordinate with division 15 and 16. 1.2.6 Build in electrical panelboards, electrical boxed, conduit, piping, fire hose cabinets, fire extinguisher cabinets, door frames, lintels, structural steel, screens, bearing plates. 1.2.7 Provide all required cutting and patching at new hollow metal door frames, hollow metal screen, louvre, frames in existing unit masonry. 1.2.8 All of the above at the locations as described on the drawings and as specified herein and as required to fit new construction to existing building. 1.2.9 All masonry materials must be stored within the designated site occupation limits. 1.3 Related Work: 1.3.1 Masonry procedures: Section 04050 1.3.2 Mortar and grout for masonry: Section 04100 1.3.3 Masonry accessories: Section 04150 1.3.4 Metal Fabrications Section 05500 1.3.5 Thermal Insulation Section 07190 1.4 References 1.4.1 CAN3•A165 Series (CAN3-A165.1)-M94 CSA Standards on Concrete Masonry Units. Tender No. CL 2010-13 UNIT MASONRY 04220 2 PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials 2.1.1 Lightweight Concrete Masonrv Units: Conforming to CAN 3.A165.1-94 .1 Classification Type Lz 20S .2 Size: Metric Modular .3 Special Shapes: provide bull -nosed units for all exposed corners. Provide purpose-made shapes for lintels and bond beams. Provide additional special shapes as indicated. 2.1.2 Special Lightweight Fire Resistant Concrete Masonry Units 1 Size: metric modular. 2 Special shapes: provide bullnose units for exposed corners. Provide purpose-made shapes for lintels and bond beams. 3 Classification: Type Lz 20S 2.1.3 Architectural concrete masonry units: MasonrvTVpe M.1: Mainfield Metric Modular - 90 x 190 x 390 solid, full face split, single scored conforming to CAN3-165.1 classification S / 15 / A / M. Provide special shapes, corner units. Colour to match Boehmers "Salmon" 2.1.4 Architectural MasonrvTVpe M.2 Architectural concrete block. 90 x 190 x 390 solid, full face split, conforming to CAN3-165.1 classification S / 15 / A / M, complete with special shapes, corner returns. Colour to match Newtonbrook "Butt" PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Laving Concrete Masonry Units 3.1.1 Bond: running except as noted otherwise. 3.1.2 Coursing Height Concrete Masonry Units: 200 mm for one block and one monar joint except 100mm for ashlar courses. Concrete Masonry Units: 200mm for one block and one mortar joint except 100mm for ashlar accent course. Refer to drawings for location of masonry types. 3.1.3 Jointing: concave where exposed or where paint or other finish coating is specified. Strike outer surface of rainscreen wall inner structural wythe joints flush. 3.2 Concrete Masonrv Lintels: 3.2.1 Install reinforced concrete block lintels over openings in masonry where steel or reinforced concrete lintels are not indicated. 3.2.2 End bearing: not less than 200 mm as indicated on drawings. Tender No. CL 2010-13 UNIT MASONRY 04220 3 3.2.4 Completely fill joints with mortar. This is a manda4ory requirement. If inspection reveals Yha4 this requiremen4 has no4 been me4 4he complete masonry panel, par4ftion or wall ' wherein the omission occurs shall (if so ins4ructed bythe Consultant) be pulled down and rebuilt in accordance with this Specifica4ion a4 no additional cost 4o the Owner. 3.2.5 Install through wall flashing in locations indicated. 3.2.6 Reinforcing as specified under Section 04150 shall be placed at first mortar joint above flashing and immediately below top of walls. Locate reinforcing minimum 16" (400mm) lengths at ' intermediate horizontal joints at openings to provide placement at 8" (200mm) intervals vertically. Refer to structural drawings for additional reinforcement requirements. 3.2.7 Brick vents, at base of cavity walls and at all through cavityflashings, shelf angles and lintels shall be set in vertical joints as set forth in section 04150. Line the upper vents to Phe lower vents wherever possible. 3.2.8 Set rough bucks, wood blocks, anchors, bolts, tie bars, inserts, clamps, lintels in masonry, furring strips, wood plugs, flashing, sleeves, pipes, ducts, miscellaneous metals and/or other items that maybe supplied under other sections for building into masonry. Refer to structural drawings for reinforcing steel and grout requirements. ' 3.2.9 Erect face brick from scaffolds erected on face side. 3.2.10 Keep cavity absolutely clear of mortar. Cut off flush pro4ruding mortar on back face of ' extertor wythes. Install mortar dropping control devices in cavity to requirements of manufac4urer's instructions. Move mortar dropping control devices in conjunction with progress of work. ' 3.2.11 Control joints shall be placed in all masonry walls, in accordance with best masonry practice. Locate at intersections of bearing and non-bearing walls, at interior corners, over door heads, wherever shown or called for on the drawings, and at a maximum distance of 7.5 metres. Consultant shall be consulted on site. Control joints shall no4 be filled with mortar. Provide 10mm width at control joint locations. Section 07900 shall provide joint sealants. 3.3 Finallnsoection: 3.3.1 On completion of masonry, it shall be minutely inspected throughout and pointed or repointed as required, filling all holes, raking out loose mortar and repointing joints to make a complete, neat, weather tight job without defects in jointing, to the Consultants approval. All joints in interior masonry shall be pointed, including behind tackboards, chalkboards, and millwork. 3.3.2 Joints between masonry and concrete or metal, where shrinkage may occur, shall be carefully repointed to eliminate all danger of leakage. Where caulking is required, this pointing shall be ' recessed at least 12mm to leave space for caulking compound. 3.4 Cleaning: 1 3.4.1 All exposed walls of masonry shall be thoroughly cleaned on completion, starting at the top of the walls and cleaning down uniformly to base. 3.4.2 Clean off all excess mortar and caulking on completion of masonry work. It is essential that all masonry be protected during construction to avoid the need for excessive cleaning and to reduce efflorescence. If efflorescence appears, prior to completion, the Consultant may withhold from final approval, monies sufficient to cover at least 2 additional cleanings of affected areas during 1 year warranty period. Tender No CL 2010-13 UNIT MASONRY 04220.4 3.5 Stain Removal: 3.5.1 Stains shall be removed as follows: 3.5.1.1 Saturate wall with clear water and scrub. 3.5.1.2 Apply solution of 1/2c. "Calgon" water conditioner and 1/2c "All" detergent dissolved in 1 gal. water, scrubbing all remaining stains. 3.5.1.3 Rinse thoroughly with clear pressurized water. 3.5.1.4 If any stains remain, remove using "Sure-Kteen 101" masonry cleaner as directed by manufacturer (Marathon Equipment, Weston, Ontario). 3.6 Clean Up: 3.6.1 On completion of the work, remove all surplus materials and all equipment from the site. END OF SECTION 04220 Tender No. CL 2010-13 STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120.1 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Conditions 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction Document CCDC2-2008 and the Supplementary General Conditions included in this Specification shall form part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.1.1 The work associated with this section shall complyto all pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements 1.2 Description 1.3 Work Included 1.3.1 Provide all labour materials, plant and equipment tc complete the structural steel work indicated on the structural drawings and as specified herein. 1.4 Reference Standards 1.4.1 Conform to Ontario Building Code O. Reg 350 /06 as amended and CSA-S.16.1-94. Do welding work in accordance with CSA W59- 1989 unless specified otherwise. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials 2.1.1 Angles and channels: to CAN3-G40.20 / G40.21- M87, Grade 300W. 2.1.2 H.S.S. sections to CAN 3-940.20 / G40.21-A87, Grade 350W 2.1.3 Welding materials: to CSA W59-1989. 2.1.4 Bolts, nuts, washers to ASTM A325M. 2.1.5 Anchor bolts: to ASTM A307. 2.1.6 Structural wide flange to CAN/CSA G40.20 / G40.21, Grade 350W. 2.1.7 Galvanizing: hot dipped galvanizing with zinc coating 600g/m2 to CSA G164-M1981. 2.1.8 Shop coat primer: to CISC / CPMA 2-75. 2.1..9 Zinc rich paint galvafroid as supplied by W.R. Meadows Limited. 2.2 Fabrication 2.2.1 Fabricate work square, true, straight and accurate to required size, with joints closely fitted and properly secured. 2.2.2 Provide all required bearing plates to division 4. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Set steel base plates and bearing assemblies true and level at the proper elevation so that upon grouting they will have full bearing. Tender No. CL 2010-13 STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 2 3.2 Clean surfaces within 50mm (2") of any field weld location of materials that would prevent proper welding or produce objectionable fumes while welding is being done. 3.3 Arrange for smoke detectors in work zone to be protected to prevent accidental fire alarm signal and or damage to device during welding operations. 3.4 All field weld flux shall be power brushed and welds primed. 3.5 All field welds shall be inspected by independent testing firm to be assigned by Owner (Owner will pay for inspection services). 3.6 Make good any work which fails inspection and testing. 3.7 Erection of structural steel may be dependent on the work of related trades. Co-ordinate as required. 3.8 Existing building contains combustible components. Take all necessary precautions to ensure field welding operations do not ignite to existing building materials or adjacent new construction elements. 3.9 All lintel support clips shall be painted with 2 coats of galvafroid paint minimum 24 hours after primer has dried at field connection. 3.10 All new lintels /beams within exterior masonry wythe /cavity shall be primed and painted with 2 coats of galvafroid paint. END OF SECTION 05120 Tender No. CL 2010-13 METAL FABRICATIONS 0 500 1 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Conditions 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction CCDC2-2008 and the Supplementary General Conditions included in this Specification shall form part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.1.2 The work associated with this section shall comply with the pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements. i.2 Description 1.3 Work Included 1.3.1 Alteration Area `A' Provide sleeve for exterior R.W.L. wall penetration Alteration Area `B' 1 Provide removable checker plate access covers at intersection with existing rink boards and new spectator seating support structure. .2 Provide prefabricated steel riser plate assemblies Alteration Area 'C' 1 Provide removable checker plate access covers at intersection with existing rink boards and new spectator seating support structure. .2 Provide prefabricated steel riser plate assemblies 1.3.2 All of the above as described on the drawings and as herein specified. 1.4 Related Work 1.4.1 Installation of anchors Section 03302 Cast-in-Place Concrete, Section 04150 Masonry Accessories. 1.4.2 Installation of built-in anchors, steel plates Section 04220 Unit Masonry. 1.5 Reference Standards 1.5.1 Do welding work in accordance with CSA W59- 1989 unless specified otherwise. 1.6 Shop Drawinos 1.6.1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01300 -Submittals. 1.6.2 Submit Shop Drawings of each item for approval. Clearly show assembly. Installation details, methods of fastenings. Do not fabricate until Shop Drawings are reviewed. 1.6.3 Indicate materials, core thicknesses,flnishes, connections,joints,method of anchorage, number of anchors, supports, reinforcement, details, and accessories. Tender No. CL 2010-13 METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 2 PAR72 PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials 2.1.1 Steel sections and plates: to CAN3-G40.21- M87, Grade 300W. 2.1.2 Steel pipe: to ASTM A53-84a standard weight, black finish. 2.1.3 Welding materials: to CSA W59-1989. 2.1.4 Bolts and anchor bolts: to ASTM. A307-84a. 2.1.5 Galvanizing: hot dipped galvanizing with zinc coating 6008/m2 to CSA G164-M1981. 2.1.6 Shop coat primer: to CISC / CPMA 2-75. 2.1.7 Zinc primer: zinc rich, ready mix to CGSB 1- GP-181 M+Amdt-Mar-78. 2.1.8 Grout: non-shrink, non-metallic, Plowable, 24h, 15 MPa, pull-out strength 7.9 MPa. 2.2 Fabrication 2.2.1 Fabricate work square, true, straight and accurate to required size, with joints closely fitted and properly secured. 2.2.2 Where possible, fit and shop assemble work, ready for erection. 2.2.3 Ensure exposed welds are continuous for length of each joint. File or grind exposed welds smooth and flush. 2,3 Shop Painting 2.3.1 Apply one shop coat of primer to metal items, with exception of galvanized or concrete encased ' Items. Primer shall conform to CGSB 1-GP-140C. 2.3.2 Use primer unadulterated, as prepared by manufacturer. Paint on dry surfaces, tree from rust, ' scale, grease. Do not paint when temperature is lower than 7°C. 2.3.3 Clean surfaces to be field welded; do not paint. PART 3 EXECUTION , 3.1 Erection , 3.1.1 Erect metalwork square, plumb, straight, and true, accurately fitted, with tight joints and intersections. 3.1.2 Provide suitable means of anchorage acceptable to Consultant including anchor clips, bar , anchors, expansion balls, shields, and toggles. 3.1.3 Make field connections with high tensile bolts to CAN3-S16.1-M84, or we4d. , 3.1.4 Hand items over for casting into concrete or building into masonry to appropriate tradestogether with setting templates. 3.1.5 Touch-up field welds, bolts and burnt or scratched surfaces after completion of erection with 1 primer. 3.1.6 Touch-up galvanized surfaces with zinc rich primer where burned by field welding. ' Tender No CL 2010-13 METAL FABRICATIONS 0 500'1 3.1.7 Anchor work as detailed; where not detailed provide concealed hangers, supports and anchors necessary to securely fasten work of this section. 3.1.8 Make jointing in built-in sections with hairline joints in the least conspicuous locations and manner. All exposed screws shall be countersunk. All welds shall be ground smooth and filled. 3.1.9 Provide items that are required to be built into the structure. END OF SECTION 05500 Tender No. CL 2010-13 STEEL RAILINGS AND GUARDS 05510.1 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Conditions 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction Document CCDG2-2008 and the SupplementaryGeneral Condftionsincluded inthis Specification shall form part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.1.2 The work associated with this section shall complyto all pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 Work Included at Alteration Areas 'B' and `C': 1.2.1 Provide new, handrails and guards at the new spectator seating locations indicated on the drawings and as herein specified. 1.3 Related Work Specified Elsewhere 1.3.1 Section 03300 Concrete 1.3.2 Section 09900 Painting 1.3 Examination 1.3.1 Measurements shall be taken at the existing building for work which is to befitted or connected to structure before fabrication of the work proceeds. Contractor for work of this section shall accept masonry and building conditions found, and all dimensions governing work shall be taken from the actual structure, and incorporated into the Shop Drawings. Report any variations between job and Drawings dimensions to the Consultant who shall determine the adjustment to be made. 1.4 Submittals 1.4.1 Submit Shop Drawings of each item for approval. Clearly show assembly, installation details, methods of fastenings. Do not fabricate unit Shop Drawings are reviewed. Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with Section 01300. 1.4.2. Shop Drawings shall bear the stamp of a Professional Engineer registered in the Province of Ontario indicating the design including railing impact loads and live loads conform to the Ontario Building Code 2006 as amended. 1.5 Protection 1.5.1 Provide protection to the work of this trade and that of other trades, Work damaged consequent on the performance of this Section or negligence in furnishing and maintaining adequate protection shall be made good as directed by the Consultant at the expense of this Contractor. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials 2.1.1 All metals shall be new, free from rust or other defects impairing strength, durability or finished appearance suitable in all respects to the uses required and subject to the approval of the Consultant. ' Tender No CL 2010-13 STE L RAILINGS AND GUARDS 05510.2 li 2.1 Materials - Cont'd 2.1.2 All gauges for steel plate shall conform to A.S.T.M. Standards. 2.1.3 Steel Tube Sections: Hot formed seamless hollow structural tubing to CAN/CSA-G40.20 and G40.21-M87 square or round as noted. 2.1.4 Bars, Rolled Shapes and Sections: Mild or structural steel, hat and cold rolled sections, sizes and shapes as specified herein 4o CAN/CSA.G40.20 and G40.21. 2.1.5 Rust Resistant Primer: CGSB 1-GP-140C. 2.1.6 Asphaltic Paint: Bakelite 410-02 or approved alternative. 2.1.7 Steel Plate: Hot rolled general purpose grade, flat steel sheet to ASTM-A57G. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Fabrication 3.1.1 Execute work in accordance with reviewed Shop Drawings. 3.1.2 Fit and assembly work in the Shop where possible, keep site assembly to a minimum. 3.i.3 Accuratelyformconnectionswithexposedfacesflush;mitresandjointsYight. Make risers equal height, 3.1.4 Co-ordinate with unit masonry, cast in place concrete and structural steel divisions to receive new railing and guard assemblies as required. 3.1.5 Grind or file smooth, welding and fabrication burrs, leaving ready for subsequent operations. 3.1.6 WorkmanshipshallconformtoNAAMMcommercialclass. Joints and intersecting members shall be accurately fitted, made in true planes, with adequate fastening. Build and erect work plumb, true, square, straight, level, accurate to sizes detailed free from distortion or defects detrimental to appearance and/or performance. 3.1.7 Anchor work as detailed; where not detailed provide concealed hangers, supports and anchors necessary to securely fasten work of this section. 3.1.8 Welding shall conform to the requirements of the current edition of CSA W59 and fabricator shall be fully approved by the Canadian Welding Bureau, in conformance with the requirements of CSA W47. 3.1.9 Structural workmanship shall conform with the requirements of CAN/CSA-516.1-M809 Limit States Design of Steel Structures and Section B, Part 4 of Ontario Building Code. 3.1.10 Steel members shalt be accurately set, true and plumb properly secured in place. Where steel work is exposed, connections shall be continuously welded, concealed connections may be welded or bolted. 3.i.i2 Make jointing in built-in sections with hairline joints in the least conspicuous locations and manner. All exposed screws shall be countersunk. All welds shall be ground smooth and filled. 3.1.13 Insulate where necessary to prevent electrolysis due to metal contact or metal to masonry or concrete contact. ~i ~~ Tender No. CL 2010-1 STEEL RAILIN AND G ARD 0 510'1 3.1 Fabrication - Cont'd 3.1.14 Fabricate steel stair railings and guards consisting of steel pipe supports as described on the drawings. 3.1.15 All new stair railing guards and wall mounted handrails shall be fabricated and assembled to ' intersect as described on the drawings. Connect to existing structure. 3.1.16 Provide for differential movements within assemblies and at junctions of assemblies with surrounding work. 3.2 Shoo Finish 3.2.1 Thoroughly clean all ferrous metals, by methods suitable to remove burrs, weld spatter, rust, loose mill scale, oil, grease, dirt and other foreign matter. Apply one coat of prime paint to all surfaces except those requiring field welding. Brush thoroughly and work well into all crevices. 3.2.2 All metal work specified in this section shall be thoroughly painted one coat of grey metal primer of type approved by the Consultant before delivery to the Site. Metal parts in contact shall be primed before shop assembly. 3.2.3 Back paint with asphaltic paint wherever metal is in contact with concrete, masonry or mortar. 3.2.4 Clean and touch up all field welds with specified primer. ~ END OF SECTION 05510 Tender No. CL 2010-13 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06101.1 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 General Requirements 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction Document CCDC2-2008 and the Supplementary General Conditions included in this Specification shall form part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.1.2 The work associated with this section shall complyto all pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 Source Quality Control 1.2.1 Lumber identification: by grade stamp of an agency certified by Canadian Lumber Standards Accreditation Board. 1.2.2 Plywood identification: by grade mark in accordance with applicable CSA standards. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Interior Lumber Material 2.1.1 Lumber: unless specified otherwise, softwood, S4S, moisture content 19%or less in accordance with following standards: 1 CSA 0141-1991. .2 NLGA Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber, 1987 edition. 2.1.2 Furring, blocking, nailing strips, grounds, rough bucks, curbs: No. 2SPF 2.2 Panel Materials 2.2.1 Douglas fir plywood (DFP): to CSA 0121-M1978, standard construction. Exterior plywood shall be pressure preservative treated to CAN-CSA-080M. 2.2.2 Canadian softwood plywood (CSP): to CSA 0151-M1978, standard construction. 2.3 Fasteners 2.3.1 Nails, spikes and staples to CSA B111-1974. 2.3.2 Bolts: 12.5mm diameter unless indicated otherwise, complete with nuts and washers. 2.3.3 Proprietaryfasteners: toggle bolts, expansion shields and lag bolts, screws and lead or inorganic fibre plugs, recommended for purpose by manufacturer. 2.3.4 Galvanizing: to CSA G164-M1981, use galvanized fasteners for exterior work pressure- preservative treated lumber. 2.4 Wood Blockino, Nailers for Exterior Applications 2.4.1 Pressure applied wood preservative: treated No. 2 Jack Pine to CSA 0802.2-M. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Construction 3.1.1 Comply with requirements of Ontario Building Code, Section B, Part 9. ~i Tender No. CL 2010-13 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06101.2 3.2 Furring and Blocking 3.2.1 Install furring plywood sheathing and blocking as required to space-out and support casework, cabinets, fascia, soffits, and other work as required. 3.2.2 Align and plumb faces of furring and blocking to tolerance of 1:600. 3.3 Nailing Strips Ground and Rough Bucks 3.3.1 Install rough bucks and Hailers io rough openings as required. 3.4 Cants Curbs. Fascia Backing 3.4.1 Install fascia backing, Hailers, curbs and other wood supports as required and secure using galvanized steel fasteners. 3.5 Fasteners 3.5.1 Frame, anchor, fasten, tie and brace members to provide necessary strength and rigidity. 3.5.2 Countersink bolts where necessary to provide clearance for other work. 3.5.3 For plywood where one side is exposed use G1S. 3.6 General: 3.6.1 Alt lumber, plywood materials located within the exterior wall cavity and I or parapet shall be pressure preservative treated. 3.6.2 All bolts, nails, fasteners used on the parapet shall be hot dipped galvanized. END OF SECTION 06101 Tender No CL 2010 13 FINISH CARPENTRY 06200.1 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Conditions 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction CCDC2-2008 and the Supplementary General Conditions included in this Specification shall farm part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.1.2 The work associated with this section shall comply with the pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 Description 1.2.1 Receive hollow metal screens and frames from section 08111, erect with temporary bracing in scheduled locations. 1.2.2 Receive hollow metal doors from section 08200, finish hardware trom section 08710, and install at scheduled locations. 1.2.3 Receive interior signage from section 10900 and install at scheduled location. 1.2.4 Provide miscellaneous woad trim, casings and blocking. Provide cutting and patching atexisting millwork as required to fit new construction. 1.2.5 All of the above as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. 1.3 Related Work 1.3.1 .1 Selective Demolition Section 02010 2 Architectural Woodwork: Section 06400 1.4 Reference Standards 1.4.1 Do finish carpentry to Custom grade millwork standards of the Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada (AWMAC) 2009, except where specified otherwise. 1.5 Product Delivery. Storage and Handling 1.5.1 Protect materials against dampness during and after delivery. 1.5.2 Store materials in ventilated areas, protected from extreme changes of temperature or humidity. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Lumber Material 2.1.1 Hardwood Lumber; moisture contentl0%orlessinaccordancewithfollowingstandards:Lumber identification: bygrade stamp of an agencycertified by Canadian Lum ber Standards Accreditation Board. .1 National Hardwood Lumber Association (NHIA), January1982. Select red oak suitable for clear finish. 2.1.2 Fire Retardant Treated Plywood DRI-CON fire retardant treated exterior grade douglas fir plywood 16mm thickness, conforming to CAN / ULC S102M. Maximum flame spread 15, max smoke development 10. (Trent Timber Treating, Peterborough, Ontario) ~i Tender No CL 2010-13 FINISH CARPENTRY 0620Q.2 ' I 2.1.3 Pressure Treated Plywood 16mm thickness exterior grade douglas fir plywood pressure preservative treated to CAN /CSA -080.9-M97. 2.1.4 Softwood Lumber No. 1 SPF conforming to CSA 0151-M1978 kiln dried. 2.1.5 Decorative Plywood - 19mm thickness Interior grade, flat cut select red oak veneer, hardwood veneer core. CSA - 0115, M1982. 2.2 Fasteners 2.2.1 Nails and Staples: to CSA B111-1974; plain finish. 2.2.2 Wood Screws: to CSA 835.4-1972 electroplated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Workmanship 3.1.1 Scribe and cut as required to fit abutting walls, and surfaces, to fit properly into recesses and to accommodate piping, columns, fixtures, outlets, or other projecting, intersecting or penetrating objects. 3.1.2 Form joints to conceal shrinkage. 3.2 Fastening 3.2.1 Position items of finished carpentry work accurately, level, plumb, true and fasten or anchor securely. 3.2.2 Design and select fasteners to suit size and nature of components beingjoined. Use proprietary devices as recommended by manufacturer. 3.2.3 Set finishing nails to receive filler. Where screws are used to secure members countersink screw in round cleanly cut hole and plug with wood plug to match material being secured. 3.2.4 Replace items of finish carpentry with damage to wood surfaces including hammer and other bruises. END OF SECTION 06200 Tender No. CL 2010-13 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06400.1 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Conditions 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction CCDC2-2008 and the Supplementary General Conditions included in this Specification shall form part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.1.2 The work associated with this section shall comply with the pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 Description Work Included -Alteration Area'A': 1.2.1 Provide the change room modular seating units and wall mounted uppers. 1.2.3 All of the above as described on the drawings and as herein specified. 1.3 Related Work 1.3.1 Section 06200 finish carpentry. 1.3.2 Section 09900 painting. 1.4 Samples 1.4.1 Submit colour samples of laminated plastic for colour selection. 1.5 Reference Standards 1.5.1 Fabricate architectural woodwork to Custom Grade Millwork Standards of the Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada (AWMAC) 2009, except where specified otherwise. 1.6 Shop Drawings 1.6.1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01300 -Submittals. 1.6.2 Indicate details of construction, profiles, jointing, fastening and other related details. 1.6.3 Indicate all materials, thicknesses, finishes and hardware. 1.6.4 Indicate locations of all service outlets in casework, typical and special installation conditions, and all connections, attachments, anchorage and location of exposed fastenings. 1.7 Product Delivery, Storage and Handling 1.7.1 Protect millwork against dampness during and after delivery. 1.7.2 Store millwork in ventilated areas, protected from extreme changes of temperature or humidity. 1.8 Warranty 1.8.1 Warrant work for a period of two years. Warranty shall include all labour and materials required to replace warped doors, countertops, delamination, defective hardware or finishes. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PAaterial Tender No. CL 2010-13 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06400.2 2.1.1 Casework: 0.6mm thick flat sliced select red oak on 3/4" thick weldwood multicore complete with 1/4° solid red oak edge banding on all exposed / sem i exposed surfaces. 2.1.2 Miscellaneous Blocking: Softwood lumber D4S, kilndried. 2.2 Fasteners 2.2.1 Nails and staples: to CSA 8111-1974. 2.2.2 Wood screws: to CSA 835.4-1972. 2.3 Glues 2.3.1 Waterproof resin type except for plastic laminate which shall be recommended bythe respective manufacturer for best results, all conforming to CSA 0112 Series - M1977. 2.3.2 Bench Seats: 19mm veneercore plywood GIS with RAMFLEX sports flooring laminated to the plywood support complete with 1 1/4" x 3" solid oak nosing as detailed on the drawings. 2.3.4 Kicks: 19mm veneer core marine plywood 2.4 Clear finish a. All millwork including shelving shall receive: b. Filler, sealer, sand. c. Clear catalysed, 2 coats. d. Semi-gloss (satin) sheen. 2.5 Fabrication 2.5.1 Verify field conditions prior to fabrication. 2.5.2 Set nails and countersink screws, applywood filler to indentations, sand smooth and leave ready to receive finish. 2.5.3 Shop install cabinet hardware for doors, shelves and drawers. Recess shelf standards unless noted otherwise. 2.5.4 Shelving to cabinetwork to be adjustable unless otherwise noted. 2.5.5 Provide cutouts for plumbing fixtures, inserts, appliances, outlet boxes and other fixtures. 2.5.6 Shop assemble work for delivery 4o site in size easily handled and to ensure passage through building openings. 2.6 Finishino 2.6.1 All exposed and semi-exposed woodwork surfaces clear catalysed: Apply one coat sanding sealer, two coats lacquer. Rub with fine steel wool between coats plus finish coat /satin sheen. Tender No. CL 2010-13 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064003 2 6 2 All ill k t b f i h d . . wor m mus e actory fin s e prior to shipping to job site. Provide protective coverings during shipment Yo the site. ' PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Installation ' 3.1.1 Install prefinished millwork at locations shown on drawings. Position accurately, level plumb straight. ' 3.1.2 Fasten and anchor millwork securely. Provide heavy duty fixture attachments for wall mounted cabinets. ' 3.1.3 Use draw bolts in countertops joints. Counter top joints are not permitted in casework less than 2400mm in length. 3.1.4 Scribe and cut as required to fit abutting watts and to fit properly into recesses and to accommodate piping, columns, fixtures, outlets or other projecting, intersection or penetrating objects. 3.1.5 Fit hardware accurately and securely in accordance with manufacturer's directions. 3.1.6 All exposed top surface components of bench seats shall receive Smm radius x full length of each piece including all outside vertical corners. ' 3.1.7 Provide all required scribing pieces and filter panels to suit field conditions and as detailed on the drawings. ' 3.1.8 Window stools shall be neatly coped and scribed to fit around masonry bench seats. END OF SECTION 06400 AND VAPOUR BA Section 07190 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Conditions 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction CCDC2-2008 and the Supplementary General Conditions included in this Specification shall form part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.1.2 The work associated with this section shall comply with the pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 Work included at Alteration Area'A': 1.2.1 Provide complete thermal insulation and air /vapour barrier wall envelope as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. 1.3 Related work: 1.3.1 Unit Masonry: Section 04220 1.3.2 Thermal insulation on roof membrane provided by Section 07550. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials 2.1.1 Rigid Insulation Tvpe 1 (Below Grade): Meiric, butt-edged DOW Styrofoam SM; Protec by ESSO CELFORT 300 or Foamular by Owens Corning. Thickness 50mm, 600mm width. Conforming to CAN/CGSB - 51.20-M87 Type IV. - R.10 2.1.2 Rigid Insulation Tvpe 2 (Rainscreen Wall Cavitv)• MetricorimperialbuttedgedDowCAVITYMATEULTRA,thickness55mm.600mmand400mm widths required to co-ordinate with masonry tie spacing. Conform to CAN/ CGSB - 51.20- M87 Type III. - R. 12. Refer to section 04150 for co-ordination of insulation modules with masonry , tie spacing. 2.1.3 Batt Insulation Tvpe 3: Minimum R.20, Unlaced glass or mineral fibre balls conforming to CSA-A101-M77, Type "A" as manufactured , by Fibreglass Canada; Roxul; Graham products ltd., or Canadian gypsum. 2.1.4 AirNapour barrier Tvpe 1 ' "Air-Bloc 21" as manf. by BAKOR/ or "PERM-A-BARRIER" low temperature self adhesive membrane by Grace complete with Perma Barrier primer, Bithutene Mastic, seam tapes. 2.1.5 Control joint / Construction joint air barrier ' "Blueskin AG" membrane or PERM-A-BARRIER wall flashing membrane complete with Perma Barrier primer /adhesives by GRACE. 2.1.6 Insulation adhesive:Air-BIoc2l.Membraneapplications to system manf. recommended product ' for compatibility with rigid insulation and air barrier. Adhesive manufacturer shall verify compatibility in writing to the Consultant prior to commencing work of this section. 2.1.7 Insulation retainer ' Provided by division 4 / is mandatory in addition to the referenced adhesives. Tender No. CL 2010-13 THERMAL INSULATION 07190 2 AND VAPOUR BARRIERS Section 07190 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Preparation of Substrate 3.1.1 Inspect masonry and concrete substrate. Ensure that any conditions detrimental to 4he proper execution of this work are corrected by the trade responsible for the work before proceeding. 3.1.2 Clean surface of all grease, oil and other foreign matter and ensure that all masonry joints are full and flush with the face of the block 3.2 Transition Membrane Application 3.2.1 Apply flashing membrane at all masonry control joint location junctions of masonry with steel, concrete or wood and at all window, door and louvre openings, using strips covering a minimum of 75mm (3") on both substrates, centred overjoint, and capped a minimum of 50mm (2") on end and side laps. 3.2.2 Adhere Blueskin AG membrane to substrates with Air-Bloc 21. Alternately prime the wall and apply Perma Barrier self adhesive flashing membrane in accordance with membrane manuf. recommendations. 3.2.3 Membranes shall be mechanically fastened at all window, door and louvre openings 3.2.4 Ensure air barrier has been extended into all window and door frames and at parapet and roof junctions to provide an air tight seal. 3.3 Foundation Wall Perimeter Base Flashing 3.3.1 Apply full 3mm thick bed of Air-Bloc 21 for full depth of concrete shelf and for a distance 20Dmm above finish ground floor level. Strip in a continuous sheet of Blueskin AG. Lap end joints minimum 150mm and seal with Air-Bloc 21. 3.3.2 Alternatively: 3.3.2.1 Apply Perma Barrier primer at a rate of 6 sq. metres per gallon. Allow primer to dry one hour. Apply Perma Barrier self adhesive flashing membrane for full depth of concrete shelf and for a distance of 200mm above finish ground floor level. Lap end joints minimum 150mm and seal with Bithuthene Mastic. 3.4 Above Grade Masonry Rainscreen Wall Air/ Vapour Barrier System Application 3.4.1.1 Install Type 1 air /vapour barrier membrane as scheduled below. 3.4.1.2 Apply Air-Bloc 21 by a flat trowel in a continuous unbroken film 3mm (1/8") thick. Seal around all wall penetrations (conduit /ties etc.) 3.4.1.3 Note: Product is flammable until cured. Keep awayfrom heat and flame and other ignition sources (i.e smoking prohibited). 3.4.1.4 Allow product to cure 24 hours. 3.4.5 Alternatively: 3.4.5.1 Prime block and concrete substrate with specified primer at minimum coverage rate of 6 sq. metres per imperial gallon. AND VAPOUR BARRIERS Section 07190 3.4 Above Grade Masonrv Rainscreen Wall Air Vanour Barrier - Cont'd 3.4.5.2 Allow primer to dry 30 minutes to 1 hour. 3.4.5.3 Exercise flammability cautions noted on man(. product label. 3.4.5.4 Commencing at the base of the wall apply the self adhesive Perma Barrier low 4emperature membrane in widths of 914 mm vertically centred between the Fero shear block masonry ties. 3.4.5.5 Membrane shall extend minimum 200mm over all through wall (lashings and over parapet as detailed on the drawings. 3.4.5.6 Side laps shall be 75mm minimum. All laps dawn the wall face shall lap over sheets below minimum 50mm. 3.4.5.7 Neatly cut the membrane around wall ties and other penetrations. Seal all penetrations with Bithuthene Mastic. 3.5 Masonrv Flashing Locations 3.5.1 Provide and install a layer of Domtar Cop-R-Plash Type 'A' 3oz. below all masonry walls bedding in mortar at the top of the foundation system from face of architectural masonry veneer to backup. Extend up inner wythe 200mm and 75mm into block joint. 3.5.2 Install similar flashing at steel lintels in exterior walls and at window heads. Flashing shall extend minimum 400mm beyond end of lintel or window /door openings. 3.5.3 Receive from Section 07620 metal counterflashing and install over Cop-R-Flash membrane. Mechanically secure at the top of the wall flashing minimum 150mm above bottom of flashing. Anchor to block substrate at 400mm centres with Zimac Pin Bolts. 3.5.4 Commencing at the face of the masonry veneer apply Blueskin AG membrane without adhesive at the horizontal base and set in full 3mm bed of Air-Bloc 21 on vertical face. Extend minimum 75mm beyond top of metal flashing (275 above lintel etc.) and seal to block substrates. (Wall air vapour barrier to lap over this flashing membrane). Extend flex flashing minimum 400mm beyond end of lintels and beyond openings. The self adhesive Perma Barrier wall flashing shall be installed in a similar manner. 3.5.5 At all window sills build in flashings as detailed. Air barrier system to extend into window and door frames and lap over flashings to provide continuous air seal. 3.5.6 Horizontal joints in wall flashings shall be lapped 250mm and sealed with Air-Bloc 21 at Blue Skin locations /Bithuthene Mastic at Perma Barrier locations. 4.1 Perimeter Foundation Insulation: 4.1.1 At the interior face of the exterior perimeter concrete foundation wall system to 1200mm below exterior finish grade elevation. Install 50mm thickness Type 1 insulation from 150 below finish floor. Co-ordinate with Div. 4 and cast in place concrete. 5.1 Masonrv Rainscreen Wall Assembly Insulation Installation 5.1.1 Commencing at the base of therainscreenwallassembly,applyafullbedofAir-BIoc2ladhesive to the back of the Type 2 insulation board with 114" notched trowel and immediately apply to the cured air barrier membrane. Insulation shall be oriented horiaontally. Note varied tie spacing. Neatly cut around shear ties. Tender No. CL 2010-13 THERMAL INSULATION 07190.4 AND VAPOUR BARRIERS Section 07190 5.1.2 Continue subsequent insulation application as described above. Install insulation retaining clips and V-ties supplied by div. 4 to secure insulation while adhesive cures. 5.1.3 Continue insulation application totop of roof parapet as detailed on the drawings and as specified herein. Stagger end joints of adjacent boards minimum 400mm. 5.1.4 All insulation boards shall be cut neatly around all penetrations and at junctures with adjoining materials. Gaps in excess of 2mm will not be accepted. 5.1.5 Butter edges of insulation with Air-Bloc 21 as the installation progresses. 5.1.6 Remove all excess materials and resultant debris from the job site. 6.1 Ins ection 6.1.1 Contractor shall request inspection and authorization to proceed with insulation application once complete air barrier system is installed. 6.1.2 Contractor shall notify the Consultant when the exterior thermal insulation system is ready for inspection. 6.1.3 Make good any noted defects /deficiencies promptly. END OF SECTION 07190 Tender No. CL 2010-13 FIRE STOPPING AND SMOKE SEALS 07270.1 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Conditions 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction CCDC2-2008 and the Supplementary General Conditions included in this Specification shall form part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.1.2 The work associated with this section shall comply with the pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 Work Included: 1.2.1 Provide firestopping and smoke seals at new service penetrations of existing corridor wall fire separations and at cutting and patching locations of ceiling /wall assemblies. 1.3 Related Work 1.3.1 Fire stopping and smoke seals within mechanical assemblies (i.e inside ducts, dampers) and electrical assemblies (i.e. inside cable trays) are specified in Division 15 and 16 respectively 1.4 Samples 1.4.1 Submit duplicate 300 x 300 mm samples showing actual firestop material proposed for project. 1.5 Shop Drawings 1.5.1 Submit product data in accordance with Section 01300 -Submittals. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials 2.1.1 Fire stopping and smoke seal systems: in accordance with CAN4-S715-M85. 1 Asbestos-free materials and systems capable of maintaining an effective barrier against flame, smoke and gases in compliance with requirements of CAN4-S115-M85 and not to exceed opening sizes for which they are intended. 2.1.2 Service penetration assemblies: certified by ULC in accordance with CAN4-S715-M85 and listed in ULC Guide No. 40 019. 2.1.3 Service penetration firestop components: certified by ULC in accordance with CAN4-S115-M85 and listed in ULC Guide No. 40 019.13 and ULC Guide No. 40 019.15 under the Label Service of ULC. 2.1.4 Fire-resistance rating of installed fire stopping assembly not less than the fire- resistance rating of surrounding floor and wall assembly. 2.1.5 Fire stopping and smoke seals at openings intended for ease of re-entry such as cables: elastomeric seal; do not use cementitious or rigid seal at such locations. 2.1.6 Fire stopping and smoke seals at openings around penetrations for pipes, ductwork and other mechanical items requiring sound and vibration control: elastomeric seal; do not use a cementitious or rigid seal at such locations. 2.1.7 Primers: to manufacturer's recommendation for specific material, substrate, and end use. 2.1.8 Water (if applicable): potable, clean and free from injurious amounts of deleterious substances. 2.1.9 Damming and backup materials, supports and anchoring devices: to manufacturer's recommendations, and in accordance with tested assembly being installed as acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Tender No. CL 2010-13 FIRE STOPPING AND SMOKE SEALS 07270.2 2.1.10 Sealants for vertical joints: non-sagging. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Preparation 3.1.1 Examine sizes and conditions of voids to be filled to establish correct thicknesses and installation of materials. Ensure that substrates and surfaces are clean, dry and frost free. 3.1.2 Prepare surfaces in contact with fire stopping materials and smoke seals to manufacturer's instructions. 3.1.3 Maintain insulation around pipes and ducts penetrating fire separation without interruption to vapour barrier. 3.1.4 Mask wherenecessarytoavoidspillageandovercoatingontoadjoiningsurfaces;removestains on adjacent surfaces. 3.2 Installation 3.2.1 Install fire stopping and smoke seal material and components in accordance with ULC certification and manufacturer's instructions. 3.2.2 Seal holes or voids made by through penetrations, poke-through termination devices, and unpenetrated openings or joints to ensure continuity and integrity of fire separation are maintained. 3.2.3 Provide temporary forming as required and remove forming only after materials have gained sufficient strength and after initial curing. 3.2.4 Tool or trowel exposed surfaces to a neat finish. 3.2.5 Remove excess compound promptly as work progresses and upon completion. 3.3 Inspection 3.3.1 Notify Consultant when ready for inspection and prior to concealing or enclosing firestopping materials and service penetration assemblies. 3.4 Schedule 3.4.1 Firestop and smoke seal at: .1 Penetrations through fire-resistance rated masonry, concrete, and gypsum board partiticns and walls. 2 Top offire-resistance rated masonry and gypsum board partitions. 3 Intersection of fire-resistance rated masonry and gypsum board partitions. .4 Control and sway joints in fire-resistance rated masonry and gypsum board partitions and walls. 5 Penetrations through fire-resistance rated floor slabs, ceilings and roofs. 6 Openings and sleeves installed for future use through fire separations. 7 Around mechanical and electrical assemblies penetrating fire separations. 8 Rigid ducts: greater than 129 cm2: fire stopping to consist of bead of fire stopping material between retaining angle and fire separation and between retaining angle and duct, on each side of fire separation. 3.5 Clean Up 3.5.1 Remove excess materials and debris and clean adjacent surfaces immediately after application. 3.5.2 Remove temporary dams after initial set of fire stopping and smoke seal materials. END OF SECTION 07270 Tender No. CL 2010-13 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS ROOFING 07510.1 PART1 GENERAL ' 1.1 Conditions ' 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction CCDC2-2008 and the Supplementary General Conditions included in this , Specification shall form part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.1.2 The work associated with this section shall comply with the pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 Work included: 1.2.1 At alteration areas `A' provide all labour, materials and equipment to cut and patch the existing ' roofing assemblyas requiredtofitnewchange room addition construction assemblies to existing roof construction. 1.2.2 Provide new 2 ply modified bitumen roofing system at alteration area `A' addition areas. 1.2.3 This contractor shall confer with other trades particularly masonry contractor and the plumbing and ventilating contractors, and shall co-ordinate with their work. They shall obtain positive assurance that all pipes, vents and equipment, which pass through the roofing have been ' completely installed. They shall protect walls, etc. from damage due to their work with particular attention to brickwork. 1.2.4 The prefinished metal flashing (24 gauge) around the perimeter of the new roof area shall be ' installed by Section 07620. 1.2.5 All of the above as described on the drawings and as herein specified. 1.3 Inspection ' 1.3.1 Inspect all surfaces on which roofing work is to be placed and report to the Contractor immediately any defects which would prevent satisfactory execution or permanency of the work. , Do not proceed until all such unsatisfactory work has been corrected. Failure to examine or report, will be taken as an acceptance that preparatory work is satisfactory. Welding of roof deck must be certified by Welding Inspector and accepted by structural consultant prior to commencing roofing. ' 1.4 Guarantee 1.4.1 All built-up roofing and all membrane roofing and flashings shall carry a guarantee of ten (10) , years. The warranty shall be for Labour, Material, and Workmanship. 1.5 Qualifications 1.5.1 Built-up roofing system and roofing membranesshallbeappliedbymechanicsskilledinthistrade , in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions with a minimum 5 years documented experience. 1.5.2 The applicator shall be familiar with and fully equipped to apply kettle modified hot rubberized , asphalt. All work shall be carried out in complete accordance with acknowledged good roofing practice. 1.6 Delivery. Storage and Handling 1.6.2 Materials shall be delivered to the job site in such a way as to avoid damage. They shall be stored on site in protected locations and isolated from damage or deterioration by impact or ' weather conditions. 1.6.3 Lap sealant and adhesives shall be stored at temperatures between 15 degree C. (60 degrees F.) and 27 degrees C. (80 degrees F.) to facilitate handling and ensure shell life. Where material ' has been exposed to lower temperatures it shall be placed in a warm room and brought up to application temperature. 1 Tender No. CL 2010-13 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS ROOFING 07510.2 1.6.4 Insulation shall be delivered in protective packages and stored under dry conditions at all times. If insulation is stored outdoors, it sfiall be stacked on pallets at least 10cm above the ground and shall be covered with a tarpaulin or similar opaque waterproof covering. 1.6.5 Stir adhesives thoroughly before use, and cover the container immediately after use to avoid evaporation of the solvent. 1.6.6 Adhesives and sealants may contain petroleum distillates and may be flammable. Do not inhale fumes or use near open flame. 1.6.7 Do not use sharp or heavy objects to contact with sheet during or after installation other than those required for filling. 1.6.8 Avoid over heating of hot rubberized asphalt. Recommended application temperatures of Bakor 890-12 is 190°C (375°F) to 340°C (450°F). Do not heat above 230°C (450°F). 1.7 Project Conditions 1.7.1 No installation work shall be performed during rainy or inclement weather and on frosP or wet covered surfaces. 1.7.2 Cold temperatures does not necessarily restrict the application of the roofing although very low temperatures and winter conditions may call for special techniques. Consult the manufacturers representatives for 4heir recommendations. 1.8 Sequencing Scheduling 1.8.1 Complete all required carpentry and wood component installation on the roof at least throughout the anticipated working area each day prior to any roofing application in that area. 1.8.2 Work shall be so scheduled as to provide a watertight seal at the end of each working day on the area worked upon during the day. 1.8.3 Apply roofing as soon as possible after completion of the roof deck to minimize exposure to the elements and to meet the construction schedule. PART2 PRODUCT 2.1 The built-up modified bituminous roofing system design shall be a Tremco, Bakor or Soprema modified asphalt roof with materials as follows: 2.1.1 Vapour Retarder 2 ply 151bs. non organic felts 2.1.2 Vapour Retarder Adhesive Type 111 asphalt 2.1.3 Mopping Asphalt (To adhere insulation and vapour retarder only.) Type 111 Asphalt. 2.1.4 Sheathing Board Thermal Barrier - Densdeckgold: Sheathing board over the steel deck shall be 16mm (5/8") thick Type X core exterior. Board to be mechanically fastened. 2.1.5 Rubberized Asphalt Bakor 890-12 Kettle Modified Rubberized Asphalt or Soprema Soprasphalte or equal by Tremco 2.1.6 Insulation Insulation shall be one layer of 2'/z" (64mm) polyisocyanurate insulation. ~i ~i Tender No. CL 2010-13 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS ROOFING 07510 3 ' 2.1.7 Base Sheet Base sheet shall be Bakor Inc. "Vedaflex" G100ps mopped on, or Soprema Inc., System A-1, ' Sopralene Flam 180 base sheet or equal by Tremco. 2,1.8 Cap Sheet Cap sheet shall be Bakor Inc. "Vedaflex" cap sheet NP250GT for flame application, or Soprema ' Inc., Sopralene Flam 250 Gr. cap sheet or equal by Tremco. 2.1.9 Fibreboard Fibreboard shall be 25mm (1"ship lap) fibreboard. , 2.1.10 Wood Framing All wood stops, and blocking shall be best quality pressure treated wolmanized lumber; straight and true to shape. , 2.1.11 Fibre Cant Strips /Crickets Standard "Posi-Slope" glass fibre cants supplied by Fibreglass or Posi-Slope. 2.1.12 Caulking ' Caulking shall be Dymeric by Tremco or approved alternate. 2.1.13 Reinforced Through Wall Flashing ' Bakor NP180 tack sheet or equal by Soprema. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Preparatory Work , 3.1.1 The surface to which the roofing system is to be installed must be smooth, clean, dry and free from protrusions and sharp edges. Debris, oil and grease must be removed. The application is responsible to see that these conditions are met. ' 3.1.2 Gypsum board installed over steel deck shall be supported on all flutes at end of board and be free of gaps and voids. 3.2 Execution ' 3.2.1 The installations of the built-up root shall be as follows: 3.3 Sheathing ' 3.3.1 Over the cleaned deck install one Layer of 5/8" type 'X' densdeckgold exterior with the long dimension at right angles to the direction of the flutes in the steel decking. All end joints to be ' staggered. 3.3.2 Board shall be laid to completelycoverthedecksurfacebymechanicallyfasteningintothecentre of the upper surface of the flutes to achieve an FM 1-90 fastening pattern, 1 fastener per 3 sq. ' feet. The end of each board shall have solid bearing. 3.3.3 All sheets shall be lightly butted against blocking and each other to completely cover the roof surface without any gaps. , 3.4 Vapour Barrier 3.4.1 Ensure sheathing board substrate is clean and dry prior to placement of vapour barrier. , 3.4.2 Mop gypsum sheathing with a uniform and continuous coating of cooling asphalt at 1 kg/mZ into which, while hot, roll 2 plies of specified vapour retarder. Lap each sheet 100mm (4") 3.4.3 Extend vapour barrier under cant strips and blocking and lap over air /vapour barrier of wall ' construction to provide continuity of building air /vapour envelope. 3.5 Insulation 3.5.1 Install insulation by adhering in a solid mapping of Type 111 asphalt. Insulation shall be firmly ' adhered to vapour barrier at a cover rate of 1 kg/m2. Tender No. CL 2010-13 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS ROOFING 07510.4 3.5.2 Where possible, lay panels so the long direction is perpendiculartothe long joints of the gypsum board. Stager joints in relation to joints below. 3.5.3 Ensure close fit, proper alignment of all panels and that the entire roof surface is completely covered devoid of any gaps or open joints. 3.5.4 Leave 6mm joints between insulation and insulation stops. Keep these joints free of asphalt with tape over joints. Ensure full and positive adhesion. 3.5.5 Insulation stops Lay wood insulation stops in 1.829m lengths, at all eaves and around any roof mounted ' apparatus. Leave 6mm space between lengths. Bed to roof deck in 3mm thick continuous coating of sealing compound and fasten securely at 407mm o/c. 3.5.6 Fibreboard Mop fibreboard to top layer of insulation with hot asphalt applied at coverage rate of 1 kg/m2. Stagger joints between insulation and fibreboard. ' 3.5.7 Install only as much insulation as can be covered by roofing membrane in same work day. 3.6 Two PIV Built -Up Rubberized Bituminous Roofing Application 3.6.1 Starting atthelowpointandatrightanglestothestops,installmembranesinamannertoensure ' that water will flow over or parallel to, but never against, exposed edges. 3.6.2 Heat hot rubberized bituminous adhesive to application temperatures, in accordance with label directions. At time and place of application, hot rubberized bituminous adhesive shall be within ° ° ° ° F - 450 F). C (375 C - 230 190 3.6.3 Use 458mm (18") and 916 (36") wide plies to start and finish roof membrane along roof edges ' and terminations. reads of hot rubberized bituminous adhesive u s s f ti i 3.6.4 , ou p con n ngs o Embed sheets in solid mopp at 1.25kg/sq.M (251bs./100sq.ft.). Apply hot rubberized bituminous. adhesive no more than " " gang roll. 1525mm (5'-0") ahead of each roll being embedded. Stagger all end laps. Do not ' 3.6.5 Ensure all plies lie flan without wrinkles or fishmouths. 3.6.6 Fit plies into roof drain rims, secure clamping collars and install domes. Extend plies only to top edges of cant strips along base of parapets, walls and skylights. 3.6.7 Mopping asphalt shall be heated so that its mopping temperature is not below 204°C (400°F). 3.6.8 Unroll membrane into mopped asphalt a maximum of 1.2m (4') behind mopping application. 3.6.9 Start all roofing applications at the lowest point to ensure water runs over the laps of the membrane. 3.6.10 Plan work so that both the side and end laps of the cap sheet are offset from those of the base sheet a minimum of 300mm (12") for side and 450mm (18") for end laps. 3.6.11 All nailing into wood shall be through discs or using nails with 25mm (1 ")minimum diameter head semi-solidly attached. 3.6.12 lap base and cap sheets 75mm (3") on sides and 150mm (6") on ends. Stagger joints between cap and base sheet at least 300mm (12"). 3.6.13 At all end or head laps of cap sheets, where T joins occurs, cut corner of membrane to be overlapped, on a 45° angle. 3.6 Two Plv Built -Up Rubberized Bituminous Roofing application - Cont'd 3.6.14 G100p base sheet, or approved equal, shall be mopped on using kettle modified asphalt. 3.6.15 Cap sheet "NP250GT" shall be torch applied. Tender No. CL 2010-13 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS ROOFING 07510.5 3.7 Perimeter Membrane Flashing 3.7.1 Install base sheet by torch welding. 3.7.2 Install cap sheet by torch welding. 3.7.3 Cut membrane in 1 m 39 3/8") wide strips by length required to suit detail. 3.7.4 Extend basesheetaminimumof100mm(4")onto roof surface andextendaminimumof200mm (8") up the vertical. 3.7.6 Anchor flashing membranes into wood, nailing through discs or using nails with 25mm (1") minimum diameter head semi-solidly attached. Nail on minimum 200mm (8") centres. 3.8 Adjustments and Clean-Up 3.8.1 Installations of details noted as deficient during Final Inspection shall be repaired and corrected by the applicator at his expense, made ready for re-inspection. 3.8.2 Remove all surplus materials, cuttings, etc. off site and leave all of the work clean and complete in all respects. 3.9 Inspections and Approval 3.9.1 Formal final inspection of the completed work shall be made jointly by the manufacturer's representative, the Roofing Contractor, the Roofing Inspector selected by the Owner and the Architect. 3.10.2 Warranties shall take effect upon correction of any deficiencies noted during final inspection. 3.10.3 Arrangements shall be made for the manufacturer's representative to carry out inspections of the work when in progress. The representative shall report to the Architect on an appropriate form, his findings related to these inspections. 3.11 Clean U 3.11.2 Clean to the consultant's approval, soiled surfaces, spatters, and damage caused byworkof this section. 3.11.3 Check area drains to ensure cleanliness and properfunction,andremovedebris,equipmentand excess material from the site. END OF SECTION 07510 Tender No. CL 2010-13 PREFINISHED METAL FLASHING 07620.1 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Conditions 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction Docum ent CCDC2-2008 and the Supplementary General Conditions included in this Specification shall form part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.1.1 The work associated with this section shall complyto all pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements 1.2 Work included: 1.2.1 Provideprefinishedmetalflashingstrimandfasciacomponentsasindicatedonthedrawingsand as specified herein including hook on strips. 1.3 Warranty: 1.3.1 Warrant work of 4his section for two (2) years. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials: 2.1.1 Metal flashing and trim 24 gauge VicWest Valspar series prefinished galvanized sheet steel. Colour OC.16155 "Light Blue". 2.1.2 Fasteners of same material as sheet metal. Length and thickness suitable for application.. 2.1.3 Anchors at blocking to be proprietary product. 2.1.4 Prefinished Facia: Vic West AD300R profile 24ga or Agway HF-11 F profile. Colour OC.16155. 2.2 Hook on stri s: gauge gavanized steel. 3.1 EXECUTION: 3.1.1 Hook on stri s nsta continuous 20 gauge galvanized metal hook-on strips to provide support for flashing as indicated on the drawings. 3.1.2 Metal flashing /facial trim: Commence installation of metal flashings after brick veneer has been inspected. Install metal drips, cleats as required to hold flashing securely in true lines without deformation. Hem all exposed edges. Use lock joints to permit expansion and contraction. Co-ordinate installation of flashing with division 04. Seal all internal and external joints in flashing. Install facia vertically. Do not disturb existing roof edge flashing. 3.1.3 Co-ordinate with division 04 and section 07190 for installation of scheduled air vapour barrier membrane. 3.1.4 Notify section 07190 for installation of air barrier system. 3.1.5 Erect base trim components and install flashing oriented horizontally in accordance with manuf. recommendations. All fasteners shall be concealed. Allow for expansion /contraction between each length. Provide mockup for Owner's approval prior Yo proceeding with installation. 3.1.6 Contractor shall verify colour match prior to ordering flashing materials. END OF SECTION 07620 Tender No. CL 2010-13 SEALANTS 07900.1 PART GENERAL 1.1 Conditions 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction CCDC2-2008 and the Supplementary General Conditions included in this Specification shall form part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.1.2 The work associated with this section shall comply with the pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 Description 1.2.1 Work Included Provide sealants in the following locations at all new construction elements and / or intersection of new construction with existing building components. a) all new exterior masonry control joints; b) all new interior masonry control joints c) all intersections of new masonry with existing construction; d) exposed joints between intersecting dissimilar materials; e) joints between window frames and concrete; concrete block; brick wall finishes; f) joints between taus and wall finishes; g) joints between water closets and flooring 1.2.2 Related Work Specified Elsewhere Bedding of thresholds provided by Section 06200; Glazing sealant beads by Section 08800; seating of mechanical equipment, fittings by Division 15; seating around electrical equipment by Division 16; sealing of joists in fire separations by Section 07270. 1.3 Samples 1.3.1 Submit samples of full colour range available of all exposed products for colour selection by Consultant. 1.4 Mock-u 1.4.1 Construct mock-up to show location, size, shape and depth of joints complete with back-up material, primer, caulking and sealant. Mock-up may be part of finished work. 1.4.2 Allow 24 hours for inspection of mock-up by Consultant before proceeding with sealant work. 1.5 Delivery Storage and Handling 1.5.1 Deliver and store materials in original wrappings and containers with manufacturer's seals and labels, intact. Protect from freezing, moisture and water. 1.6 Environmental and Safety Requirements 1.6.1 Comply with requirements of Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS) regarding use, handling, storage, and disposal of hazardous materials; and regarding labelling and provision of material safety data sheets acceptable to Labour Canada. 1.6.2 Conform to manufacturer's recommended temperatures, relative humidity, and substrate moisture content for application and curing of sealants including special conditions governing use. i~ Tender No. CL 2010-13 SEALANTS 07900.2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Sealant Materials 2.1.1 Sealants acceptable for use on this project must be listed on CGSB Qualified Products List issued by CGSB Qualification Board for Joint Sealants. W here sealants are qualified with primers use only these primers. 2.1.2 Interior perimeter of steel and aluminum window frames at intersection with dissimilar materials. TREMCO, Dymonic FC. 2.1.3 Exterior perimeter of exterior steel and aluminum window frames: TREMCO Dymeric 240 FC. 2.1.4 Interior joints: TREMCO Proglaze Silicone Sealant 2.1.5 Exterior Masonry Control Joints: Tremco Dymeric - 240FC 2.1.6 Interior Masonrv Control Joints: Tremco Mono 2.1.7 Window Stools /Millwork Intersections with Existing /New Construction: Tremco Proglaze, clear 2.1.8 Control Joints in Concrete Floor Slabs: Tremco THC - 900 self levelling 2.1.9 Colours shall be selected by Consultant from Manf. standard range available. 2.2 Back-up Materials 2.2.1 Circular cross section, Polyethylene, Urethane, Neoprene or Vinyl Foam .1 Extruded closed cell foam backer rod. .2 Size: oversize 30 to 50%. 2.2.2 Bond Breaker Tape .1 Polyethylene bond breaker tape which will not bond to sealant. 2.3 Joint Cleaner 2.3.1 Non-corrosive and non-staining type, compatible with joint forming materials and sealant recommended by sealant manufacturer. 2.3.2 Primer: as recommended by manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Preparation of Joint Surfaces 3.1.1 Examine joint sizes and conditions to establish correct depth to width relationship for installation of backup materials and sealants. 3.1.2 Clean bonding joint surfaces of harmful matter substances including dust, rust, oil grease, and other matter which may impair work. 3.1.3 Do not apply sealants to joint surfaces treated with sealer, curing compound, water repellent, or other coatings unless tests have been performed to ensure compatibility of materials. Remove coatings as required. Tender No. CL 2010-13 SEALANTS 07900.3 3.1.4 Ensure joint surfaces are dry and frost free. 3.1.5 Prepare surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's directions. 3.2 Pnminp 3.2.1 Where necessary to prevent staining, mask adjacent surfaces prior to priming and caulking. 3.2.2 Prime sides of joints in accordance with sealant manufacturer's instructions immediately prior to caulking. 3.3 Backup Material 3.3.1 Apply bond breaker tape where required to manufacturer's instructions. 3.3.2 Install joint filler Yo achieve correct joint depth and shape. 3.4 Mlxino 3.4.1 Mix materials in strict accordance with sealant manufacturer's instructions. 3.5 Application 3.5.1 Sealant .1 Apply sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. .2 Apply sealant in continuous beads. .3 Apply sealant using gun with proper size nozzle. .4 Use sufficient pressure to fill voids and joints solid. .5 Form surface of sealant with full bead, smooth, free from ridges, wrinkles, sags, air pockets, embedded impurities. .6 Tool exposed surfaces to give slightly concave shape. .7 Remove excess compound promptly as work progresses and upon completion. 3.5.2 Curing .1 Cure sealants in accordance with sealant manufacturer's instructions. .2 Do not cover up sealants until proper curing has taken place. 3.5.3 Cleanup .1 Clean adjacent surfaces immediately and leave work neat and clean. .2 Remove excess and droppings, using recommended cleaners as work progresses. .3 Remove masking tape after initial set of sealant. END OF SECTION 07900 Tender No. CL 2010-13 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111.1 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Conditions 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction CCDC2-2008 and the Supplementary General Conditions included in this Specification shall form part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.1.2 The work associated with this section shall comply with the pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 Description 1.2.1 At AlYeraYion Area `A' `~' and `C': 1.2.2 Supply hollow metal steel doors, screens and frames to Section 06200 Finish Carpentry. 1.3 Related Work 1.3.1 Building-in and grouting Section 04050 frames in masonry Masonry Procedures 1.3.2 Installation of steel doors, Section 06200 screens and frames Finish Carpentry 1.3.3 Caulking of joints between Section 07900 frames and building components Sealants 1.3.4 Supply of finish hardware Section 08710 including weatherstripping Finish Hardware and mounting heights 1.3.5 Glazing Section 08806 1.3.6 Painting Section 09900 1.4 QualityAssurance 1.4.1 Conform totherequirementsofthefollowingandadditionalrequirementsasspecifiedherein: .1 ASTM A366-85 Specification for Steel, Carbon, Cold-Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality. .2 CAN4 S104M-M80 Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. .3 CAN4 S105M-M85 Fire Door Frames. .4 Canadian Steel Door and Frame Manufacturers' Association, (CSDFMA) Canadian Manufacturing Specifications for Steel Door and Frames, 1990. .5 NFPA 80-1992 Fire Doors and Windows. 1.5 Requirements of Regulatory Agencies 1.5.1 Steel fire rated doors and frames shall be in conformance with CAN4 S104M-80 revised 1985 and CAN4 S105M-1985 for ratings specified or indicated. Tender No. CL 2010-13 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111.2 1.5.2 Install labelled steel fire rated doors and frames to NFPA 80, latest edition. 1.6 Shoo Drawings 1.6.1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01300 -Submittals. 1.6.2 Indicate each type of door, material, steel core thic;cnesses, mortises, reinforcements, location of exposed fasteners, openings, arrangement of hardware and fire rating. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Manufacturers: 2.1.1 ®aybar, ~4rtek, Fleming-Baron, flAetal ®oor, Ambico. 2.2 Materials: 2.2.1 Steel sheet: cold rolled, commercial quality to ASTM A366, matte finish. Interior Door Locations 2.2.2 Galvanized steel sheet: lock-forming quality 4o ASTM A527, Coating Designation mill phosphatized. Exterior Door Locations 2.2.3 Galvanized steel sheet: commercial quality to ASTM A526, with Coating Designation 2275 mill phosphatized. Doors: .1 Door face sheets to all doors 1.6 mm base thickness. 2 Door face sheets to butt side of door 1.6 mm base thickness. .3 Door face sheets to non-butt side of door 1.6 mm base thickness. 4 Vertical stiffeners: 20ga, 150mm o/c. Non Rated Door Core: .1 Hollow steel: vertically stiffened with steel ribs and all voids filled with semi-rigid fibrous insulation minimum density 24 kg/m3. .2 Bonded core: urethane or isocyanurate board insulation to CGSB 51-GP-21M-78. Fire Rated Door Core Materials shall comply with NFPA 80/CAH4 S104-MS and ULC / Warnock Hersey label requirements. Frames: 1 Steel frames to exterior doors 1.6 mm base thickness (16ga). 2 Steel frames interior openings 1.6 mm base thickness (16ga). Provide other door and frame components in accordance with CSDFMA requirements. Primer: .1 For galvanized steel sheet: CGSB 1-GP-181 M-77 +Amdt -Mar -78 . 2 For cold rolled steel sheet: CGSB 1-GP-40M-79 [CGSB 1-GP-148M-80]. 2.2 Fabrication 2.2.1 Fabricate doors and frames as detailed, to Canadian Steel Door and Frame Manufacturers' Association, (CSDFMA) Canadian Manufacturing Specifications for Steel Doors and Frames, 1990; except where specified otherwise, where these specifications exceed CSDFMA provide additional material work specified. Reinforce door and frames to suit hardware requirements specified Section 08710 -Finish Hardware. Tender No. CL 2010-13 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111.3 2.2.2 Blank, reinforce, drill and tap doors and frames for mortised hardware. Reinforce doors and frames for surface mounted hardware. Provide 10 ga. (3.4mm) hinge reinforcement / 22ga mortar guard boxes strike locations. Exterior egress and vestibule doors and frames shall be fabricated to accommodate 4 hinges per door leaf. 2.2.3 Shop prime cold rolled steel sheet. 2.2.4 Apply, at factory, touch up primer to doors and frames manufactured from galvanized steel where coating has been removed during fabrication. 2.3 Doors 2.3.1 Make provision for glazing as indicated and provide necessary glazing stops. Minimum 0.9mm (20ga). 2.3.2 Construct rail and stile doors in same manner as flush doors. 2.3.3 Construct matching panels in same manner as doors. 2.3.4 Fabricate all doors with longitudinal edges mechanically interlocked and welded. 2.3.5 Fabricate all doors with top and bottom channels flush (and filled solid), extending full width of door and welded 4o both faces 2.4 Frames 2.4.1 Cut mitres and joints accurately and weld continuously on inside of frame profile. 2.4.2 Grind welded corners and joints to flat plane, fill with metallic paste filler and sand 40 uniform smooth finish. 2.4.3 Provide adjustable jamb anchors for fixing at floor minimum 16 ga. 2.4.4 Install 3 bumpers on strike jamb for each single door and 2 bumpers at head for pairs of doors. Se4 in silicon sealant to retain bumpers. (Do not install until section 9900 has painted doors). 2.4.5 Make provision for glazing as indicated and provide necessary glazing stops. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Installation General 3.1.1 Install rated doors and frames in accordance with National Fire Codes, Volume 4, produced by National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 80. 3.2 Frame Installation 3.2.1 Set frames plumb, square, level and at correct elevation. 3.2.2 Secure anchorages and connections to adjacent construction. 3.2.3 Brace frames rigidly in position while building-in. Install temporary horizontal woad spreader at third points of door opening to maintain frame width. Provide vertical support at centre of head for openings over 1200 mm wide. Remove temporary spreaders after frames are built-in. 3.2.4 Make allowances for deflection of structure to ensure structural loads are not transmitted to frames. 3.3 Door Installation 3.3.1 Install doors and hardware in accordance with hardware templates and manufacturer's instructions and Section 08710 -Finish Hardware. Tender No. CL 2010-13 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111.4 3.3.2 Provide even margins between doors and jambs and doors and finished floor and thresholds as follows. .1 Hinge side: 1.0 mm. .2 Latch side and head: 1.5 mm. .3 Finished floor, and thresholds: 13 mm. 3.3.3 Adjust operable parts for correct function. ' 3.4 Finish Repairs 3.4.1 Touch up with primer galvanized finish damaged during installation. , 3.5 Warran 3.5.1 Provide written 5 year warranty covering all hollow metal doors, frames and screens i against defects of material and workmanship including integrity of galvanized 4reatmenis and replacement of deflective hinge reinforcement plates. END OF SECTION 08111 Tender No. CL 2010-13 FINISH HARDWARE 08710.1 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Conditions 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction CCDC2-2008 and the Supplementary General Conditions included in this Specification shall form part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.1.2 The work associated with this section shall comply with the pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 Description 1.2.1 Supply finish hardware as per finish hardware schedule to Section 06200, for installation. 1.2.2 Provide all necessary co-ordination and supervision of field installation. 1.2.3 Inspect competed installation and verify proper hardware operation. 1.3 Reference Standards 1.3.1 Canadian Metric Guide for Steel Doors and Frames (Modular Construction) prepared by Canadian Steel Door and Frame Manufacturers' Association. 7.4 Requirements of Reaulatory Agencies 1.4.1 Use ULC listed and labelled hardware for doors in fire separations and exit doors. 1.5 Samples 1.5.1 Upon request submit samples of each type hardware specified, in accordance with Section 01300. 1.6 Hardware List 1.6.1 Submit hardware schedule and catalogue cuts in accordance with Section 01300. List hardware, including make, model, material, function, finish and door number. 1.7 Maintenance Data 1.7.1 Provide maintenance data, parts list, and manufacturer's instructions for door closers, locksets, door holders and fire exit hardware for incorporation into maintenance manual specified in Section 01300. 1.7.2 Brief maintenance staff regarding proper care, cleaning, and general maintenance. 1.8 Maintenance Materials 1.8.1 Store finishing hardware in locked, clean and dry area. 1.8.2 Package each item of hardware including fastenings, separately or in like groups of hardware, label each package as to item definition and location. 1.8.3 Maintain inventory list with hardware schedule. 1.8.4 Provide keys in triplicate for every lock in this contract. Deliver all sets to Owner's designated site representative. 1.8.5 Provide the following quantity of master keys: Masfer "A" - 2 Tender No. CL 2010-13 FINISH HARDWARE 08710.2 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Installation Instructions 3.1.1 Furnish wood doors, metal door and frame manufacturers with complete instructions and templates for preparation of their work to receive hardware. 3.1.2 Where door stop contacts door pulls, mount stop to strike bottom of pull, 3.2 Supplier 3.2.1 Supplier shall be responsible for the administration and servicing of the hardware contract. Personnel administering this Section shall be A.H.C. or equal experience. 3.2.2 The Hardware Specialist shall make periodic inspections of the hardware installations and shall expedite the correction of defective hardware. This specialist shall attend site meetings when so requested. 3.3 Shipping 3.3.1 All items of hardware shall be delivered to the job site packaged. Each item shall be clearly marked with proper opening number and item number for proper location. 3.4 Hardware Mounting Heights 3.4.1 ANSI Standard. 3.5 Finishing Hardware Schedule 3.5.1 Supply the following finishing hardware as itemized hereinafter. coxsuETANT : JOHN TANBLYN A.H.C. JIM PEENING CONTRACT M: if "`~q Uiias~tt Dare : NARCx.23,2010 REV.ai: MARCH.23,2010 CI~ANGEIt®®1l~I ~& SEAT'Ili~G ~I,TE~1'Y'I®16 ®e~V 1e~1E~~~AI.LEy ®1\~E~~® J.R. FREETHY ARCHATECT CUSTOMER: SUBMITTED BY: «COMPANY» RIVETT ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE LTD. «STREET» 111 INDUSTRIAL DR., WHITBY, ONTARIO «CITY», uPROV», CANADA L1N SZ9 «POSTAL» TEL-905-665-4455 FAX-905-668-4433 OVER THIRTY YEARS OF EXCELLENCE 1 IIAIZI9i3'AI3E INF®Rll~IATI®N ANID SPECIFICATI®NS FINISH: ALL FINISHES SHALL BE AS INDICATED IN THE FINISHING HARDWARE SCHEDULE BY INTERNATIONAL CODES. KEYING: KEYING SHALL BE AS REQUESTED BY THE ARCHITECT AND/OR OWNER. A KEYING SCHEDULE SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR APPROVAL. ALL LOCKS WILL BE SUPPLIED WITH SCHLAGE I/C CORE CYLINDERS AND KEYED TO THE OWENRS EXISTING FACTORY MASTER KEY SYSTEM. INSTALLATION: ALL HARDWARE SHALL BE INSTALLED AND ADNSTED COMPLETE AS PER THE MANUFACTURERS PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS AND TEMPLATES, BY SKILLED CARPENTERS IN THE APPLICATION OF FINISHING HARDWARE. PRODUCTS: MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCTS SHALL ALL BE AS SPECIFIED. ANY EQUALS MAYBE APPROVED IN WRITING IF THEY ARE EQUAL IN DESIGN, FUNCTION, QUALITY, AND FINISH AS LISTED HEREIN. HEVGES BY HAGER LOCKS BY SCHLAGE PANICS sY VON DUPRIN CLOSERS sY LCN TRIM HARDWARE sY HAGER SEALS BY K.N. CROWDER T/HOLDS sY K.N. CROWDER SIGNS sY BURLINGTON SIGNS HANDLING: WHERE DOORS AND FRAMES ARE TO BE FIELD PAINTED OR FINISHED, ALL HARDWARE SHALL BE REMOVED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, PRIOR TO SAME. AFTER FINISHING HAS BEEN COMPLETED, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL RE-INSTALL ALL THE HARDWARE TO MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. PACKING: LABEL ALL FHISHING HARDWARE WITH DOOR NUMBERS AND ITEM NUMBERS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL RECEIVE IN A LOCKED DRY STORAGE AREA AND ADVISE WITHIN 24 HOURS OF ANY SHORTAGES. SUBMITTAL: BEFORE MATERIAL IS ORDERED, SUBMIT (1) ONE COPY OF THE COMPLETED HARDWARE SCHEDULE FOR FINAL APPROVAL. SUPPLY ALL NECESSARY TEMPLATES REQUIRED FOR FABRICATION. WARRANTY: THE WARRANTY PERIOD SHALL BE ONE (1) YEAR GENERALLY AND TEN (10) YEARS FOR DOOR CLOSERS, THIS SHALL BE SENT TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR ON COMPLETION. OMISSIONS: ANY ITEMS OF FBISHING HARDWARE REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT AND NOT INCLUDED IN THIS SPECIFICATION AND/OR SCHEDULE WILL BE ADDED TO THE CONTRACT AFTER AN APPROVED CHANGE NOTICE HAS BEEN ISSUED BY THE ARCHITECT. QUALITY: PERSONNEL WHO WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING, ORDERING AND CO-ORDINATION HARDWARE FOR THIS PROJECT SHALL BE AN EXPERIENCED HARDWARE CONSULTANT AND WITH AN EXPERIENCED HARDWARE DISTRIBUTOR BOTH OF WHICH SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE YEARS EXPERIENCE. THE ARCHITECT MAY REQUEST A QUALIFICATION FORM SUBMITTED. Mazch 23, 2010 SY1VI~®I.S RNETT ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE LTD. Mazch 23, 2010 FINISHES B.H.M.A. CANADIAN U.S.A. DESCRIPTION 600 CP USP PRIMED FOR PAINT 602 C2C US2C CADMRJM PLATED 603 C2G US2G ZINC PLATED 605 C3 U53 BRIGHT BRASS CLEAR COATED bOfi C4 US4 SATIN BRASS CLEAR COATED 609 CS USS SATIN BRASS BLACKENED CLEAR COAT 612 CIO US I O SATIN BRONZE CLEAR COATED 613 C10B USIOB OXIDIZED SATIN BRONZE OII, RUBBED 619 CIS USIS SATIN NICKEL PLATED CLEAR COATED 625 C26 US26 BRIGHT CHROMRJM PLATED 626 C26D US26D SATIN CHROMRJM PLATED 627 C21 US27 SATIN ALUMINUM CLEAR COATED 628 C28 US28 SATIN ALUMINUM CLEAR ANODIZED fi29 C32 US32 BRIGHT STAINLESS STEEL 630 C32D US32D SATIN STAINLESS STEEL b89 SBL USP28 ALUMINUM PAINT 690 DBL USP20 DARK BRONZE PAIIVT HANDING LH LEFT HAND LHA LEFT HAND ACTVE RH RIGHT HAND RHA RIGHT HAND ACTNE LHR LEFT HAND REVERSE LHRA LEFT HAND REVERSE ACTIVE RHR RIGHT HAND REVERSE RHRA RIGHT HAND REVERSE ACTNE WORDS ALUM ALUMIlVUM ~ NRP NON REMOVABLE PIN ASA ASA STRBCE PR PAIR BS BACKSET SEC SECTION CC CANCELED SGLE SINGLE CYL CYLINDER STD STANDARD DA DOUBLE ACTING TB THRU BOLTS DS DEAD STOP ULA UNDERWRITERS LABELED 3 HOUR RATED EA EACH ULB UNDERWRTERS LABELED t 1!2 HOUR RATED ELEV ELEVATION ULC UNDERWRTTERS LABELED 3/4 HOUR RATED HDWE HARDWARE ULD UNDERWRTTERS LABELED I(3 HOUR RATED HO HOLD OPEN UL UNDERWRTTERS FIItE LABELED MM MIIS,IMETERS 161 STANDARD CYLINDER LOCK CUTOUT DOORS & FRAMES FS FRAME SINGLE "KD" FD FRAME DOUBLE "KD" FSW FRAME SINGLE WELDED FDW FRAME DOUBLE WELDED FSWPH FRAME SINGLE WELDED THERMO FDWTB FRAME DOUBLE WELDED THERMO FSTB FRAME SINGLE THERMO "KD" FDWDE FRAME WELDED DOUBLE EGRESS FSDW FRAME SINGLE DRYWALL FDWCS FRAME WELDED CONTRA SWING FSDWW FRAMESGLE DRYWALL WELDED FDDW FRAME DOUBLE DRYWALL "KD" D DOOR "D" SERIES HONEYCOMB CORE -14 14 GAUGE STEEL DOOR OR FRAME H DOOR "H" SERffiS STEEL STIFFENED -16 l6 GAUGE STEEL DOOR OR FRAME E DOOR "E" SERIES EMBOSSED -IS l8 GAUGE STEEL DOOR OR FRAME Z DOOR "Z" SERIES STEEL STIFFENED -20 20 GAUGE STEEL DOOR OR FRAME M FLUSH FACE DOOR PSF PRESSED STEEL FRAME G HALF LITED DOOR WF WOOD FRAME NL NARROW LITED DOOR HMD HOLLOW METAL DOOR L LOUVERED DOOR HCWD HOLLOW CORE WOOD DOOR 2G TWO LITED DOOR SCWD SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR V VIEW LITED DOOR PL PLASTIC LAMINATED DOOR KD KNOCKDOWN FR FRAME TRR TEMPERATURE RISE RATED CIF CHANNEL Il20N FRAME STC SOUND TRANSMISSION DR DOOR KEYING GGMK GREAT GRAND MASTER KEY KD KEYED DIFFERENT GMK GRAND MASTER KEY KA KEYED ALII{E MK MASTER KEY CMK CONSTRUCTTON MASTER KEY EMK EMERGENCY MASTER KEY SK SEPARATE KEY NO MASTERS BK BLOCK-O KEYED CC CONSTRUCTION CORE RM REMOVABLE CORE CK CUT KEYS xA~w~~ ~®c~~g®rr ~ia~a~~ RNETT ARCHTTECTURAL HARDWARE LTD. Mazch 23, 2010 UPTO 9 3/4" 248MM _~ 70P H1GE EQUAL CENTRE HINGE EQUAL BOTTOM HINGE UPTO 10 3/8" 264MM -~ TOP OF DOOR I 60" TO ClLINE OF DEADLOCK ~ I 45" OR 1143 mm TO CLINE OF PUSH PLATE ~ I 45" OR 1143 mm TO CLINE OF PUSH/PULL BAR ~ I 40 5/16"" OR 1024mm TO CLINE OF LOCK ~ ~- FINISHED FLOOR ALL HARDWARE MOUNTING LOCATIONS SHALL BE AS PER LOCATIONS DIAGRAM AND HELD CONSISTENT THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT, UNLESS INDICATED ELSEWHERE IN THE ARCHITECTS DRAWINGS, FINISHDQG HARDWARE SCHEDULE OR AS DIRECTED BY 4 Rivett Architectural liard~rare Ltd. ®oor Listing GARNET 13. RI~iCARI) CHANGERO®I~i o ~ SEATING ALTERATI®NS Schedule 4482 ®a4e Mar23/70 Daor Number Set Number D01 1 D02 2 D03 3 D04 4 DOS 1 D06 2 D07 3 D08 4 D09 5 D10 5 Dl] 5 D12 5 Rivett Architectural Hardware Ltd. ' Hardware Schedule GARNET E. RICKe4R® CHANGER®®M ~ & SEATING ALTERATI®NS , Schedule 4482 Date Mar 23190 Set # 1 1 SGLE. DR. # D01 CORRIDOR 135 TO VESTIBULE 121 RH ^ 1 SGLE. DR. # D05 CORRIDOR 135 TO VESTIBULE 122 LH 2 -915x2 150x45xHMDRxPSFRxUL"C" , Qty 6 EA HINGE BB1168-114 X 101-626 2 EA LATCHSET L9010 X 036 X 626 1 EA DEADLOCK L9463 X ASA X LH X 626 MOUNT @ 60" 1 EA DEADLOCK L9463 X ASA X RH X 626 MOUNT @ 60" ' 2 EA I/C CORE MORTISE CYLINDER 20-062 X 626 2 EA CLOSER 4041 X 689 2 EA KICKPLATE 1905 X 914 X S63 X 630 2 EA WALL STOP AND HOLDER , 2565 X 626 Set # 2 1 SGLE. DR. # D02 DRESSING ROOM #4 TO TRAINING ROOM 118A LH , 1 SGLE. DR. # D06 DRESSING ROOM #5 TO TRAINING ROOM 125A RH 2 -915x2150x45xHMDRxPSFR Qty ' 6 EA HINGE BB1168-114X101-626 2 EA DOOR PULL 31G X 8" X 630 2 EA PUSH PLATE ' 305 X 127 X 508 X 630 2 EA CLOSER 4041 X 689 2 EA CONCEALED HOLDER 104H X 630 MOUNT TO STOP & HOLD DOORS OPEN @ 110 DEGREES. 2 EA KICKPLATE , 1905 X 914 X 863 X 630 2 EA DEADLOCK L9460 X ASA X 626 MOUNT @ 60" 2 EA CYLINDER PULL 121E X 630 ' 6 , Rivett Architectural Hardware Ltd. Hardware Schedule CARNET ~. NICKAR® CHANGEF2®®M a 8~ SEATING ALTERATI®NS Schedule 4482 Date Mar 23110 Se4 # 3 1 SGLE. DR. # D03 DRESSING ROOM #4 TO LAV. 120 LH 1 SGLE. DR. # D07 DRESSING ROOM #5 TO LAV. 123 RH 2 -915 x 2150 x 45 x HMDR x PSFR Qty 6 EA HINGE 6 611 68-1 14 X 101-626 2 EA PRIVACY SET L9040 X 038 X 626 2 EA KICKPLATE 1905 X 914 X 863 X 630 2 EA DOOR STOP 232W X 626 Se4 # 4 1 SGLE. DR. # D04 EXTERIOR TO DRESSING ROOM #4 LH 1 SGLE. DR. # DOS EXTERIOR TO DRESSING ROOM #5 RH 2 -915x2150x45xHMDRxPSFR caty 6 EA HINGE 2 EA DEADLOCK MOUNT @ 60" 4 EA I/C CORE MORTISE CYLINDER 4 EA CYLINDER PULL 2 EA CLOSER 2 EA KICKPLATE 2 EA WEATHERSTRIPPING 2 EA SWEEP 2 EA THRESHOLDS BB1168-114 X 101-626 L9462 X ASA X 626 20-062 X 626 121 L X 630 4041H X 689 1905 X 203 X 863 X 630 W 13 X 1 T-0" X 628 W24S X 3'-0" X 628 CT-10 X 3'-0" X 628 7 ~i Rivett Architectural Hardware Ltd. ' Hardware Schedule GARNET E. RICKARD CHANGEROOfI~ s ~ SEATING ALTERATIONS ' Schedule 4482 Da4e Mar 23110 Se4 # 5 1 SGLE. DR. # D09 CORRIDOR TO UNDER SEATING STORAGE SOUTH 1 SGLE. DR. # D10 CORRIDOR FROM UNDER SEATING STORAGE SOUTH 1 SGLE. DR. # D11 CORRIDOR FROM UNDER SEATING STORAGE NORTH 1 SGLE. DR. # D12 CORRIDOR FROM UNDER SEATING STORAGE NORTH 4 -915x2150x45xHMDRxPSFR (14y 12 EA HINGE 861168-114X101-626 4 EA STOREROOM LOCK L9080P X 036 X 626 4 EA I/C CORE MORTISE CYLINDER 20-062 X 626 4 EA SURFACE HOLDER 904H X 630 MOUNT TO STOP & HOLD DOORS OPE N @ 110 DEGREES. 4 EA KICKPLATE 190S X 203 X 863 X 630 RH LHR RHR LHR L~ 8 Tender No. CL 2010-13 GLAZING 08800 1 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Conditions 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian SPandard Construction CCDC2-2008 and 4he Supplementary General Conditions included in this Specification shall form part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.1.2 The work associated with this section shall comply with the pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 Description 1.2.1 Work Included a) Provide interior glass and glazing as specified herein and as described on the drawings for all hollow metal doors and screens; new wood doors. 1.2.2 Related Work a) Steel doors and frames: Section 08111 1.3 References 1.3.1 ASTM C542-82(1984) Specification for Lock-Strip Gaskets. 1.3.2 CGSB 19-GP-6M-76 Sealing Compound, One Component, Acrylic Base, Solvent Curing. 1.3.3 CAN/CGSB-19.6-M87 Caulking Compound, Oil Base. 1.3.4 CAN/CGSB-19.13-M87 Sealing Compound, One Component, Elastomeric, Chemical Curing. 1.3.5 CAN/CGSB-19.18-M87 Sealing Compound, One-Component, Silicone Base, Solvent Curing. 1.3.6 CAN/CGSB-19.24-M80 Sealing Compound, Multi-Component, Chemical Curing. 1.3.7 CAN/CGSB-12.1-M79 Glass, Safety, Tempered or Laminated. 1.3.8 CAN/CGSB-12.2-M76 Glass, Sheet, Flat, Clear. 1.3.9 CAN/CGSB-12.3-M76 Glass, Polished Plate or Float, Flat, Clear. 1.3.10 CAN/CGSB-12.8-M76 Insulating Glass Units. 1.3.11 CAN/CGSB-12.11-M76 Glass, Wired, Safety. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Glass Materials 2.1.1 Clear sheet glass: to CAN/CGSB-12.2, glazing quality, 6 mm 4hick. 2.1.2 Polished plate or float glass: to CAN/CGSB-12.3, glazing quality, 6 mm 4hick. 2.1.3 Wired glass: to CAN/CGSB-12.11, type 1, wire mesh style 3, 6 mm 4hick. 2.1.4 Safety glass: to CAN/CGSB-12.1, Type 2, Class B of thickness indicated. 2.2 Glazing and Sealino Compound Materials 2.2.1 Only compounds listed on the CGSB Qualified Products List are acceptable for use on this project. 2.2.2 Glazing compound: oil base, to CAN/CGSB-19.6, Type 1. 2.2.3 Sealant compound: one component, silicone base, solvent curing to CAN/CGSB-19.18 Tender No CL 2010-13 GLAZING 08800.2 2.2.4 Sealant compound: multi-component, chemical curing to CAN/CGSB-19.24, type 2, class A. 2.2.5 Exterior glazing tape: All exterior glazing shall be installed with Kawneer Vision Stripe 2 component preformed butyl tape, 10-15 durometer hardness. 2.2.6 Setting blocks: neoprene, Shore "A" durometer hardness 70-90. 2.2.7 Spacer shims: neoprene, Shore "A" durometer hardness 40-50. 2.2.8 Glazing splines: neoprene manufacturer's standard dry glazing splines to suit aluminum extrusions, black colour. 2.2.9 Lock-strip gaskets: black neoprene to ASTM C542. Injection mould one-piece corner sections and heat-seal to main gasket. 2.2.10 Primer-sealers and cleaners: to glass manufacturer's standard. 2.2.11 Interior glazing tapes: performed butyl tape 10 - 15 durometer hardness. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Workmanship 3.1.1 Remove protective coatings and clean contact surfaces with solvent and wipe dry. 3.1.2 Apply primer-sealer to contact surfaces. 3.1.3 Place setting blocks as per manufacturer's instructions. 3.1.4 Install glass, rest on setting blocks, ensure full contact and adhesion at perimeter. 3.1.5 Install removable stops, without displacing tape or sealant. 3.1.6 Provide edge clearance of 3 mm minimum. 3.1.7 Insert spacer shims to centre glass in space. Place shims at 600mm on centre and keep 6 mm below sight line. 3.1.8 Do not cut or abrade tempered, heat treated, or coated glass. 3.2 Glazing 3.2.1 Prior to installation, examine openings and frames prepared by other trades into which glass is to be installed. Notify Consultant of conditions which will prevent proper installation of Work of this Section. Do not glaze unsatisfactory locations until such conditions have been made good. Commencement of Work implies acceptance of previous Work as satisfactory. 3.2.2 Job check dimensions prior to cutting glass. 3.2.3 Where glass thicknesses are not given on Drawings or previously specified, establish thickness in accordance with requirements of Tables 9.6.5A and 9.7.4A of OBC. Minimum glazing 4hickness shall br 6mm (114"). 3.2.4 Cut individual lights of glass less than measured opening into which glass will fit, within clearances, cover dimensions and tolerances given under Glazing Details of Glazing Manual - 1980 by Flat Glass Marketing Association. Tender No. CL 2010-13 GLAZING 08800 3 3.2.5 Install using sealing tapes, setting blocks beneath glass and spacer shims between face of glass and stops, at interior and exterior face of glass in accordance with Part IV, Glazing Sealing Systems Manual. 3.2.6 Interior Doors and Screens: Glaze in conformance with FGMA Setting No. 43 (setting blocks, plain glazing tape both sides, one removable stop). 3.2.7 Install wired glass with wires parallel to sides of opening. 3.2.8 Label each pane of laminated glass with registered name of product, weight and quality of glass 3.3 Glazing Schedule: 3.3.1 Interior Non Fire Rated Wood and Hollow Metal Doors 6mm clear tempered 3.3.2 Interior Non Fire Rated Hollow Metal Screens / D02 6mm clear laminated from finish floor to full height of screen 3.3.3 Interior Fire Rated Hollow Metal Screens 6mm clear wired - 90° pattern 3.3.4 Interior Fire Rated Wood and Hollow Metal Doors 6mm clear wired - 90° pattern END OF SECTION 08800 Tender No. CL 2010-13 GYPSUM BOARD 09250 1 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Conditions 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction CCDC2-2008 and the Supplementary General Conditions included in this Specification shall form part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.1.2 The work associated with this section shall comply with the pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 Work Included at Alteration Area'A': 1.2.1 Provide gypsum wall, ceiling finishes and bulkheads as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. At barrier free washrooms #120, 123 and showers #119 and 124 supply and install 2 layers of 5/8"thick water resistant gypsum board complete with metal suspension system. Tapeandfinish bottom layer only. 1.3 Alteration Area `B' and 'C': 1.3.1 All required cutting and patching of existing board ceilings! bulkheads pipe spaces as required to fit new construction to existing. 1.4 Related Work 1.4.1 Painting section 09900. 1.5 Reference Standards 1.5.1 Do work in accordance with CSA A82.31-M1980 except where specified otherwise. 1.5.2 Conform to the requirements of ULC and OBC Supplementary Guidelines for fire rated systems. Refer to drawings for specific design requirements. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Fire Rated Gvcsum Board 2.1.1 5/8" thick type'X' , 4' wide x maximum practical length. Conforming to CSA A82.27, - M1977 as manuf. by Westroc or Canadian Gypsum Company. Sheetrock W/R fire code 'C' gypsum panels 1 /2". 4' wide x maximum practical length. 2.1.2 Water Resistant: Sheetrock Brand W/R Gypsum panels 5/8"thick. 4' wide x maximum practical length as manuf. by Canadian Gypsum Company or equal by Westroc. 2.1.3 Cement Board; 5/8" thickness Durock cement board / Panrock or Wonder Board. 2.2 Metal Furring and Suspension Svstems 2.2.1 Metal furring runners, hangers, tie wires, inserts, anchors: to CSA A82.30-M1980, galvanized by section 09111, Metal Stud Systems. 2.2.2 Drywallfurringchannels:0.5mmcorethicknessgalvanizedsteelchannelsforscrewattachment of gypsum board. Tender No. CL 2010-13 GYPSUM BOARD 09250 2 2.3 Fastenings and Adhesives 2.3.1 Nails, screws and staples: to CSA A82.32-M1980. 2.3.2 Stud adhesive: to CGSB 71-GP-25M-77. 2.3.3 Laminating compound: as recommended by substrate manufacturer, asbestos-free. 2.4 Accessories 2.4.1 Casing beads, corner beads fill type: 0.5 mm base thickness commercial grade sheet steel with 2275 zinc finish to ASTM A525-86, perforated flanges; one piece length per location. 2.4.2 Joint compound: to CSA A82.32-M1980, asbestos-free. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Suspended and Furred Ceilings 3.1.1 Erect hangers and runner channels for suspended gypsum board ceilings in accordance with CSA A82.81-M1980 except where specified otherwise. 3.1.2 Support light fixtures by providing additional ceiling suspension hangers within 150 mm of each corner and at maximum 600 mm around perimeter of fixture. 3.1.3 Install work level to tolerance of 1:1200. 3.1.4 Frame with furring channels, perimeter of openings for access panels, light fixtures, diffusers, grilles. 3.1.5 Install 19 x 64 mm furring channels parallel to, and at exact locations of steel stud partition header track. 32 Ceiling /Bulkheads /Pipe Spaces 3.2.1 Furr for gypsum board faced vertical bulkheads within and at termination of ceilings. 3.2.2 Furr for suspended ceilings and form gypsum board fire and sound stops and to form plenum areas as indicated. 3.3 Gypsum Board Application 3.3.1 Do not apply gypsum board until electrical and mechanical work are reviewed by Consultant and authorities having jurisdiction ie. Hydro Inspection and pipe insulation, plumbing inspection approvals have been obtained. 3.3.2 Non Rated Assemblies: Apply single layer gypsum board layer as scheduled on the drawings to metal furring or framing using screw fasteners. Maximum spacing of screws 300 mm o/c. 3.3.3 Fire Rated Wall Assemblies 1 hr. rated partition assembly ULC W 407 3.4 Fire Rated Ceiling Assemblies 3.4.1 Construct fire rated assemblies where indicated. .1 1 hourfire rated ceiling assemblies, 1 layer 518" type 'X' gypsum board conforming to OBC Supplementary guidelines SB.3 component additive method to achieve scheduled rating. Tender No. CL 2010-13 GYPSUM BOARD 09250.3 3.4.2 Abuse Resistant Walls Erect furring maximum 400mm centres. Install wallboard with fasteners maximum 300 centres. 3.5 Accessories 3.5.1 Erect accessories straight, plumb or level, rigid and at proper plane. Use full length pieces where practical. Make joints tight, accurately aligned and rigidly secured. Mitre and fit corners accurately, free from rough edges. Secure at 150 mm oc. 3.5.2 Install casing beads around perimeter of suspended ceilings. 3.5.3 Install casing beads where gypsum board butts against surfaces having no trim concealing junction and where indicated. 3.6 Control Joints 3.6.1 Construct control joints of preformed units set in gypsum board facing and supported independently on both sides of joint. 3.6.2 Provide continuous polyethylene dust barrier behind and across control joints. 3.6.3 Locate control joints where indicated and at changes in substrate construction. 3.6.4 Install control joints straight and true. 3.7 Access Doors 3.7.1 Provide two fire rated access doors to electrical and mechanical fixtures specified in respective sections. Access door shall be 600mm x 600mm. 3.7.2 Rigidly secure frames to furring or framing systems. 3.8 Taping and Filling 3.8.1 Finish face panel joints and internal angles with joint system consisting of joint compound, joint tape and taping compound installed according to manufacturer's directions and feathered out onto panelfaces. 3.8.2 Finish corner beads, control joints and trim as required with two coats of joint compound and one coat of taping compound, feathered out onto panel faces. 3.8.3 Fill screw head depressions with joint and taping compounds to bring flush with adjacent surface of gypsum board so as to be invisible after surface finish is completed. 3.8.4 Sand lightly to remove burred edges and other imperfections. Avoid sanding adjacent surface of board. 3.8.5 Completed installation to be smooth, level or plumb, free from waves and other defects and ready for surface finish. END OF SECTION 09250 Tender No. CL 2010-13 PORCELAIN AND CERAMIC TILE 09310 1 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Conditions 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction CCDC2-2008 and the Supplementary General Conditions included in this Specification shall form part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.1.2 The work associated with this section shall comply with the pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 Work Included at Alteration Area `A': 1.2.1 Provide all labour,materialsandequipmentasrequiredtocompletescheduledporcelaintilefloor finishes and ceramic file wall finishes as called for on the drawings and as specified herein. 1.2.2 Provide thin set porcelain file floor finish and porcelain file cove base shower room #119 and 124. 1.2.3 Provide ceramic file wall finishes in the shower stalls located in rooms #119 and 124 (total of 10) complete with sloped porcelain tile, shower floors, water proofing membranes, cove base, trim components. 1.2.4 All of the above as described on the drawings and as specified herein. 1.3 Related Work 1.3.1 Section 03302, Cast-In-Place Concrete 1.4 Reference Standards 1.4.1 Do file work in accordance with Installation Manual 200-1991, "Ceramic Tile", produced by Terrazzo Tile and Marble Association of Canada (TTMAC), except where specified otherwise. 1.4 Samoles 1.4.1 Submit samples in accordance with Section 01300 -Submittals for colour selection by Consultant. 1.5 Environmental Conditions 1.5.1 Maintain air temperature and structural base temperature at ceramic file installation area above 21 Celsius for 48 hours before, during, and 48 hours after, installation. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Porcelain Floor Tile: Olympia Lugano Series (small grain) 8" x 8". One colour to owners selection. 2.2 Porcelain Shower Floor Tile: Olympia Quebec series porcelain mosaics 2" x 2"group 2, complete with bullnose corners, cove pieces, corners, trim pieces /one colour to owners selection. 2.3 Ceramic Wall Tile - 4" x 4" module x 1/4": Olympia Maple Leaf series, Bright glazed, 3 colours to owners selection /main field and accents pattern as per drawings, complete with bullnosed corners, trim pieces 1 I 1 I Tender No CL 2010-13 PORCELAIN AND CERAMI TILE 0 310 2 ' 2.4 Mortar and Adhesive Materials 2.4.1 Porcelain Floor Tile Ardex X-3 thin set mortar Tec Accucolour Sanded floor grout Schulter ditra uncoupling membrane 2.4.2 Porcelain Shower Floor Tile Porcelain Floor Tile Ardex X-3 thin set mortar Tec Accucolour Sanded floor grout Schulter ditra uncoupling membrane 2.4.3 Ceramic Wall Tile Ardex X - 3 thin set mortar Tec accucolour unsanded grout 2.4.4 Grout preparation: to manufacturer's instructions. 2.5 Sealer: TTMAC Specifications No. 2001 and No. 2003. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Workmanship 3.1.1 Examine the slabs masonry walls on which the file is to be laid and report any defects to the Architect. 3.1.2 All surfaces must be clean and free from dust, oil, grease, paint or other substances which may reduce or prevent adhesion. 3.1.3 Apply file to clean and sound surfaces. 3.1.4 Fit file around corners, fitments, fixtures, drains and other built-in objects. Maintain uniform joint appearance. Cut edges smooth and even. 3.1.5 Maximum surface tolerance 1:800. 3.1.6 Make joints between file uniform and approximately 1.5 mm wide for wall tiles, plumb, straight, true, even and flush with adjacent tile. Refer to drawings for patterns. Tiles shall extend from top of cove base to U/S finish ceiling. 3.1.7 Lay out tiles so perimeter tiles are minimum 1/2 size. 3.1.8 Sound tiles after setting and replace hollow-sounding units to obtain full bond. 3.1.9 Make internal angles square, external angles bullnosed. 3.1.10 Use bullnose edged tiles at termination of wall file panel, except where panels abuts projecting surface or differing plane. 3.1.11 install divider strips at junction of porcelain file flooring and dissimilar materials. 3.1.12 Allow minimum 24 hours after installation of tiles, before grouting. 3.1.13 Clean installed file surfaces after installation and grouting cured. Tender No. CL 2010-13 PORCELAIN AND CERAMIC TILE 09310.3 3.2 Porcelain Tile Flooring 3.2.1 Before proceeding, see that substrate is well cured and clean. Install schulter membrane in accordance with manf. recommendations. Install setting compound over structural slab, using a 6mm notched trowel and firmly press file into position, allowing a maximum joint of 6mm +_. Tap in firmly to ensure maximum contact with setting compound. Fill all joints with grouting compound and carefully flush up all joints. Remove all excess grout from surface of file and clean off carefully with clean water. 3.2.2 Prohibit all traffic on file for at least 72 hours. Protect all surfaces with waterproof paper or polyethylene until final acceptance. 3.2.3 Installation shall be according to Manual 200-15 Thin Set prepared 6y 4he Terrazzo Tile and Marble Association of Canada. Control joints to be installed as recommended bytheAssociation. 3.3 Groutin 3.3.1 Do not grout the file sooner than 24 hours after setting of the adhesive. Clean joints of dust, dirt and excessive adhesive. 3.3.2 Before grouting wall tiles, soak joints thoroughly with clean water. 3.3.3 Mix grout with clean water to the consistency of thick cream. Grout to be coloured as selected by Architect. 3.3.4 Fill joints and allow to set a few minutes. Remove surplus grout and finish flush and true. As soon as grout has reached its initial set, wash file surface with a sponge and clean water. Polish with clean dry cloths. 3.3.5 All floor file shall be grouted with a waterproof grout. Use only an approved type admixture. 3.4 Protection 3.4.1 Protect adjoining work fromdamagefromroughmaterialandwater. Makegcoddamagetoother work caused by doing this work. 3.5 Cove Base Tiles 3.5.1 Install in accordance with TTMAC detail 200-2. Accurately cut all corners. Set plumb and true. Grind exposed edges where necessary to avoid exposed sharp edges. END OF SECTION 09310 ~i ~i Tender No. CL 2010-13 ATHLETIC FLOORING 09660 1 ' PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Conditions 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction CCDC2-2008 and the Supplementary General Conditions included in this Specification shall form part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.1.2 The work associated with this section shall comply with the pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 Work Included Alteration Area `A': 1.2.1 Provide new athletic flooring at change rooms #118 and 125, barrier free washrooms #120 and 123, training rooms 118A , 125A vestibules #121, 122 complete with rubber cove base. 1.2.2 Remove existing subfloor ridges and bumps. Fill low spots with approved subfloor filler at all cutting and patching locations. 1.3 Work Included Alteration Area `I3: 1.2.3 Provide cutting and patching at corridor #1006 as required to fit new work to existing. 1.4 Samples 1.4.1 Submit samples in accordance with Section 01300 -Submittals for colour selection by Consultant. 1.5 Maintenance Data 1.5.1 Provide maintenance data for incorporation into manual specified in Section 01300. 1.6 Environmental Requirements 1.6.1 Maintain air temperature and structural base temperature at flooring installation area above 20 degrees Celsius for 72 hours before, during and for 48 hours after installation. 1.6.2 Carryoutmoistureandexcessivealkalinitytestsonconcretesubstrate.Ifmoistureregistersover 3.5% and if ph registers over 10.8 notify Consultant. Ail oils (particularly 4hose related to pipe cu4ting and or conduit lubricants) shall be removed by 4he trade responsible for the staining prior to this section commencing work. 1.7 Warran 1.7.1 Contractor hereby warrants work of this section against defects of quality of work in accordance with General Conditions, but for a period of two (2) years and further warrants work of this section against defects of materials in accordance with the General Conditions but for a period of five (5) years. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials 2.1.1 Mondo Ramflex, 10mm x 914mm x 914mm rubber athletic flooring tiles , colour'Grey 2.2 Rubber Wall Base Svstem: Amoco 4" standard rubber stock. One colour to owners selection complete with pretormed inside and outside corners or equal by Johnsonite. Tender No. CL 2010-13 ATHLETIC FLOORING 09660 2 2.3 Adhesive for Athletic Tile Primer: As recommended by adhesive manuf. for concrete substrate. Adhesive: PU105 2.4 Adhesive For Rubber Cove Base Amtico #222 cove base adhesive 2.5 Sub-floor filler and leveller: as recommended by flooring manufacturer for use with their product to provide permanent waterproof bond to substrate and tile. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1. Inspection 3.1.1 Ensure concrete floors are dry free of dusting or other deleterious materials affecting bonding of adhesive, by using test methods recommended by file manufacturer. Ascertain nature of curing and or sealing compound used on concrete to determine its compatibility with flooring adhesive. 3.2 Sub-floor Treatment 3.2.1 Remove sub-floor ridges and bumps. Fill low spots, cracks, joints, holes and other defects with approved sub-floor filler. Minimum 48 hours before installing tile. 3.2.2 Clean floor and appl filler; trowel and floattoleave smooth, flat hard surface. Prohibit traffic until filler cured and dry rminimum 48 hours). 3.2.3 Prime concrete to flooring manufacturer's printed instructions. 3.3 Rubber Tile Application 3.3.1 Apply adhesive uniformly in accordance with adhesive and flooring manufacturer's instructions. Do not spread more adhesive than can be covered by flooring before initial set takes place. 3.3.2 Lay flooring with joints parallel to building lines to produce symmetrical file pattern. Border tiles minimum half file width. 3.3.3 Cut file and fit neatly around fixed objects. 3.3.4 As installation progresses, and after installation, roll flooring in 2 directions with 45 kg minimum roller to ensure full adhesion. First rolling shall be diagonal to the seams. Second rolling shall be 90° to the first rolling. Reroll the entire area after 1-2 hours. 3.3.5 Terminate flooring at adjacent floor finishes. Provide thresholds and reducer strips as required. 3.4 Rubber Base Cove Application 3.4.1 Lay out base to keep number of joints at minimum. Base joints at maximum length available or at internal or premoulded corners. 3.4.2 Set base in specified mastic adhesive tightly b using 3 kg hand roller, against wall and floor surfaces. Provide rubber cove base at new millwork kick locations. 3.4.3 Install straight and level to variation of 1:1000. 3.4.4 Scribe and fit to door frames and other obstructions. Use premoulded end pieces at flush door frames. 3.4.5 Cope internal corners. Use premoulded corner units forrightangleexternalcorners. Use formed straight base material for external corners of other angles. Tender No. CL 2010-13 ATHLETIC FLOORING 09660 3 3.4.6 Exercise caution not to stretch rubber cove base during rolling. Roll in one direction towards the last piece installed. Provide temporary restraints to secure cove base in place until adhesive has curred. 3.5 Protection of Finished Work 3.5.1 Prohibit traffic on floor for 48 hours after installation. Remove all excess adhesive. 3.5.2 The Owner's forces shall seal and wax the rubber flooring. This section shall ensure that the sealer to be used by the Owner and 4he method of cleaning.the file is approved by the flooring manufacturer. No water shall be permitted on the completed flooring installation until a minimum of 72 hours after flooring has been installed and this section shall co-ordinate sequential access to completed floor areas with the general contractor and the Owner's forces as the work of this section progresses. Owner's forces will require a period of 48 hours per completed floor area to complete the sealing and waxing operations. During this period the Contractor shall prohibit access of all trades to these areas. END OF SECTION 09660 Tender No. CL 2010-13 PAINTING 09900 1 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Conditions 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction CCDC2-2008 and the Supplementary General Conditions included in 4his Specification shall form part of and govern all Sections of 4hese specifications. 1.1.2 The work associated with this section shall comply with the pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 Work Included Alteration Area'A': 1.2.1 Work shall generally include but not be limited to: 1.2.2 All existing and new interior masonry; hollow metal door frames and screens; gypsum board bulkheads walls, ceilings, pipe chases; convector cabinets; force flow heaters; miscellaneous metal; pipes; ducts; diffusers; metal deck exposed structure, conduits shall be painted except where specifically indicated or noted otherwise. Ductwork in the gym shall be an accent colour. Exposed structure elements and sprinkler lines shall be one colour. 1.2.3 Electrical panels where exposed in finished areas shall be painted accent colour. 1.2.4 All new interior and exterior hollow metal doors and frames. 1.3 Alteration Area `B' and 'C': 1.3.1 Paint the new steel guards and railings at the new spectator seating construction. 1.3.2 Paint the exposed surfaces of the metal risers and structural steel elements of 4he new sealing support assemblies. 1.3.3 Paint the new hollow metal doors and frames (both sides). 1.3.4 All of the above as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. 1.4 Work Not Included 1.4.1 Do not paint the new unit masonry at alteration area'B' and'C'. 1.4.2 Do not paint baked enamel finished metals, plastics, hardware or other surfaces obviously not intended to be painted, except as noted otherwise. 1.4.3 Architectural woodwork is factory prefinished by section 06400. 1.5 Colour Schedule 1.5.1 A colour schedule will be issued by the Consultant. A maximum of 1 wall colour will be used. Hollow metal frames and doorsshallgenerallybeadeeptintedcolour. Convectorcabinets,force flow heaters and exposed duct work shall be an accent colour. Ceilings will be a light neutral colour. 1.6 Samples 1.6.1 Submit 2 paint samples of each colour in accordance with Section 01300. Paint samples shall be on an 8 1/2" x 11"format. Submit wood stain finish on specified wood species. ~i ~i Tender No. CL 2010-13 PAINTING 09900.2 I 1.7 Environmental Requirements 1.7.1 Do not apply paint finish in areas where dust is being generated. Moisture content shall be , verified prior to commencement of work of this section. Building temperatureshallbemaintained at minimum 15 degrees Celsius PART2 PRODUCTS ' 2.1 Materials 2.1.1 Qualified products: only paint materials listed on the CGSB Qualified Products List from the ' following manufacturers are acceptable for use on this project. Pittsburgh Paints Sico Colour Your World Para Pratt & Lambert Glidden Benjamin Moore ICI , Sherwin Williams 2.1.2 Paint materials: to CGSB Standards listed in Finishing Formulae. 2.1.3 Paint materials for each coating formulae to be products of a single manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Preparation of Surfaces 3.1.1 Prepare wood surfaces to CGSB 85-GP-1 M. .1 Use CGSB 1-GP-126M-Arndt-Jul-78 vinyl sealer over knots resinous areas. .2 Apply wood paste filler to nail holes and cracks. 3 Prepare galvanized steel and zinc coated surfaces to CGSB 85-GP-16M. .4 Prepare masonry, concrete surfaces to CGSB 85-GP-31 M. 5 Prepare concrete floors to CGSB 85-GP-32M. .6 Prepare wallboard surfaces to CGSB 85-GP-33M. Fill minor cracks with plaster patching compound. 3.2 Application 3.2.1 Sand and dust between each coat to remove defects visible from distance up to 1.0 metres. 3.2.2 Finish bottoms, edges, tops and cutouts of doors after fitting as specified for door surfaces. 3.3 Mechanical and Electrical Equipment 3.3.1 Paint exposed conduits,pipes, hangers and other mechanical and electrical equipmentoccurring in finished areas as well as inside cupboards and cabinet work. Colour and texture to match adjacent surfaces, except as noted otherwise. 3.3.2 Paint inside of ductwork where visible with primer and one coat of matt black paint. 3.3.3 Paint both sides and edges of plywood backboards for equipment before installation. Leave equipment in original finish except for touch-up as required and paint conduits, mounting accessories and other unfinished items. 3.4 Interior Finishes 3.4.1 Formula 1: for new concrete block walls apply: one coat block filler CGSB 1-GP-188M. two coats alkyd semi-gloss enamel CGSB 1-GP-57M. Tender No CL 2010-13 PAINTING 09900.3 ~! 3.4.2 Formula 2: for new plaster and gypsum board walls apply: one coat primer-sealer CGSB 1-GP-119M-Arndt-Sep-80. 1 two coats alkyd semi-gloss enamel CGSB 1-GP-57M. 3.4.3 Formula 3: for new painted wood trim, etc. apply: one coat enamel undercoat CGSB 1-GP-38M. two coats semi-gloss enamel CGSB 1-GP-57M. 3.4.5 Formula 4: for new primed ferrous metal surfaces apply: one coat spot priming CGSB 1-GP-40M. ~~ one coat enamel undercoat CGSB 1-GP-38M. two coats eggshell enamel CGSB 1-GP-60M. 3.4.6 Formula 5: for new galvanized and zinc coated metal apply: one coat vinyl wash primer CGSB 1-GP-121 M. one coat enamel undercoat CGSB 1-GP-38M. two coats semi-gloss enamel CGSB 1-GP-57M. 3.4.7 Formula 7: for new zinc coated metal decking apply: one coat vinyl wash primer CGSB 1-GP-121 M. one coat enamel undercoat CGSB 1-GP-38M. two coats flat paint CGSB 1-GP-100M. 3.5 Exterior Finishes ' 3.5.1 Formula 8: for new primed ferrous metal surfaces apply: one coat spot priming CGSB 1-GP-40M. one coat steel primer CGSB 1-GP-140M. two coats exterior enamel CGSB 1-GP-59M. 3.5.2 Formula 9: for new galvanized and zinc coated metal apply: one coat vinyl wash primer CGSB 1-GP-121 M. one coat steel primer CGSB 1-GP-40M. two coats exterior enamel CGSB 1-GP-59M. 3.5.3 Existing Exterior Doors and Frames ' Formula 10: One coat spot priming CGSB 1 GP.40M Two coats exterior alkyd enamel CGSB i GP 59M h 3.6 es Existing Interior Finis 3.6.1 Formula 11: for concrete block walls apply: two coats alkyd semi-gloss enamel CGSB 1-GP-57M 3.6.2 Formula 12: for plaster and gypsum board walls /ceilings apply: two coats alkyd semi-gloss enamel CGSB 1•GP-57M. 3.6.3 Formula 13: for painted wood trim, etc. apply: two coats semi-gloss enamel CGSB 1-GP-57M. 3.6.4 Formula 14: for primed ferrous metal surfaces apply: two coats eggshell enamel CGSB 1-GP-60M. ' 3.6.5 Formula 15: for galvanized and zinc coated metal apply: two coats semi-gloss enamel CGSB 1-GP-57M. 3.6.6 Formula 16: for zinc coated metal decking apply: two coats flat paint CGSB 1-GP-t00M. Tender No. CL 2010-13 PAINTING 09900 4 3.7 Climatic Conditions 3.7.1 Exterior finish shall not be applied while the surface is damp, or during cold, rainy or frosty winter weather or when the temperature is likely to drop to freezing. Avoid finishing surfaces while they are exposed to hot sun. 3.8 Unpainted Metals 3.8.1 Anodized aluminum, bronze, chromium plate, nickel, stainless steel and monel metal, shall not be painted or finished unless specified. Otherwise all exposed piping, conduit, and lintels shall be painted. 3.9 General 3.9.1 Paint finish shall be applied by roller except in the case of woad trim, door frames, stair stringers, and similar work of small surface area which shall be painted by brush. Do not use roller for applying finish other than paint. 3.9.2 Spray painting will not be permitted unless specifically approved in writing by the Consultan4 in each instance. Spray painting will only be permitted for the concrete block prime filler coat but not on walls where architectural block are located. 3.9.3 Spray painting will also be allowed in those areas where there is exposed metal deck (ie change rooms). Paint must be "Dry Fall" and the work must be completed before the installation of flooring or millwork. Areas scheduled to remain natural must be adequately masked and protected. 3.9.4 Permit paint to dry between coats. Touch up suction spots after applying first coat. Tint various coats of multiple coat work in light shades of the final colour selected, to distinguish between coats. Give Consultant due notice and sufficient opportunity(maximum48hours)toinspecteach coat. Do not proceed with subsequent coat unit preceding coat approved. Consultant reserves the right to order complete retreatment if this condition is not observed. 3.9.5 Painting coats are intended to cover surfaces perfectly; if in painter's opinion, formula specified is inadequate to provide a first class finished surface, report to the Consultant before commencing work. Surface imperfectly covered shall receive additional coats at no additional costs. 3.9.6 Use paint unadulterated. Use same brand of paint for primer, intermediate and finish coats. Factory mix all paints. 3.9.7 Finish edges of doors with paint or stain treatment as scheduled. Seal hidden edges of wood doors with one coat of shellac and one coat gloss varnish or two coats paint. Repaint tops and edges of wood doors after fitting. 3.9.8 Even up stained woodwork in colour as required by nature of wood and as directed by Consultant. Applysame finish on trim, fitments and other protecting ledges as on surrounding work, disregard sight lines. 3.9.9 Carefully hand smooth and sandpaper wood between coats (including priming). Apply one coat sealer before applying first coat paint filler to knots or sap blemishes on wood surfaces to receive paint or stain finish. 3.9.10 All surfaces finished by this section shall be uniform in sheen, colour, and texture, free from brush or roller marks, runs, join marks or other defects. 3.10 Patching 3.10.1 Repairs made during construction or warranty period shall be refinished in a manner such that the repair is not visible at a distance of 3'-0" (1.0 metres). Tender No. CL 2010-13 PAINTING 09900.5 3.10.2 If repair is not acceptable, repaint entire wall section, ceiling or bulkhead as applicabVe. 3.11 Maintenance Supplies 3.11.1 Supply one 4L can of each colour to the Owner upon completion of the work. Place where directed on site. 3.12 Cleanup 3.12.1 Remove all paint rags, used thinners, used rollers, brushes, debris, empty paint cans from the job site on a daily basis. END OF SECTION 09900 Tender No CL 2010-13 TACKBOARDS AND MARKERBOARDS 10120 1 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Conditions 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction CCDC2-2008 and the Supplementary General Conditions included in this Specification shall form part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.1.2 The work associated with this section shall comply with the pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 Scope 1.2.1 Provide 2 markerboards at alteration area `A' at room #118 and 125 complete with all required trim components and accessories at the locations as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.3 Related Work 1.3.1 Unit Masonry: Section 04220 1.3.2 Finish Carpentry: Section 06200 1.33. Painting: Section 09900 1.4 References 1.4.1 Aluminum Association Designation System for Aluminum Finishes - 1980. 1.4.2 CAN3-0188.1-M78 Interior Mat-Formed Wood Particle board. 1.4.3 CAN4-S102-M83 Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies. 1.5 Requirements ofRegulatoryAgencies 1.5.1 Surface burning characteristics of materials: listed and labelled by an organization accredited by Standards Council of Canada. 1.6 Shop Drawings 1.6.1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01300 -Submittals. 1.6.2 Indicate location, type, size, panel arrangement, backing, hardware, anchor or mounting details, frame or trim and accessories. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Acceptable Manufacturers 2.1.1 Architectural School Products Ltd., Cveti or Martack 2.2 Laminating Waterproof Adhesive: to manufacturer's standard 2.3 Joint Reinforcement: concealed mechanicaljointingsystemtoprovidestraight,rigid,continuously supported, tight butt, flush joints at surface. Tender No C 2010-1 TACKBOARDS AND MARKERBOARDS 10120.2 2.4 Anchor Clips Brackets and Fasteners: concealed type recommended by manufacturertoriixed mounting to masonry substrate. 2.5 Marker Boards 2.5.1 White porcelain enamel finish in accordance with Porcelain Enamel Institute Standards P.E.I. S104 on 22ga. high quality enamelling steel base on 11mm impregnated fibre board core. Balancing sheet to be 28 gauge stretchen levelled zinc coated steel. Adhesive to manufacturers standard. Acceptable Products: Rite On, Wipe Off" by Architectural School Products or equal by specified alternate manuf. Cveti or Martack Provide one magnetic marker holder for each 2400mm length of marker board. 2.6 Perimeter Trim for Tackboards Markerboards and Chalkboards: 2.6.1 Extruded aluminum: Aluminum Association alloy AA6063-T5. Minimum 1.5 mm wall thickness. 2.6.1 Finish exposed surfaces of aluminum components in accordance with Aluminum Association Designation System for Aluminum Finishes. .1 Clear anodic finish: designation AA-M10 C20 AZ1Z 2.6.2 Appearance and properties of anodized finishes designated by the Aluminum Association as Architectural Class 1, Architectural Class 2, and Protective and Decorative shall meet requirements of CGSB 63-GP-2M, for coating Classes 1, 2 and 3 respectively. 2.6.3 Acceptable materials: Series 200 by Architectural School Products or equivalent by Martack or Cveti. 2.7 Factory Installed Trim 2.7.1 Overlap trim 6 mm onto panels. 2.7.2 Factory fit assemblies 400 large for shipment to site in one piece, disassemble for delivery and site assembly, PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Surface Preparation 3.1.1 All control joints in masonry shall be caulked by section 07900 prior to work of this section proceeding. 3.1.2 Finish coat of paint must be applied and have cured minimum 48 hours prior to work of this section proceeding. 3.2 Installation 3.2.1 Erection of materials to be carried out by competent craftsman supervised by a fioreman with at least 2 years experience in this specialized field. 3.2.2 Erection of materials shall be carried out to ensure a rigid, straight, square, plumb and horizontal lines level. A(I aluminum trims to be attached in such a manner that all fastenings shall be concealed. Fastening to be accomplished bythe use of #10 x 25.4mm (1') steel wood screws attached to the walls by the use of ravel plugs or approved equal. ~~ Tender No CL 2010 13 TACKBOARDS AND MARKERBOARDS 10120.3 3.3 Cleanin 3.3.1 Ctean surfaces after installation using manufacturer's recommended cleaning procedures. l~ END OF SECTION 10120 ' Tender CL 2010-13 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800.7 ' PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Conditions 1.1.1 All General Conditions of the Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction CCDC2-2008 and the Supplementary General Conditions included in this Specification shall form part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.1.2 The work associated with this section shall comply with the pertinent sections and articles in Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 Work Included: Supply 4oilet and bath accessories as indicated on the drawings to Section 06200, Finish Carpentry for installation. 1.3 Related Work 1.3.1 Unit Masonry: Section 04220 1.3.2 1.3.3 Finish Carpentry: Section 06200 Painting: Section 09900 1.3.4 Metal Toilet Partitions: Section 10160 1.4 Samples 1.4.1 Submit one sample of each accessory in accordance with Section 01300, if requested. Samples will be returned to the Contractor. 1 in s Dr Sh .5 g op aw 1.5.1 Submit shop drawings or catalogue illustrations in accordance with Section 01300. 1.5.2 Indicate size and description of components, base material, surface finish inside and out, hardware and locks, attachment devices, description of rough-in-frame, building-in details of anchors for grab bars. 1.6 Templates ' 1.6.1 Subm it templates and instructions where recesses, openings, fastenings or anchors have to be built in by others. 1.7 Co-ordination 1.7.1 It is the responsibilityof the General Contractor's site superintendent to ensure that all provisions for recessed accessories are built Into the masonry and that piping and conduit clearances are co-ordinated accordingly. PART2 PRODUCTS t 2.1 Materials 2.1.1 Acceptable materials: Products specified shat! be manufactured or supplied by the following ' companies: a) Frost or' equal b) Bobrick Washroom Equipment of Canada Ltd. ' c) Watrous or Bradley 1 Tender CL 2010-13 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800.2 2.1 Materials - Cont'd 2.1.2 Sheet steel: commercial quality to ASTM A526- 80 with ZF001 designation zinc coating. ' 2.1.3 Stainless steel sheet metal: to ASTM A167-82, Type 304, with satin finish. 2.1.4 Stainless steel tubing: Type 304, commercial grade, seamless welded, 1.2 mm wall thickness. 2.1.5 Fasteners: concealed screws and bolts hot dip galvanized, exposed fasteners to match face of unit. Expansion shields fibre, lead or rubber as recommended by accessory manufacturer for component and its intended use. 2.2 Fabrication 2.2.1 Weld and grind joints of fabricated components flush and smooth. Use mechanical fasteners only where approved. 2.2.2 Wherever possible form exposed surfaces from one sheet of stock, free of joints. 2.2.3 Brake form sheet metal work with 1.5 mm radius bends. 2 3 Fabrication r . 4 2 3 Form surfaces flat without distortion. Maintain flat surfaces without scratches or dents. . . finishes to prevent electrolysis made with buildin t i h t ' 2.3.5 . g ere con ac s Back paint components w 2.3.6 Hot dip galvanize concealed ferrous metal anchors and fastening devices to CSA G164- M1981. ' 2.3.7 Shop assemble components and package complete with anchors and fittings. 2.3.8 Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to job site at appropriate time for building-in. Provide templates, details and instructions for building in anchors and inserts. 2.3.9 Provide steel anchor plates and components to suit anchorage substrate. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Installation lace ssories ri idl in c I t ll d ' 3.1.1 . g y p secure ac e a an ns 3.1.2 Install grab bars on built-in anchors provided by bar manufacturer. d f 3.1.3 asteners. Use tamper proof screws/bolts for all expose 3.2 Mounting Heiohts: 3.2.1 Install toilet and bath accessories in washrooms at heights as indicated on the drawings. END OF SECTION 10800 f ' Tender No. CL 2010-13 ARENA SEATING Oi 2630 PART1 GENERAL ' 1.i Conditions 1.1.1 All General Conditions of 4he Stipulated Price contract incorporated in the Canadian Standard Construction CCDC2-2008 and the Supplementary General Conditions included in this Specification shall form part of and govern all Sections of these specifications. 1.1.2 The work associated with Yhis section shall comply with the pertinent sections and articles in ' Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.2 Work Included Alteration Area `B': j 1.2.1 Supply and install 103 fixed plastic chairs with self rising seat mechanisms, aisle and intermediate seat stanchions. Chairs shall be riser mounted. 1.2.2 Work Included Alteration Area 'C: 1.2.3 Supply and instal191 fixed plastic chairs with self rising seat mechanisms, aisle and intermediate seat stanchions. Chairs shall be riser mounted. 1.3 MANUFACTURER'S SYSTEM ENGINEERING DESCRIPTION 1. Structural Performance: Design Engineer, fabricate, and install stadium and arena seating to the following structural loads without exceeding allowable design working stresses of materials involved, including anchors and connection. Apply each load to produce maximum stress in each respective component of the seating unit. 2. Manufacturer's System Design Criteria: 3. Seats and Backs: a. Seat shall be semi-cantilevered, self-rising, for ease of passage and cleaning access. b. Seat shall be tested and professionally certified through an independent testing laboratory to support and withstand an evenly distributed 600 Ib. [272.1 Kgj static load without failure or irregularities that would impair usefulness. c. Self lifting seat shall be tested and certified through an independent testing laboratory to withstand 350,000 operating cycles without added lubrication, spring fatigue, adjustment, or measurable bearing wear. d. Seat shall be tested and certified to withstand, without failure, 10,000 impacts, of a 40 Ib. [78.14Kg] sandbag dropped on the center of seat from each of the following heights of 6 ' inches [152mm], 8 inches [203mm], 10 inches [254mm], 12 inches (305mm] at a rate of 18 impacts per minute for a total of 40,000 impacts. e. Back shalt be tested and professionally certified through an independent testing laboratory to withstand an evenly distributed front or rear static Toad of 450 Yb. [204.08Kgj. f. Back shall be tested and professionally certified to withstand, without failure, 40,000 ' swinging impacts each to the front and rear of the back by means of two opposing 40 Ib. [18.14Kg] sandbags. The sandbags shall be moved horizontally and equally for 10,000 ~; cycles each at the following distances of 6 inches [152mm], 8 inches [203mm], 10 inches [254mm], and 12 inches [305mm] at a rate of 18 cycles per minute. g. Horizontal Traverse Static Load to Back: Backs shall withstand an evenly distributed static load of 200 Ibs [90.70Kg] to the top of the back at a 45 degree ang4e to the row of seats. Tender No. CL 2010-13 ARENA SEATING 012630 h. Armrests shall be tested and professionally certified to withstand an evenly distributed static load of 200 Ibs [90.70Kg] applied perpendicular to the armrest. Material (Flammability) maximum flame spread 150 ' 1.4 SUBMtTTALS 1.4.1 Section Cross-Reference: Submit required shop drawings in accordance with section 01300 ' 1.4.2 Shop Drawings: Indicate plastic chair seating layout. Show all equipment to be furnished with details of accessories to be supplied. 1.4.3 Samples: Seat materials and color finish as selected by Architect from manufacturers standard , color finishes. 1.4.4 Manufacturer Qualifications: Certification of insurance coverage and manufacturing experience of manufacturer , 1.4.5 Installer Qualifications: Installer qualifications indicating capability, experience, and manufacturer acceptance. 1.4.6 Engineer Qualifications: Certification by a professional engineer registered in the province of , Ontario manufacturer that the equipment to be supplied meets or exceeds the design criteria of this specification. 1.4.7 Operating/Maintenance Manuals: Provide to Owner maintenance manuals. Demonstrate , operating procedures. 1.4.8 Warranty: Manufacturers standard warranty documents. 1.5 DELIVERY. STORAGE AND HANDLING 1.5.1 Deliver seating in manufacturers packaging clearly labeled with manufacturer name and content. 1.5.2 Handle seating equipment in a manner to prevent damage.. 1.5.3 Deliver the seating at a scheduled time for installation that will not intedere with other trades operating in the building. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS ' 1.6.1 Field Measurements: Coordinate actual dimensions of construction affecting audience seating installation by accurate field measurements before fabrication. Show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate field measurements and fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay of Work. 1.7 WARRANTY 1.7.1 Manufacturer's Product Warranty: Submit manufacturer's standard warranty farm for fixed chairs. This warranty is in addition to, and not a limitation of other rights Owner may have under Contract Documents. t. Warranty Period: Limited Lifetime 2. Beneficiary: Issue warranty in legal name of project Owner. 1.8 MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION Instructions: Both operation and maintenance shall be transmitted to the Owner by the manufacturer of the seating or his representative. Service: Maintenance and operation of the seating system shall be the responsibility of the Owner or his duly authorized representative, and shall include the fallowing: Tender No. CL 2010-13 ARENA SEATING 012630 1. Only attachments specifically approved by the manufacturer for the specific installation shall be attached to the seating. 2. An annual inspection and required maintenance of each seating system shall be performed to assure safe conditions. At least biannually an inspection shall be performed by a professional engineer or factory qualified service personnel. 2.1 MANUFACTURERS Manufacturer: Hussey Seating Company, U.S.A. 3. Address: North Berwick, Maine, 03906 4. Telephone: 800 341-0401; Fax: (207) 676-9690 5. Email: infoC~?hussvseating.com 6. B. Distributer SDR Seating, Ancaster, Ontario tel. 905-304-1151, contact Jonathon Fenn 7. Product: Hussey Fixed Plastic Chairs. a. Model: Fusion b. Chair Sizes: 22 c. Back Type:Plastic, Colour no. 194, Red d. Seat Type: Plastic, Colour no. 194, Red e. Stanchions: Riser mount, colour black 2.3 MATERIALS 1. Cast Aluminum: Aluminum Alloy AA 380 2. Cast Iron: ASTM A48 and ASTM A536 3. Drilled-in Expansion Anchors: SAE grade 2 4. Blow molded plastic: Virgin high density polyethylene with a melt index of 0.40 per ASTM D1238. 2.4 FABRICATION (Indoor) Plastic backs shall have a smooth surface for easy cleaning and be constructed of wall blow molded polyethylene with anti-static compounds. Backs shall have a nominal wall thickness of 0.125 inch [3mm] and be ergonomically contoured for posture and sitting comfort. (Indoor) Plastic seats shall have a smooth surface for easy cleaning, and be constructed of double wall blow molded polyethylene plastic with anti-static compounds. Seats shall have a nominal wall thickness of 0.125 inch [3mm] and be ergonomically contoured for posture and sitting comfort. Back height to be 32 inches [813mm] from floor and extend below the seat to afford chair occupant protection from rear and eliminate any pinching hazard. Back length shall be 21 inches [533mm] nominal. Stanchion back pitch shall be 15 degrees. Backs shall be though bolted to stanchions at four (4) connection points. Bolt heads shall be recessed below the surface of the back. Seats shall be securely fastened to cast iron hinge arms by means of four fastening screws into threaded metal inserts molded in the underside of the plastic seat. No exposed fasteners shall be located on the seat surface. 1 Tender No. CL 2010-13 ARENA SEATING 012630 Seat Hinge Arms. i Seat hinge arms shall be recessed under each side of the seat and provide support for the plastic , seat. Hinge arm shall be made of cast iron and its shape shaft follow the contour of the seat. Hinge arms shall be finished to match stanchion color. Seat Hinge Mechanism. Seat hinge mechanism shall consist of two independent dual function torsion springs designed to ' automatically return the seat to a 3/a upright position. Hinge design shall include a feature to allow for manual rotation of the seat from the 3/a upright position to a full vertical upright (safety fold) position. The hinge mechanism shall automatically return the seat from the safety fold to the 3/a upright position. Seat hinges shall utilize permanently lubricated oil impregnated bearings. Springs, pivot shafts, and rotational stops shall be concealed within the hinge arm to eliminate pinch points and protect , the components from dirt and weather. Cast Aluminum Stanchions: Stanchions shall be die cast from Aluminum Alloy 380 for a rust free finish with armrests cast as an integral feature of the stanchion. Stanchions shall have open panel design with optional clamp-on filler panel with logo. ' Finish: Cast Iron Finish (Hinge Mechanism): Cast iron shall be cleaned, chemically pretreated, and have primer applied through a 15-stage dip immersion process. Primer shall consist of a cathodic epoxy electrodeposition coat (E coat) applied to minimum dry film thickness of 0.8 mils. Top finish coat applied over the primed cast iron shall be an architectural grade exterior polyester powder coat with a dry film thickness of 4 - 6 mils. The performance of the powder will pass the 2H Pencil Hardness test (ASTM D3363) and 1500 hours of Salt Spray (ASTM 6117a). Cast Aluminum Finish (Stanchions): Cast Aluminum shall be chemically cleaned, treated with a protective sealing primer, then coated with an architectural grade exterior polyester powder coat with a dry film thickness of 2 - 3 mils. The pertormance of the powder will pass the 2H Pencil Hardness test (ASTM D3363) and 1500 hours of Salt Spray (ASTM B117a). (Indoor) Plastic: Shall be blow molded polyefhylene plastic pigment in one of the manufacturer's twenty-two standard colors offering. ' Color: Shall be per manufacturer's standards. Seating Contractor shall submit color samples for owner's approval prior to manufacture. , 2.5.1 FASTENINGS Chair Assembly, all structural connections shall be made with stainless steel thru bolts, washers ' and nuts. Bolts shall be applied with a nylon patch lock to prevent loosening. END OF SECTION 12630 r_e~ ee!r GCC G~~ J. R. FREETHY ARCHITECT 5 Silver Street Bowmanville, Ontario L1C 3C2 Tel.: (905) 623-7478 Fax: (905) 623-8989 email - irfreethv~rogers.com Web page - www irfreethv.com